This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
0andGC1 be a measurable set such that G6 C 11. Moreover, assume that the kernel of the mollifier A6 satisfies, besides (1.1), the following condition: m+n for p=1, m+n(n-1),eo>0 and let fl C W' be an open set satisfying the cone condition. Then V f E WI(fl) for Q E N satisfying I#I = m ru+e( H) ' n'" if p > 1 and I > n - m if p = 1. Suppose that A is a nonnegative function measurable on R"-"`, which is such that 1IAIILp(&) = oo for each e > 0. Moreover, let f E I40c(R"), for -f E N_' satisfying I ryl = I the weak derivatives f exist on R" and IIAf IILp(Rn) + F, II D;p°'7)f IILp(R-) < 001-f1=1 0 Then there exists a "capshaped" function 71 E Co (1R) such that 0 < n < 1, 77 = 1 on (a, b), supp r) C
0
k=1
2.3. APPROXIMATION BY C00-FUNCTIONS ON OPEN SETS n
where
,=n
0!(&"!
,
00
If 3 96 a, then E
°''
i=1
53
0 on Q and
k=1
by (1.8) 00
00
(D°-9,bkDwf)-D°-,e1,kDB,f)II
1
lIEA6.(D°-flakDwf)
flX k=1
k=1
Le(n)
`(A6,
00
00 D",f)-D°-6,iIjk Dwf
II A6. (D°-R?k
w(bk,
IILm(f1)
k=1
D°-l3tPk Dwf)Le,(n)
k=1 00
< > w(bk,
D°-dV
k Dwfo)LW(R')
k=1
Since by Lemma 11 of Chapter 1 D`011k Dw f0 E W.'-"l (R") as in the proof of Lemma 1 we establish that w(bk, D°-p k L'w0 f0)Loo(R°) < M2bkIID°-1 Vk DwfolI
W:181(R") ,
where M2 is independent of f and k. Consequently, there exist ak2) E (0, ak1)), k E N, such that dbk E (0, ak2)) we have w(bk, D°-",Pk DwfO)Loo(R") < c 2-k-"(1 + E 1)-1 101=1
and, hence,
II E 00 A6.(D°-O*k Dwf)IIL,o(n) < e 2-"(1 + E 1)-1. k=1
I°I=1
If Q = a, then since 10k, k E N, and the kernel of mollification is nonnegative we have 00
00
IIEIA6k(PkD,°of)IIIL-(n)
II
k=1
k=1
00
00
S
k=1 00
< III + E(A6k'Ok - *k)IIL,.,(n)IIDwf IIL (n) k=1
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C00-FUNCTIONS
54
< (1+EIIA6k7Gk-')kIIL (n))IIDwfIIL..(n) k=100
< (1 +
(J (bk+ Y k)
II Dwf II
k=1
Since ?k E C000(0), as in the proof of Lemma 1 we have w(6k,Ok)L (n))
W(6k,Ok)L (R"))
6k
and it follows as above that there exist ak3) E (0, ak2)), k E N, such that Wk E 3
(0+ ak )
00
IIA6k(VkDwf)IIL (n) < (1+e)IIDwfIIL.,(n) k=1
(This inequality also holds for cr = 0.) Thus, if bk E (0, ak3)), then Il Baf 11w, (n) < e + (1 + E)IIfIIw;,(n)
(We have applied the equality E (;) = 2".) 0<0
In particular, if 6k, E (0, ak3)), k, 8 E N, then
IIBi.fllw;,(n) <e+(1+e)IIfllw;,(n) On the other hand by construction of the mollifier b, and by Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 IIBa,fllw, (n) >_ IIB8,f llw;,((Gk).,k,) = IIA6k,fIIL..((Gk),k,) +
IIA6k.fllw;,((C4)ryk.)
II 4. DwfIIL.,((Gk),k, ).
By relation (1.9) for p = oo there exist a(4) E (0, ak3)), k E N, such that for 6k, E (0,
ak4))
IIBJ,fIIW'(n)
IIfIIW;,((Gk),,)
2
and, hence,
IIBa.fIlwa,(n) ? sup IIfIIW.((Gk),k,) - z = IIf IIW., (kU kEN
(G,,),,,.)
-z
2.3. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS ON OPEN SETS
55
Since meas (U 00 09%) = 0 we have k=1
Ilfllw;,(n) =
IIfIIWW,(n\U k
8O)
IIfIIWW(U
(Gk)., )
Consequently, there exists s E N such that Ul(Gk),,) >- IllIIW;,(n)
z'
k
Thus, W > 0, there exist s E N and 5ks E (0,ak4)) such that IlBd,f - fIIw,1(n) <e and
IIfUIW,(n) -s < IIBa.fllw.,(n) and the statement of Theorem 1 in the case p = oo follows.
Corollary 1 Let 11 C R" be an open set, l E No
Then C°°(S2) is dense in
(WP)'0°(&1) where 1 < p < oo and in C'(S2).
Idea of the proof. Apply Theorem 2 to Z'«(S2) _ (WW)'°°(SZ) and Z(SZ) _ C'(Sl).
Remark 11 If p = oo, then C°°(SI) fl W/,(SZ) is not dense in W;°(1l) (see Remark 2).
Remark 12 The crucial condition in Theorem 2 is condition 4). It can be proved that under some additional unrestrictive assumptions on Z(Sl) the density of C°°(Il) in Z'°°(n) (or the density of C°°(a)flZ(SZ) in Z(Sl)) is equivalent to condition 4).
Remark 13 Theorem 2 is applicable to a very wide class of spaces Z(fl), which are studied in the theory of function spaces. We give only one example. Consider positive functions ao, as E C(fl) (a E 1%, lal = 1) and the weighted Sobolev space Wp.{°o)(S2) characterized by the finiteness of the norm IlaofIIL,(n)+
lla.DwfIIL,(n)
By Theorem 2 it follows that C°°(fl) fl WP(°Ql(S2) is dense in this space for 1 < p < oo without any additional assumptions on weights ao and a.. Such generality is possible due to the fact that the continuity with respect to translation needs to be proved only for functions in this weighted Sobolev space, which are compactly supported in 0.
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS
56
Now we give one more example of an application of Theorem 2, in which the spaces Z'°`(SI) (and not only Z(SZ)) are used.
Example 1 Let SI C R" be an open set, then dµ E C(SI) and de > 0 there exist µE E C°°(Q) such that Vx E SI we have µ(x) < p,(x) < µ(x) + e.
To prove this it is enough to set µe = Bg(,u + Z) with 3 = b(z, µ + a) in the proof of Theorem 2 for Z(S)) = C(SI) (hence, Zb°`(SI) = C(SI)) and apply inequality (2.34).
2.4
Approximation with boundary values
preservation
of
In Theorem I it is proved that for each open set SI C R" and Vf E W'(SI) (1 < p < oo) functions W. E C°°(i) n WW(SI), s E N, exist such that (2.27) holds. In this section we show that it is possible to choose the approximating functions cp, in such a way that, in addition, they and their derivatives of order a E No satisfying jal < 1 have in some sense the same "boundary values" as the approximated function f and its corresponding weak derivatives. The problem of existence and description of boundary values will be discussed in Chapter 5. Here we note only that for a general open set SI C R" it may happen that the boundary values do not exist and even for "good" 0 boundary values of weak derivatives of order a satisfying lad = 1, in general, do not exist. For this reason in this section we speak about coincidence of boundary values without studying the problem of their existence - we treat the coincidence as the same behaviour, in some sense, of the functions f and cp, (and their derivatives) when approaching the boundary of SI. Theorem 3 Let SZ C R" be an open set, I E N, 1 < p < oo. Then V p E C(O) anddf E WP(fl) functions W, E C°°(0)f1Wp(1I), s E N, exist such that, besides (2.27), Va E N satisfying Jal < 1 II (Dwf - D°cpd)pI1L,ini -> 0
(2.35)
ass -* oo. For p = oo this assertion is valid V f E C'(SI). Corollary 2 Let SI C R" be an open set, fI 34 R" and I E N. Then V f E U1 (fl) functions cp, E COD(A) n s E N, exist, which depend linearly on f and
2.4. PRESERVATION OF BOUNDARY VALUES
57
are such that, besides (2.27) where p = oo, s
D*v.Ion = D°f Ian,
(al < 1.
Idea of the proof. Choose any positive p E C(12) such that
(2.36)
lim
y-rx,yEf
µ(y) = oo
forall xE812. Proof. One may set, for example, p(x) = dist (x, 812)-1. For a continuous function II - 11C(n) = II - IIL,(n), therefore, from (2.35) it follows that for some
M>OVsENandVyE0
ID°w9(y) - D°f (y)I S M(.u(y))-1.
Passing to the limit as y -+ x E all, y E S2 we arrive at (2.36).
Corollary 3 Let 12 C R" be an open set, 1 E N, 812 E C1 and 1 < p < oc. Then V f E W(1l) functions cp, E C°°(Q) n WW(Q), s E N, exist such that, besides (2.27), D°wal an = Dwf Ian,
j al < 1 - 1.
(2.37)
Idea of the proof. Take again µ(x) = dist (x, 812)-'. By Chapter 5 it is enough to consider the case, in which 12 = R+ = {x E R" : x" > 01 and µ(x) = x;1. In this case the statement follows by Lemma 13 of Chapter 5.
Remark 14 The function p in Theorem 3 can have arbitrarily fast growth when approaching M. Let, for instance, u(x) = g(Q(x)), where e(x) = dist (x, 80) and g E C((0, oo)) is any positive, nonincreasing function. Then
forl
II Dwf - D°w,ll L,(n\n,) <_ (9(6))-' II (D0 f - D°w,)9(e)II L,(n) <- M(9(6))'-'
with some M > 0, which does not depend on s and 6. It implies that for a fixed f E Wp(12) where 1 < p < oo one can find a sequence of approximating 5 We recall that Vf E G'(12), Vx E OQ and Va E IT satisfying jal < I there exists lim I#
Z'Ven
D° f (y) and, thus, the functions D° f , which are defined on n can be ex-
tended to ?I as continuous functions. It is assumed that D° f den are just restrictions to Oil of these extensions. The same refers to the functions gyp, E C°0(11), because by (2.27) where p = oo we have gyp, E &(fl). From Theorem 8 below it follows, in particular, that w, can be chosen in such a way that they depend linearly on f. Here by D,°, f Ian and D°w, Ion the traces of the functions Dl.f and D°,p, on 80 are denoted (in the sense of Chapter 5, they exist if lal < 1- 1). See also Theorem 9 below.
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS
58
functions V which is such that, besides (2.27), Va E l satisfying Ial < 1 the norm IIDwf - D' a$II c,(n\n,) tends to 0 arbitrarily fast as 6 -+ +0. Thus, condition (2.35) with arbitrary choice of p means not only coincidence of boundary values, but, moreover, arbitrarily close prescribed behaviour of the functions f and cp, and their derivatives of order a satisfying Ial < 1 when approaching the boundary O 1. For unbounded fZ we have the same situation with the behaviour at infinity. Choosing positive µ E C(Q) growing fast enough at infinity, we can construct the functions cp, E C°°(1) f1 W,(SZ) such that IIDwf - D°WaII j,(n\B(o,*)) where
j al < 1 tends to 0 arbitrarily fast as r -+ +oo, i.e., D,f and D°cp, have arbitrarily close prescribed behaviour at infinity.
As in Section 2.4 we derive Theorem 3 from a similar result, which holds for general function spaces Z(SZ).
Theorem 4 In addition to the assumptions of Theorem 3, let the following condition be satisfied: 5) bf E C0 00(Q) there exists cy > 0 such that df E Z0(SZ) Ikof Ilz(n) <- c,II f IIz(n)
Then Vp E C°°(SZ) and `If E Z(Q) functions gyp, E C00(11) f1 Zl°°(SZ), a E N, exist such that
W. - f in Z(Q)
(2.38)
11(f - WW.)PIIz(n) -+0
(2.39)
and
as s -+ coo.
Idea of the proof. Starting with the equality that differs from (2.30) by the factor p show, applying 5), that 00
II (BIf - f)µllz(n) <- E Ckw(6k, fk)z(n),
(2.40)
k.1
where the ck > 0 are independent of 6k. El Proof. In addition to the proof of Theorem 2, we must estimate the expression 00
(Baf - f )µ = E uFk. k=1
2.4. PRESERVATION OF BOUNDARY VIAL LIES
59
Recall that Fk E Zo(SZ) and supp Fk C Gk = Gk_, U Gk U Gk+1. Let us denote by 77k E Co (SZ) a function of "cap-shaped" type, which is equal to 1 on Gk (see Section 1.1), then 1Fk = µ71kFk. By condition 5) where cp = µ77k there exists ck > 0 depending only on µ77x (and, thus, independent of bk), such that IIIFkIIZ(n) < CkIIFkIIz(n) < CkW6,t(fk)Z(ft)
and (2.40) follows (without loss of generality we can assume that ck > 1).
Choosing Ve > 0 positive numbers 5k in such a way that in this case w6,t(fk)z(n) < e2_kckl (instead of (2.33)), we establish, besides (2.34), the inequality II (B3f - f)µllz(n) < c.
Remark 15 From the above proof it follows that b'µ1i...,µm E C' (Q) (m E N) and Vf E Zb0C(Sl) functions cp, E C°°(Q) f1 Zf0C(c), s E N, exist such that
II(f - e)WIIz(f:) -> 0,
i = 1,...,in.
as s -+ oo. (Theorem 4 corresponds to m = 2, it, = 1, µ2 = µ.)
Idea of the prof of Theorem 3. Apply Theorem 4 and Remark 15 to the space Z(Q) = WW(c) and to a set of the weight functions (D'µ,)I,I<,, where µ, E C°°(c) and IµI < µl on Q. Proof of the Theorem 3. The existence of the function µ, follows by Example 1. By Remark 15 bf E (W,)(0C(S2) 7 functions gyp, E C°°(c), s E N, exist such that ip, -+ f in WI (fl) and dry E N satisfying Iyl < 1. 11(f - w$)D'pIII `wP(n) + 0
as s -* oo. Hence, Va E N satisfying Ial < I IIDW((f - co$)D'µl)II L,(n) -+ 0.
Applying "inverted" Leibnitz' formula 8, we have
(Dwf - D°v,)µl =
(-1)191
(c) DW((f -,pa)D---'{ll)
0
We recall that this space was also considered in the proof of Theorem 1. s For n = 1 and ordinary derivatives it has the form
f(k)9 = E (-1)m (m) (f9(k m))(m) M=0
\/
and is easily proved by induction or by Leibnitz' formula.
(2.41)
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS
60
and from (2.34) it follows that Vf E (Wp)1oc(Q) and Va E 1
satisfying Ial < l
L,(11) <_ II(Dwf - D°Ve)121IIL,(n) -+ 0
II
as s -+ oo. Finally, as in the proof of Theorem 1, it is enough to note that W,(c) C (W,)1oc(cl).
Linear mollifiers with variable step
2.5
We start by studying the mollifiers A6 having kernels with some vanishing moments. The main property of the mollifier A6 is that Yf E LP(I) where
1
(2.42)
IIA6f - IIIL,(n) = 0(1)
as 6 -3 0+. As for the rate of convergence of A6f to f, in general, it can be arbitrarily slow. However, under additional assumptions on f one can have more rapid convergence.
Lemma 8 Let S2 C Rn be an open set, 1
IIA6f - f II L,(c) <- c1bIIf where
cl = Max i=l,...,n
(2.44)
Idea of the proof. For f E C°O(Sl) apply Taylor's formula and Minkowski's inequality. For f E wp(f) approximate f by Aryf and pass to the limit as
ry-r0+.
Proof. For f E C°°(12)
IIA6f - f II L,(c) = II
f
(f (x - 6z) - f (x)) w(z) dz 114(G)
9(0,1)
=
II
(
f f
B(0,1)
of (x - t6z)(-6z;) w(z)) dt
/
o
dz IIL,(c)
afIz;w(z)I dt <6 f J(II_(x_toz)il ax; L (0) 1 1
9(0,1)
0
n
dz
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP
of
<5 i=1,...,n max f Iziw(z)Idz
8xi
i=1
B(0,1)
61
= C151IfIIw;(G6). L, (GS)
Now let f E wP(Sl) and first suppose that p = dist (G6, 8Sl) > 0. Then for 0 < y < P we have that Af E C°°(f) on G6 C Sly and A,(A6 f) = A6(A.1 f ) on G (see Section 1.1). Consequently, II A,(A6f - f)IIL,(G) = II A6(A,f) - A,f II L,(G)
5
axjf 11 L,(C6)-C15jl1 Ary(8xj)wII Lv(G6) by Lemma 4. Passing to the limit as y - 0+ (see (1.10)) we obtain (2.43). If dist (G6, 811) = 0, we choose measurable sets Gk, k E N, such that c15IIAf11w;(G6)=C15EII
Gk C Sl, Gk C Gk+1 and kJ Gk = G. Inequality (2.43) is already proved for k=1
Gk replacing G. Passing to the limit as k -+ oo we obtain (2.43) in this case also.
Estimate (2.43) is sharp as the following examples show.
Example 2 Let for some j E { 1, .., n} f zjw(z) dz 3k 0 and 0 < meas Sl < oo. R
Then IIA6xj - xjIIL,(G) = c26, c2 =
fz,w(z)dz I(meas G)o > 0.
I
R
Remark 16 This example shows also that for some kernels of mollification cl is the best possible constant in inequality (2.43). Let us choose j = 1, ..., n, Ilziw(z)IIL,(R) Moreover, let G be a bounded such that Ilzjw(z)IIL,(R) = iMax
measurable set such that 0 < mess G = mess G < oo. Then sup 6>O:G6cn
5-'
sup
>- 6i 6
'IIA6xj -xjIIL,(G)IIxjII;P(G6)
=If zjw(z) dz 16lli+m I R
II A6f - f IIL,(G) II f II W'(G6)
IUII.'Imoo
mess G mess
G6' PL
=
zjw(x) dz I
R
Thus, if, in addition to (1.1), w(z) < 0 if zj < 0 and w(z) > 0 if zj > 0, then cl is the best possible constant in inequality (2.43).
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C°°-FUNCTIONS
62
Example 3 Let n = 1, G = St = R, p = 2 and f E W2 (R). Then by the properties of the Fourier transform
IIA6f - fIIL,(R) = (2ir)26II6-'((Fw)(6f) - (Fw)(0))(Ff)(f)IIL,(R). We have
6-1((Fw)(bf) - (Fw)(0)) -* (Fw)'(0)t
ash -0+ and sup 6>0
6-'I (Fw) (6f) - (Fw)(0)I
m ax I (Fw)'(z)I
Therefore, by the dominated convergence theorem
II6-'((Fw)(6f) - (Fw)(0))(Ff)(f)IIL2(R)
- I(Fw)'(0)I IIe(Ff)(f)IIL,(R) = I Jzw(z)dz I IIf'IIL,(R). R
Hence, if f zw(z) dz 0 0 and f E W2 (1R) is not equivalent to zero, then for R
some c3 > 0 (independent of 6) and II A6f -f IIL,(R) >- c36 for sufficiently small J.
Let us make now a stronger assumption: f E WP(f) where I > 1. In this case, however, in general we cannot get an estimate better than IIA6f - f II L,(c) = O(5)
(which is the same as for I = 1), if for some j E {1, ..., n} f z,w(z) dz # 0, R
as Examples 2 - 3 show. Thus, in order to obtain improvement of the rate of convergence of A6f to f for the functions f E Wp(f2) where 1 > 1, some moments of the kernel of mollification need to be equal to zero.
Lemma9 LetnCW bean open set, 1
f
z°w(z) dz = 0, a E ?V, 0 < Ial < 1-1,
(2.45)
B(o,1)
where z° = zi'
. z.*-. Then V f E wip(11) II A6f - f II L,(o) <- c46'IIf Ilw,(6),
(2.46)
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP where
c4 = max IaI=1
r
z°
J R^
a!
w(z) dz <
63
(2.47)
IIwIIL,(a^).
Condition (2.45) is necessary in order that inequality (2.46) be valid for all f E WW(G) with some c4 > 0 independent off and J. Idea of the proof. By condition (2.45) Yf E COO(1)
(Asf)(x) - f (x) = f (f (x - bz) - f (x)) w(z) dz B(o,1)
f
(Daa)(z)
P x) - E
(-bz)a w(z) dz.
IaI«
B(o,1)
Now multidimensional Taylor's formula (see section 3.3), Minkowski's inequal-
ity and direct estimates (close to those which were applied in the proof of Lemma 8) imply (2.46). If f E w,(S2), then pass to the limit in the same manner as in the proof of Lemma 8.
As for necessity of condition (2.45) for bounded G it is enough to take in (2.46) successively f (x) = xj,j = 1,...,n, f (x) = xjxk,j, k = 1, ..., n, ..., f (x) = , ji-i = 1, ..., n. If G is unbounded, then one needs to multiply the above functions by a "cap-shaped" function 77 E Co (R"), which is equal to 1 on a ball B such that mess B f1 G > 0. O In the sequel we shall apply the following generalization of inequality (2.46).
Lemma 10 Let S2 C R" be an open set, 1 < p:5 oo, l E N, b > 0 and G C fl be a measurable set such that G6 C S2. Assume that the kernel of the mollifier As satisfies, besides (1.1), condition (2.45). Then V f E w,(S)) and Va E N IID°(Asf) - DafUL..,(o) <_
C56'-I°1IIfIIwp(G
),
Ial < 1,
(2.48)
and II Da(Aaf)II L,(C) 5 C66'-'Q1 11f1014(01),
lal ? 1,
(2.49)
where c5, c6 > 0 do not depend on f, 5, G and p. (For instance, one can set ca = II(IIL,(n") and ce = max Is1=IaI-1
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY COO-FUNCTIONS
64
Idea of the proof. Inequality (2.48) follows by Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 and inequality (2.46) applied to Dwf E w1 I°I(Q). Estimate (2.49) does not use condition (2.45). It is enough to apply Young's inequality to the equality (see (1.21))
D°(A6f) = 6IRI-I7I(D°-Iw)6 * Dwf ,
where ry E too is such that 0 < ry < a and (rye = 1. 0
Let S2 be an open set and let the "strips" Gk be defined as in Lemma 5 if i1 0 R° and as in Lemma 6 if 11 = )R". Moreover, let {ii*}kEZ be partitions of unity constructed in those lemmas.
Definition 2 Let 0< 6<
l E N and f E Ll-(f2) . Then dx E 0
(E6f)(x) _ (E6,lf)(x) _ k=-oo
0
r
= E 'pk(x) J f (x - a2-IkIz) w(z) dz, k=-oo
(2.50)
B(0,1)
where w is a kernel satisfying, besides (1.1), condition (2.45) 9.
Remark 17 For boundedfZ the operator E6 is a particular case of the operator C1 by Remark 7. As in Section 2.2 in (2.50) in the last term we write f and not fo, assuming that iik(x)g(x) = 0 if 'k(x) = 0 even if g(x) is not defined. (This can happen if dist (x, Of)) < 62-I1I). Since 0 < 6 < a we have supp kkA62-Iklf C (Gk-, U Gk U Gk+1)62-IkI
(2.51)
1ikAd2-IkI f E C°°(fl).
(2.52)
and
(If SZ is bounded, then 0jtA62-IkI f E Co (fl).) As in the case of the operators BI and Cg the sum in (2.50) is finite. If Vx E fl the number s(x) is chosen in
such a way that x E G then 8(x)+1
(E6f) (x) =
t,b (x) f f (x - 62-1klz) w(z) dz. k=8(2)-1
B(0,1)
9 If I = 1, then there is no additional condition on the kernel w.
(2.53)
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP
65
Moreover, Vm E Z m+1
E6f = E 1kA62-iki f
on
(2.54)
Gm.
k=m-1
We call the E6 a linear mollifier with variable step. The quantity E6(x) is an average of ordinary mollifications with the steps 52-I3(s)I-1, 52-I4052-I3(=)I+1 which (in the case 1196 R") tend to 0 as x approaches the boundary M. Again
we can say that the E6 is a mollifier with a piecewise constant step since the steps of mollification, which are used for the "strip" Gm, namely 52-I-I, 52-1"'1+', do not depend on x E Gm. Moreover, by Remark 5 for any fixed -y > 0 we can choose a partition of unity {z'k}kEz in such a way that, in addition to (2.54), Vm E Z 52-ImI-1
E6f = A62-1-If on
(Gm)ry2-m.
Remark 18 Changing in (2.50) the variables x - 52-1kIz = y we find
(E6f)(x) = JK(xyio)f(y)dy, n
where
K(x,y,5) _ E Vk(x)(82-jkj) "w k= -00
(E)
Comparing these formulae with formula (1.2) we see that, similarly to the mollifiers A6i the mollifiers E6 are linear integral operators, however, with a more sophisticated kernel K(x, y, 6) replacing 5-"w (Z-811)
-
The mollifier E6 inherits the main properties of the mollifier A6i but there are some distinctions.
Lemma 11 Let S2 C R" be an open set and f E L1 `(S1). Then V6 E (0, 8] E6f EC0O(51) andVaE1g 00
D°(E6f) = E D°(OkA62-ikif) on 11.
(2.55)
k=-ao
Remark 19 In contrast to the mollifier E6 we could state existence and infinite differentiability of A6 f for f E Li00(11), in general, only on 526.
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS
66
Idea of the proof. The same as for Lemma 7.
Lemma 12 Let 11 C R" be an open set and f E L,°`(11). Then E8 f -+ f
a.e. on it
(2.56)
ash->0+. Idea of the proof Apply (2.54) and the corresponding property of the mollifier A6.
Lemma 13 Let 11 C R' be an open set and 1 < p:5 oo. Then db E (0, 8] and f E Lp(il) (2.57)
IIEaf IIL,(n) <_ 2c7 IIf IIL,(n) ,
where c7 = IIwIIL,(R-)
In order to prove this lemma we need the following two properties of Lpspaces where 1 < p < oo. 1) If 11 C R' is a measurable set and Vx E 1 a finite or a denumerable sum
E ak(x) of functions ak measurable on Il contains no more than x nonzero k
summands, in other words, if the multiplicity of the covering {supp ak} does not exceed x, then 1
I I E ak II L,(n) <_ xl = E I Iak IIi,(n) k
(2.58)
k
(This is a corollary of Holder's inequality.) 2) If it = U Ilk is either a finite or a denumerable union of measurable sets k
ilk and the multiplicity of the covering {ilk} does not exceed x, then for each function f measurable on i1 IIfII,,(nk)
<_ xaIIfIIL,(n)
(2.59)
k
In particular, if p = 1 and f = 1, then we have E mess Slk < x mess il. k
(2.60)
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP
67
For p = oo these inequalities take the following form II E akllL (n) <_ csup IIakIIL-(n), k
k
IIL (n)
SUP Ill k
Idea of the proof of Lemma 13. Apply (2.58), (1.7) and (2.59). Proof of Lemma 13. By (2.7) and (2.15) V6 E (0, el 00
00
U suPP Ok = U (suPP Ok)62 k=-oo
k=-oo
and the multiplicities of the coverings {SUpp10k}kEZ and are equal to 2 (see Remark 6). Therefore, by (2.58) and (2.59)
{(SUppok)62-IkI}kEZ
00
IlE6fIIL,(n) = II
VbkA62-I.IfIIL,(n) k=-oo
/
<21 p
00
( ao IIA62I'll fll'L(SUpp 0,) =-00
00
< 2'-a
IIfIIP
l
y
2c711fIIL,(n)
=-oo
Now for an open set S2 C R" and Vx E fl we set p(x) = dist (x, 8Sl) if SZ96 R" and 10 p= (1+Ixl)-1} if S2=IRS.
Lemma 14 Let 1l C Rn be an open set and 0 < 6 <
Then
1) for 1 < p < oo and `d f E Lp(S2)
E6f -+ f in
LP(S2)
(2.61)
2) for p = oo relation (2.61) holds V f E G (SZ), io It is also possible to consider Q(x) = min{diet (x, tifl), (1 + IxI)-' }. However, in that case one must use a partition of unity constructed on the base of altered p and verify that estimate (2.12) still holds.
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY COO-FUNCTIONS
68
3) for 1
Ewp(S2)
(2.62)
II Eaf - f IIL,(n) 5 ca. 011f
4) for 1 < p < oo, ! E N and df E w,'(52) II (Ed - f)e 11IL,(n) <- c901fhIW',(n) where c8 and c9 do not depend on f , 6,
(2.63)
,
n and p.
Idea of the proof. To prove the statements 1) and 2) establish, by applying the proof of Lemma 13, that the series (2.50) converges in LP()) uniformly with respect to 6 E (0, e] and use the corresponding properties of the mollifiers Aa. To prove (2.62) and (2.63) follow the proof of Lemma 13, applying inequality
(2.48) with a = 0 instead of (1.7). In the case of inequality (2.62) apply, in addition, the fact that there exist B1, B2 > 0 such that B12-k
5 o(x) < B22-k
dkEZif(
on supp tpk
(2.64)
R" andVk<0ifS2=R°. 0
Proof. We start with the proof of inequality (2.62). If f E ww(11), then using, in addition, Minkowski's inequality for sums we find 00
IIEaf - fIIL,(n) = II E +Gk(Aa2-Iklf - f)IIL,(n) k=-ao 00
< 2' P
IIA62-Iklf - fIILP(80PPtlk) k=-0o i
E
< 2' Pcs61 (J-0
1bk)'2-Ikl )
a0
00
5 2' Pcs6l k=-0o
z-lkl'PIIfIIWy((.PP
P\ s
E
IIDwhhL,((wPP16k)a=-Ikl)
1011=1
1 P
<
21-ac,,a1
E CC IIDwfIIPLP((.PP*k)62-Ikl)J 101=1
=-oo
69
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP < 2c5a'
IID`f1IL,(n) =
c86`Ilfllw;(a),
Ial=1 {(supp1Pk)a2-"" }kEZ is equal to 2 (see because the multiplicity of the covering Remark 6). In the case of inequality (2.63) we find with the help of (2.64) that
II (Eaf - f )P 'IILP(n) = II = 'iPk(Aa2-ikif - f)IILo(n) k=-oo
_ 2' PBl'
Ia
0o
21k1'pIIAa2-Iklf k=-oo
<
2'_0Bl'c56'
0
11i11°
(k=-000
The rest is the same as above (c9 = 2Bi c5). 0 Lemma 15 Let Il C Rn be an open set, 1 E N and 0 < b <
Then for each
polynomial pl-1 of degree less than or equal to 1- 1 (Eapr-1)(x) = Pr-1(x), x E S2.
Idea of the proof. Apply multidimensional Taylor's formula (see Section 3.3) to pt-1(x - 62-IkIZ) in (2.50) and use (2.45), (1.1) and (2.11) or (2.14). 0
Remark 20 In Lemmas 13 - 14 the property (2.45) of the kernel of mollification was not applied. It was applied in Lemma 15, but this lemma will not be used in the sequel. The main and the only reason for introducing this property is connected with the estimates of norms of commutators [Dw, Ea] f , which will be given in Lemma 20 below. In its turn these estimates are based on Lemmas 9-10, in which the mollifiers Aa with kernels satisfying the property (2.45) were studied. Let us denote the commutator of the weak differentiation of first order and the mollifier Ea in the following way:
(esf). (Ej) = [(a )m, EE] This operator is defined on (W1)1O1(0)
(
)w EE
- Ea
(k)w.
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C°°-FUNCTIONS
70
Furthermore, for I E N, l > 2, we define the operators b.0 (E6), where a E I ` and jal =1, with the domain (Wi)'O°(12): b.-(E6) =
((aI)w'
...
(E6).
Lemma 16 Let 0 C R" be an open set, 1 E ICI, 0 < b < s and f E (Wi)i0c(Sl) Then Va E N' satisfying dal < I 00
(D°(E6)) f = E (D°,0k)A62-Ik1f k=-oo
Idea of the proof. Induction. For Ian = 1 by (2.55)
l\ax,) w (Ea))f = (((
(A62-ikif+V)kaxj(A62-ikif))
00
k=-oo 00
00
-kA62-iki (e ii) k=-oo
on S2, because by (2.7) and (1.19) ikk
371
_ W
k=-oo
821
A62-ikif
(Ab2_j,,jf) = tPkAd2-iki (e )W on 11. E3
Remark 21 For the mollifiers A6 we have (Dw(A6)) f =_ 0 but, only on 126 (see Section 1.5), while for the mollifiers E6 in general (Dw(E6)) f $ 0 even on 526, but on the whole of S2 the quantity (Dw*(E6))f is in some sense small (because 00
E D°9fik = 0 on S2) and, as we shall see below, it tends to 0 in Lp(S2) fast k=-oo
enough under appropriate assumptions on f .
Remark 22 On the base of Lemma 16 we define for Va E N satisfying a 96 0 the operator E6°) with the domain L"(1) directly by the equality
Ea°if = E (D°*k)A62_Iki f.
(2.65)
k=-00
Lemma 17 Let SZ C W' be an open set and 0 < b <
Then Va E Pla
satisfying a 96 0 and V f E Li«(12) Es(*) f -s 0
a.e. on S2.
(2.66)
2.5. LINEAR MOLLIFIERS WITH VARIABLE STEP
71
m+1
Idea of the proof. Since Vm E Z we have E(°) f =
F,
Da1PkA62-IkI f and
k=m-1 m+1
E Da0k = 0 on Gm, the relation (2.66) follows from (1.5). 0
k=m-1
Lemma 18 Let fZ C JW be an open set, 1 < p:5 oo and 0 < 6 < e. Then 1) V f E w,(Q) and Va E N satisfying 0< IaI < 1 (2.67)
IIEea)f IIL°(n) <_ C1 blllf
2) Vf E w,(11) and Va E N satisfying jai > 0 (2.68)
II(E6(a)f)P'a1-1IIL°(n) < clIa1llfllwp(!1),
where c10, c11 > 0 do not depend on f, 6, 0 and p.
Idea of the proof. Starting for a 36 0 from the equality
EE°)f =
= D0,0k(A62-141 f - f)
(2.69)
k=-oo
follow the proof of Lemma 13, apply estimate (2.12) of Lemmas 5 and 6 and inequality (2.48), in which a = 0, G = supp tpk and 6 is replaced by 62-A. In the case of inequality (2.68) apply, in addition, (2.63). O Proof. For IaI < 1 from (2.69) it follows that °
IIE6a)fllL°(:z) < 21
°
IIDabk(A62-Iklf -
f)IIL°(n))
k=-oo
< 21 sca
f IIL°(supp*h)
F,
k=-oo
< 21 'c0c5d1 (E 00
21k1(1al-1)PIIf
=-00
21
.
r
IIp
y
k
)6r1k1) 1
00
Ca4g61 E IIf lip
=-
+°((sappd.)69-1.1 )
°I
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C°°-FUNCTIONS
72
<
2c°c56'lifllwy(f) = c1061IIfIIwy(n)-
We have taken into account that the multiplicity of the covering (suPPOk)62ik'}kez
{
is equal to 2 (see Remark 6). In the case of inequality (2.68) a
II (E6 f)Q
IIL,(n) < 2
1
a
P n E IIQI oftD °''k(A62-ikif - f)IIL,(n)
(J-000 21-1
(max {Bj 1, B2}) II°I-A ca
I
21kh1P IIA62-ikif
(J-000
- f 11 v( i ,,,
The rest is the same as above (c11 = 2c°cs (max {B1',
B2})11°I-111
O
Lemma 19 Let I C R" be an open set, l E N and f E (Wi)1oc (S2). Then V E N satisfying 0< f ai < I
D°(Esf) _
(;)E-(Df)
(2.70)
and
(a)E6(--0)(D1Pf). 0
[Dw, E6]f =
(2.71)
0:50:50,000
Idea of the proof. Apply (2.55), Leibnitz' formula, Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 and the definition of the operator E6") (see Remark 22). 0
In the sequel we shall estimate D°(E6 f) and D°(E6 f) - D.*f with the help of (2.71) and the following obvious identities: D°(E6f) = [Dc, EB) f + E6(Dwf)
(2.72)
D°(E6f) - D. ,f = [D,°n, E6] f + E6(D"f) - Dwf-
(2.73)
and
Lemma 20 Let 11 C R?' be an open set, 1 < p < oo and 0 < 6 <
Then
df E wy(SZ) :
1) Va E 1q satisfying 0 < iai < I II [D.*, E6)f IIL,(n) S c1261-1°I+1IIf IL4(n),
(2.74)
2.6. THE BEST POSSIBLE APPROXIMATION
73
2) Va E N satisfying IaI > 0 II (D ,
)PIaI-`IIL,(n)
C1381-IaI+1
Ifllwy(R)
(2.75)
+
where c12, C13 > 0 do not depend on f , 8, SZ and p.
Idea of the proof. Starting from equality (2.71) apply inequalities (2.67), respectively (2.68), with 1- 1,61 replacing 1, a - p replacing a and DO ,,f replacing
f. Take into consideration that plat-1 =
2.6
19la-P1-(1-IaI) and IQI < IaI
- 1.
The best possible approximation with preservation of boundary values
We start by studying some properties of the mollifiers E6 in Sobolev spaces.
Theorem 5 Let Q C R" be an open set, I E N, 0 < 8 < e and 1 < p < oc. Then V f E wn(S2) II E6f IL,,(n) < c14IIf (Iw;(s1)
(2.76)
II E6 f Ilwy(n) :5 c14IIf IW,1(n) ,
(2.77)
anddf E Wa(S2) where c14 > 0 does not depend on f , 8, 11 and p.
Idea of the proof. Apply (2.71) and Lemmas 13 and 20. Proof. By (2.72), (2.74) and (2.57) IIE6f 11w;,(n)
_
II DwE6f IIL,(n) IaI=1
E II[Dw, E6] f IIL,(n) + II EoDW f IIL,(n) IaI=1
(c12IIf Ilwo(n) + 2C7II Dw f IIL,(n)) = c14IIf 11,4(n)
<_
IaI=1
Inequality (2.77) follows from (2.57) and (2.76).
Theorem 6 Let) C R" be an open set, 1 E N and 0 < 8 < 1) If 1:5 p:5 oo, then df E Wp(11) and Va E N satisfying IaI 5 1 Da(E6f) -+ D.Of a.e. on 11
(2.78)
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY Coo-FUNCTIONS
74
asb-r0+. 2) If 1 < p < oo, then V f E WD(D)
Eaf -> f in Wo (S2), m = 0, ...,1,
(2.79)
ash->0+. 3) If p = oo, then Vf E W;°((2)
Ea f -> f in WW (S2), m = 0,..., l -1,
(2.80)
as 6 -+ 0+ (if f E C1((t) then (2.79) holds). Idea of the proof. Relation (2.78) follows from equalities (2.72), (2.71) and Lemmas 14 and 20; relations (2.79) and (2.80) follow from (2.72) and Lemmas 14 and 20. Proof. Let us prove (2.79). From (2.72), (2.74), (2.62) and, in the case m = 1, (2.61) it follows that IIEaf - Ill w; (n) = II Eaf - f IIL,(n) +
II D°Eaf - Dwf IIL,(n) IaI=m
<- IIEaf - f IIL,(n) +
(II[D.*, Ea]f IIL,(n) + IIEa(Dwf) - Dwf IIL,(n)) -' 0 IaI=m
asb-90+. The same argument works to prove (2.80). Since in this case m < 1, it is enough to apply only inequalities (2.74) and (2.62).
Theorem 7 Let 11 C R" be an open set, I E N, 1 < p < oo, 0 < b <
aEK.
and
1) If IaI < 1, then Vf E wlp(SZ) Il (Da(Eaf) - Dwf)d"1_1IIL,(n) -< c16b1-Ia1llf Ilwp(sl) ,
(2.81)
where cls > 0 does not depend on f, 6, 11 and p. 2) If Ial > 1, then V f E w,(1l) II (Do(Eaf
))p101-'IIL,(n) <- c166' -IaI ilf Ilwp(n) ,
(2.82)
where c16 > 0 does not depend on f , 6, Sa and p.
3) There exists an open set (1 such that for any e > 0 inequality (2.82) with 0101-1-E replacing OI01-1 does not hold.
2.6. THE BEST POSSIBLE APPROXIMATION
75
Idea of the proof. Inequality (2.81) follows from equality (2.73) and the inequalities (2.74) and (2.62) with D. *f replacing f and I - IaI replacing 1. Inequality (2.82) follows from equality (2.72), inequality (2.75) and the inequality II(Ea(Dwf))Plal-'IIL,(n)
(2.83)
5 0170'-1°l1IfIJt4(n)
for IaI > 1, where c17 > 0 does not depend on f, b, SZ and p. In order to prove (2.83) apply the proof of inequality (2.63). The third statement will be considered in the proof of the Theorem 8 below. 0 Proof. It is enough to prove (2.83). Applying Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 and the inequalities (2.63), (2.58), (2.49) and (2.59) we establish that 00 II(E6(Dwf))P101-1IILP(n)
=
Pl°1-11kDaA62-Iklf
II
ll
k=-oo W
LP(n)
P
< 21-=B2°"-1
B2°I-tc6at-IaI
2
k=-oo
Iif IIPw ((eup P
P k
)6t-Ikl )
< 2B2°I-'Ca'-I°IIIfIIw4(n) _ C176`-°1I1J Iw,(n)
(For details see the proof of Lemma 14.) O
Theorem 8 I. Let SZ C R' be an open set, l E N and 1 < p < oo. Then df E Wp(SZ) functions cp, E C0(S2) f1 Wp(I), s E N, exist, which depend linearly on f and satisfy the following properties:
1) for1
a.e. on 0,
IaI < 1,
ass-+00,
2) fort
in Wp (f ), m = 0, ...,1,
(2.84)
in W.(0), m = 0,..., 1 - 1,
(2.85)
ass -aoo, 3) for p = 00
w, -+ f
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY COO-FUNCTIONS
76
as s -+ 00 (if f E &(S1), then relation (2.84) also holds),
4) for1
IaI < 1,
(2.86)
IaI > 1,
(2.87)
ass-100,
5) for1
where c°,, are independent of f, Sl and p.
II. There exists an open set SI C R°, for which, given e > 0 and m > 1, a function f E Wp(SI) exists such that , whatever are the functions gyp, E COO (11) fl
Ytip(SI), s E N, satisfying property 4), for some V E IN satisfying IaI = m II
'°l -'-EII L,(n) = 00.
(2.88)
Idea of the proof. The first part of Theorem 8 is an obvious corollary of Theorems 6 and 7: it is enough to take cp, = Ei f The second part will be proved in Remark 14 of Chapter 5.
Remark 23 The second part of Theorem 4 is about the sharpness of condition (2.87). We note that since in (2.87) p(y)IOH --10 as y approaches the boundary BSI, the derivatives D°v,(y) where IaI > I can tend to infinity as y approaches BSI. By the second part of Theorem 8 for some SI C R" and f E WW (Q) for any appropriate choice of gyp, some of the derivatives D°cp,(y) where IaI = m > l do tend to infinity as y approaches a certain point x E on. Indeed, for bounded 11 from (2.88) it follows that for some Va E NB satisfying IaI = m, for some x E BSI and for some yk E Sl such that yk --- x as k -+ oo lim
(D°Ws)(yk)P(yk)1Q1-'_, = 00,
(2.89)
i.e., (D°w,)(yk) tends to infinity faster, than d-101-(yk). (We note that the higher order of a derivative is the faster is its growth to infinity.)
Remark 24 This reveals validity of the following general fact: if one wants to have "good" approximation by COO-functions, in the sense that the boundary values are preserved, then there must be some "penalty" for this higher quality. This "penalty" is the growth of the derivatives of higher order of the approximating functions when approaching the boundary. The "minimal penalty" is given by inequality (2.87).
2.6. THE BEST POSSIBLE APPROXIMATION
77
Remark 25 By Theorems 6 and 7 the functions cp, = E1 f satisfy the statements of the first part of Theorem 8. Thus, by the statement of the second part of this theorem the mollifier E6 is the best possible approximation operator, preserving boundary values, in the sense that the derivatives of higher orders of E6f have the minimal possible growth on approaching 852. Now we formulate the following corollary of Theorem 8 for open sets with sufficiently smooth boundary, in which the preservation of boundary values takes a more explicit form.
Theorem 9 Let I E N,1 < p < oo and let 12 C R" be an open set with a C'-boundary (see definition in Section 4.3). I. For each f E Wp(12) functions W. E C°°(12), s E N, exist, which depend linearly on f and are such that 1) gyp, - f in Wp(12) as s -> oo,
"
2) D°welen = Dwf I. 3)
IID°w,d°I-`IIL,(n) <
lal < 1- 1, cc,
j al > 1.
II. Given e > 0 and m > 1, a function f E WP(12) exists such that, whatever are the functions W. E C°°(12), s E N, satisfying 1) and 2), for some Va E I' satisfying Ial = m IIL,(n) = cc.
(2.90)
Idea of the proof. As in the proof of Corollary 3, by Lemma 13 of Chapter 5, propety 2) follows from relation (2.86). 0 The most direct application of Theorem 7, for the case in which p = oo, is a construction of the so-called regularized distance. We note that for an open set S2 C R", SZ # R1, the ordinary distance p(x) = dist (x, 812), x E 12, satisfies Lipschitz condition with constant equal to 1:
I p(x) - p(y)I 5 Ix - yI,
x, y E S2.
(2.91)
(This is a consequence of the triangle inequality.) Hence, by Lemma 8 of Chapter 1 (2.92) p E wolo(12), Ivpl < 1 a.e. on 12. The simplest examples show (for instance, p(x) = 1- Ixi) for 12 = (-1, 1) C R) that in general the function p does not possess any higher degree of smoothness than follows from (2.91) and (2.92).
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C°°-FUNCTIONS
78
Theorem 10 Let Sl C R" be an open set, 11 36 R. Then Vl E (0,1) a function ea E C°°(11) (a regularized distance) exists, which is such that (1 - 6)e(x) < ea(x) < e(x),
x E 0,
(2.93)
I Pa(x) - e6(y) 15 Ix - yI,
x, y E Sl,
(2.94)
on fl
I oea(x)I < 1
(2.95)
and We E N satisfying IaI > 2 and Vx E Q I (D°ea)(x)I 5
cool-lalg(x)1-IaI
,
(2.96)
where cc, depends only on a.
Idea of the proof. In order to construct the regularized distance it is natural to regularize, i.e., to mollify, the ordinary distance. Of course, one needs to apply mollifiers with variable step. Set ea = aE"g and choose appropriate a, b > 0. Here EM is a mollifier defined by (2.50) where l = 1 and the kernel of mollification w is nonnegative.
Proof. First let Da = E6e. Since p E w;o(Q), from (2.81) and footnote 4 on the page 12 it follows that sup Ioa(x) - e(x)I e(x)-1 < c156 'En
or bxESl (1 - c156)0(x) 5 Do(x) 5 (1 + ctsb)e(x),
where c15 > 0 depends only on n. Moreover, from (2.82) it follows that Va E N satisfying a 96 0 sup
IDaoa(x)le(x)IaI-1 <
c16b1-IaI
Zen
or Vx E Cl
IDao6(x)I 5
c1861-Iale(x)'-IaI
where c16 > 0 depends only on n and a. Furthermore, by definition of Ea and by (2.11) or (2.14)
Aa(x) -,Na(y) = E (0k(x)(Aaz-i,ie)(x) -Ok(y)(Aaa-i+ie)(y)) k--o°
2.6. THE BEST POSSIBLE APPROXIMATION
79
00
k(x)((A62-Iklp)(X) - (A62-IklQ)(0) k=-oo 00
+ E ('ibk(x) - Vk(y))((A62-IkIQ)(Y) - 9(y)) k=-0o
Hence, V)k(x)I(A62-Iklp)(x) - (A62-I410)(y)I
Io6(x) - o6(Y)I G k=-oo
+ E I)k(x) -'k(y)I f I A(y kES(x,y)
62-Iklz)
- p(y)I w(z) dz.
B(0,1)
Here by (2.53) S(x, y) = {s(x) -1, s(x), s(x) + 1, s(y) -1, s(y), s(y) + 11. From (2.12) it follows that n
I'+hk(x) -'+Gk(y)I = E(x9 - y3) f 8xk (x + t(y - x)) dt G c182kIx - yI , =1
0
where c18 = ( E c2)1/2 with ca from (2.12) depends only on n. Now, applying (1.13), (2.11)1-or1=1(2.14), and (2.91) we have
IO6(x) - O6(y)1 :5 Ix - yI
1 + C38 E 2k(62-IkI) kES(x,y)
f
Izi w(z) dz
B(0,1)
G (1 + 6c186)Ix - yI.
Finally, it is enough to set p6 = aEb6p, where, for instance, a = (1 +
z)-' and
b = min{cig , (6c18)0 Remark 26 The regularized distance can be applied to the construction of linear mollifiers with variable step. It is quite natural to replace the constant step 6 in the definition of the mollifiers A6 by the variable step bp(x), i.e., to consider the mollifiers (Hof)(x) = (A6Q(x)f)(x) =
f B(0,1)
f (x - 6p(x)z) w(z) dz
CHAPTER 2. APPROXIMATION BY C°°-FUNCTIONS
80
for 0 < b < 1. (In this case B(x, bp(x)) C 11 for each x E ) and, therefore, the function f is defined at the point x - bp(x).) If p E CO°(11), it can be proved that H6 f E C°°(S1) for f E L Oc(S1) and that Ha f -+ f a.e. on fl. This is so, for instance, for 0 = R" \R'", 1 < m < n, in which case p(x) = (xm+I+...+xn)1/2 However, as it was pointed out above "usually" gEC°°(SZ). This drawback can be removed by replacing the ordinary distance p by the regularized distance p' = p4 with some fixed 0 < So < 1 (say, 6o = 1). We set
(H6f)(x) _ (A6 =)f)(x) = J f (x - be(x)z) w(z) dz. B(0,1)
Then Vf E L'°`(Sl) we have H6 f E C°°(Q) and lib f -p f a.e. on 11. As for results related to the properties of the derivatives D°H6 f , in this case estimate (2.96) is essential. Some statements of Theorems 8-9 can be proved for the operator H6 as well. The main difficulty, which arises on this way is the necessity to work with the superposition f (x - 5p60(x)z). For this reason the mollifiers E6 with piecewise constant step are more convenient, because in their construction superpositions are replaced by locally finite sums of products. Another advantage of the mollifiers with piecewise constant step is that it is possible to choose steps depending on f . This is sometimes is convenient inspite
of the fact that the mollifiers become nonlinear. (See the proofs of Theorems 1- 4 of this chapter and Theorems 5 - 7 of Chapter 5.)
Example 4 For each open set 0 C R" a function f E C°O(R") exists such that it is positive on S1 and equal to 0 on R" \ 0. The function f can be constructed
in the following way: f (x) = exp(-ee(=)) with some fixed b E (0,1). The property (D° f)(x) = lim (D° f)(y) = 0 for x E 80 follows from (2.96). y-4z,yEft
This function f possesses, in addition, the following property, which sometimes
is of importance: Vy > 1 and da E N there exists c19 = cis(ry, a) > 0 such
that dxER" I (D°f)(x)11 < clef (x) This also follows from (2.96).
Another application of a regularized distance for extensions will be given in Remark 17 of Chapter 6.
Chapter 3 Sobolev's integral representation The one-dimensional case
3.1
Let -oo
Jwdx=1
w E L1(a,b),
(3.1)
a
and suppose that the function f is absolutely continuous on [a, b]. Then the derivative f exits almost everywhere on [a, b], f E L1 (a, b) and Vx, y E [a, b] we
have f (x) = f (y) + f f'(u)du. Multiplying this equality by w(y) and integrating
with respect to y from a to b we get
f b
f (x)
f (y)w(y) dy+
fbx
(J f'(u) du)w(y) dy
a
a
y
Interchanging the order of integration we obtain x
x
b
z
b
yv
f (f f(u) du)w(y) dy = f (f f'(u) du)w(y) dy - f ( f f'(u) du)w(y) dy a
a
V
z
x
V
u
b
z
b
b
-
= f (f w(y) dy) f'(u) du f ( f w(y) dy)f'(u) du = f A(x, y)f'(y) dy, a
a
s
u
a
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
82
where V
fw(u)du, a
a
- fw(u)du, a<x
Hence Vx E (a, b) b
6
f (x) = f f (y) w(y) dy + f A(x, y)f'(y) dy. a
(3.3)
a
This formula may be regarded as the simplest case of Sobolev's integral representation. We note that A is bounded: Vx, y E [a, b)
(3.4)
jA(x, y)j < II)IIL.(a,b)
and if, in addition to (3.1) w > 0, then 1 IA(x, y)j< A(b, b) = 1.
dx, y E [a, b]
(3.5)
Let us consider two limiting cases of (3.3). The first one corresponds to w = const, hence, Vx E (a, b) we have w(x) = (b - a)-1. Then Vx E [a, b]
f
x
6
f (x) = b
a
a
b
f (y) dy + f b- a f'(y) dy - f b- a f'(y) dy. a
(3.6)
x
To obtain another limiting case we take w = +X(6_,6)), where X(.,p) denotes the characteristic function of an interval (a, p), m E N and m > 2(b - a)-1. Letting mn -> oo we find: dx E [a, b]
f b
f(x) =
f(a)
f(b)
2
+1
sgn(x -
y)f'(y) dy.
(3.7)
0
Of course both of formulas (3.6) and (3.7) can be deduced directly by integration by parts or the Newton-Leibnitz formula. 1 Ifs is symmetric with respect to the point $4t, then Vy E [a, b] we have IA(
°-, y)j < 1.
3.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
83
Obviously, from (3.6) it follows that b
If(x)I
b
<_bla f IfIdy+ f If'IdY a
a
for all x E [a, b]. 2
If f E (Wi)1-(a, b), then f is equivalent to a function, which is locally absolutely continuous on (a, b) (its ordinary derivative, which exists almost everywhere on (a, b), is a weak derivative f,', off - see Section 1.2). Consequently, (3.3), (3.6) and (3.8) hold for almost every x E (a, b) if f' is replaced by f,,.
Let now -oo < a < b < oo, xo E (a, b), I E N and suppose that the derivative f(1-1) exists and is locally absolutely continuous on (a, b). Then the derivative f (1) exists almost everywhere on (a, b), f (1) E L", (a, b) and by Taylor's formula with the remainder written in an integral form t/x, x0 E (a, b) 1-1
f (x) = E
f ikk!
(x - x0)k +
(1 1
k_0
_
f lkk x0
1)!
f (x - u)'-1 f i'l(u) du io
(x - x°)k + ((1- 1)!!
k=0
J(i - t)1-1 f <
Theorem 1 Let 1 E N, -oo < a < a <,3< b < oo and w E LI(R), suppw C [a,Q],
f wdx = 1.
(3.11)
R
Moreover, suppose that the derivative f (1-1) exists and is locally absolutely continuous on (a, b). Y By the limiting procedure inequality (3.8) can be extended to functions f, which are of bounded variation on [a, b]: Vx E [a, b] 6
If(x)I <-
b
l
f Ifl dy+ a&f a a
One can easily prove it directly: it is enough to integrate the inequality I f (x)I < I f (y)I + If (z) - f (y)I <- If (y)I + ar f with respect to y from a to b.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
84
Then Vx E (a, b)
f fik'(y)(x -
f(x) X=O
f b
b
y)kw(y) dy + (j
11)1
(x - y)'-'A(x, y)fi`i(y) dy
a
a
(3.12) 0
bs
11),
f f(k'(y)(x - y)kw(y) dy + (l
t
k=0
(x - y)'-'A(x, y)f(')(y) dy, ( 3.13)
for xE (a, 3); a= = as
where aZ = x, bs = a for xE (a, a]; as = a, b; b= = x for x E [Q, b).
Idea of the proof. Multiply (3.10) with xo = y by w(y), integrate with respect to y from a to b and interchange the order of integration (as above). Proof. The integrated remainder in (3.10) takes the form in (3.12) after interchanging the order of integration: b
f (f (x - u)'-'f(')(u) du)w(y) dy = f w(y) (f (x - u)'-' f I>(u) du) dy a
a
y
y
b
f
(
- u)' f (') (u) du) dy =
s
-
i
(x -
u)'-' ( f
a b
b
b
- u)(f w(y) dy) f (u) du
w(y) dy) f (') (u) du =
f (x -
y)1-1A(x,
y)f (')(y) dy
u a s Finally, since supp w C [a, p], it follows that A(x, y) = 0 if y E (a, as)U(b=, b)
and, hence, (3.13) holds.
Remark 1 If in Theorem 1 a > -oo and f (1-1) exists on [a, b) and is absolutely continuous on [a, 61) for each b1 E (a, b), then equality (3.12) - (3.13) holds for x = a and a = a as well. To verify this one needs to pass to the limit as x -4 a+ and a -+ a+, noticing that in this case f() E Li (a, bi) for each bi E (a, b). The analogous statement holds for the right endpoint of the interval (a, b). If, in particular, -oo < a < b < oo, f (1-1) exists and is absolutely continuous on [a, b], then equality (3.12) - (3.13) holds Vx E [a, b] and for any interval (a,fl) C (a, b).
3.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
85
Remark 2 Suppose that -oo < a < b < oo, P-') exists on [a, b] and is absolutely continuous on [a, b]. Then the right-hand side of (3.12) is actually defined for any x E R, if to assume that A(x, y) is defined by (3.2) for any x E R and for any y E [a, b]. Since in this case for any x < a and for any b
f w(u) du, the right-hand side of (3.12) for
y E [a, b] we have A(x, y)
a
x < a is the polynomial pa of order less than or equal to l - 1 such that = f(') (a), k = 0, 1, ..., I - 1. Respectively, for x > b the right-hand side is the polynomial pb of order less than or equal to I - 1, which is such that pbk) (b) = f (L) (b), k = 0,1, ..., 1 - 1. Thus the function pakT(a)
1_1
F(x) _
b
b
k1 f flki(y)(x - y)kw(y) dy + (l 11)1 f (x - y)'-'A(x, y)fi'i(y) dy a
is an extension of the function f with preservation of differential properties, since F<'-1) is locally absolutely continuous on R. See also Section 6.1, where the one-dimensional extensions are studied in more detail. Corollary 1 Suppose that l > 1, condition (3.11) is replaced by wE
supp w c [a,#],
C(1-2) (R),
Jwdx = 1
(3.14)
R
and the derivative w(1-2) is absolutely continuous on [a, b]. Then for the same f as in Theorem 1 Vx E (a, b) p
f(x)= f( a
; 1-1
(-1) k[(x-y)kw(y)](")f(y)dy k,
b.
+(l 11)1 J(x -
y)1-1A(x,
y)f(1)(y) dy
(3.15)
as
Idea of the proof. Integrate by parts. 0 From (3.14) it follows, in particular, that w(a) = ... = w(t-2)(a) = w(3) = ... = w(i-2)(Q) = 0.
(3.16)
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
86
Corollary 2 Suppose that 1, m E N, m < 1. Then for the same f and w as in Corollary 1 Vx E (a, b) 9
1m-1 _
f(-)(X)=f( E ( a
+m
k!
((x -
y)kw(y)1(k+1fl))
/
k=0
f (y) dy
bs
f (x - y)'-m-lA(x, y)f(L)(y) dy.
+(1 - m - 1)! ,
(3.17)
a,
Idea of the proof. Apply (3.15), with I - m replacing 1, to f (m) and integrate by parts in the first summand taking into account (3.16). Remark 3 The first summand in (3.15) may be written in the following form:
a.(x-y)°wl°i(y))f(y)dy' a-= LS_! ) a
k=s
s-0
k
(3.18)
It is enough to apply Leibnitz' formula and change the order of summation in order to see this. By the similar argument the first summand of (3.17) may be written in the following form: 9 1_1
f (E Qs,m(x - y) mw(s)(y))f (y) dy, a s-m
(3.19)
where vs,m
= (-1)' (s - m)!
1
s+k
°-1
(
).
k
(3.20)
From (3.18) and (3.19) it is clearly seen that the first summand in (3.17) is a derivative of order m of the first summand of (3.15) and thus (3.17) can be directly obtained from (3.15) by differentiation. (In order to differentiate the second summand one needs to split the integral into two parts - see the proof of Theorem 1.)
Corollary 3 Let -oo < a < b < oo, l E N, m E N0, m < 1. Moreover, suppose that the derivative j(1_1) is absolutely continuous on (a, b]. Then 11x E (a, b] b
flm)(x)
dy + f
ix-ylt-m-lIflll(y)Idy)
3.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
87 B
< cl (b - a)1-m-1((fi -
f 6
a)-t Jii dy +
If ("I dy)
(3.21)
a
at
and, consequently, b
b
If(m)(x)I <_ ct((b-a)-m-' f IfI dy + f Ix-ylt-m-'If(o(y)I dy) a
a
6
6
< c1 ((b - a)-m-' f If I dy + (b - a)t-m-' f If (1)1 dy) a
and 3
f
a
0
If(-)(X)I <- C2(
(3.22)
b
IfI dy +
°
fix - yI`-m-'If(')(y)I dy) a
Q
b
(3.23)
a
where cl > 0 depends only on 1, while c2, c3 > 0 depend on 1 and, in addition,
depend on Q - a and b - a.
Idea of the proof. In (3.17) take w(x) = rµ(
), where x0 =
,r=2
and u E C0 '10(R) is a fixed nonnegative function, for which supp µ C (-1, 11 and
f µ dx = 1. In order to estimate the first summand in (3.17) apply (3.19) and R
the estimate iw(') (x)I < M r-'-' for m < s < I - 1, where M depends only on 1. To estimate the second summand in (3.17) apply (3.5). 0 3 From (3.23) it follows, by Holder's inequality, that for I < p:5 00 Iif(m)IIL,(a,b) <- M1 (IIIIIL,(a.b) + Ilft`)IIL,(a,b)),
where Ml = c3(b - a), and, after additional integration, that
II
Bx; IIL,(Q)
Mz (IIfIIL.(Q) + II8 i IIL,(Q))'
where Q C lit" is any cube, whose faces are parallel to the coordinate planes, f E &(Q) and M3 > 0 is independent of f. These inequalities were used in the proof of Lemmas 5-6 of Chapter 1.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
88
Remark 4 We note a simple particular case of the integral representation (3.17): if w is absolutely continuous on [a, b], w(a) = w(b) = 0 and fwdx = 1, a
then for each f such that f' is absolutely continuous on [a, b], for all x E [a, b] b
b
(3.24)
f'(x) = - f w'(y)f (y) dy + f A(x, y)f"(y) dy. a
a
It follows that
f
6
If'(x)I <- IIw IIL (a,b)
b
IfI dy + IIA(x,')IIL.(a,b)
a
Choosing w in such a way that w(x)
=
is minimal we find
_ a+b
(b-a
4 (b
111,9dy.
a
- a)2 \
-
2
2
Ix
)
and, hence, b
If'(x)I S
(b
6
4a)2 Jutdy +
1-2 (minx- a,b- x)2) f If"I dy. (3.25) a
a
In particular b
If'(a)I,If'(b)I <-
6
(b 4a)2 a
a
and b
If'(a2 b)I
`- (b 4a)2
b
flfldy+if If"Idy.
a
a
From (3.25) it follows that Vx E [a, b] b
b
If'(x)I 5 4 ( (b la)2 f III dy+ f If"I dy).
(3.26)
89
3.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
This is a particular case of (3.22) with the minimal possible constant c, = 4. The latter follows from setting f (y) = y - aZb. The same test-function shows that the constant multiplying fa If I dy in (3.25), (3.26) also cannot be diminished even if the constant multiplying fQ If"I dy is enlarged. We note that the constant muliplying fQ I f"I dy in (3.25) also cannot be
diminished. 4 This can be proved in the following way. For a < x < b and d > 0 consider the function 5 ga,=(y) = (x - y + b)+, y E [a, b], if a < x <2+6 and ga,x (y) = (y - x + b)+, y E (a, b], if a2 < x < b. In (3.24) take f = A2 where Aa is a mollifier, and pass to the limit as b -+ 0 +. Finally, as in the case of the integral representation (3.3), we consider a limiting case of (3.24). We write wm for w, where m E N, m > b?a, wm(x) _
m(x - a)(b - a - L)-' for a < x < a +
wm(x) _ (b -a - m)-` for
a+m <x
fI(x) =
f(b)-f(a) b-a
s
b
y-a b+f b-af (y)dy- f b - -yaf(y)dy
(3.27)
x
a
Here x E [a, b] and f is such that f' exists and is absolutely continuous on [a, b]. Again, as in the case of representations (3.6) and (3.7), (3.27) can be deduced directly.
Corollary 4 Let I E N, m E Nlo,1>2 and m<1-1. 1. If -oo < a < b < oo and the derivative f(1-0 is absolutely continuous on [a, b], then Vx E [a, b] and VC E (0, ci (b - a)s-'"'1], b
b
If lml (x) I <- c4K(e) f If I dy + e f a
if (')I dy,
(3.28)
a
where c4 > 0 depends only on t and
K(e) = e-
.
(3.29)
b
4 In contrast to the constant multiplying f If I dy it can be diminished if to enlarge approa b
priately the constant multiplying fIfI dy - see Corollary 4.
a
5Here and in the sequel a = a fora>0anda+=0fora<0.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
90
2. If I = [a, oo) where -oo < a < oo, I = (-oo, b) where -oo < b < oo or I = (-oo, oo) and the derivative f (1-') is absolutely continuous on each closed interval in I, then Vx E I and `de E (0, oo)
If(m)(x)I <- c5 K(e) fiii dy+e f If ()I dy, r
(3.30)
r
where c5 > 0 depends on I only.
Idea of the proof. In the first case for x E [a, b] apply (3.22) replacing [a, b] by any closed interval [a1, b1] C [a, b] containing x, whose length is equal to b,
where 0 < b < b - a, and set clot-'"-' = e. The second case follows from the first one.
There is an alternative way of proving (3.28). Given a function f, it is enough to apply (3.22) to the functions fs,s, where 0 < 6 < b -a and x E [a, b],
which are defined for y E [a,b] by fb,z(y) = f(x+b(')), change the variables putting x + 6(y a) = z and set c16I-1-1 = e.
Corollary 5 If -oo < a < b < oo, I E N and fV) is absolutely continuous on [a, b], then there exists a polynomial p1_1(x, f) of degree less than or equal to I - I such that for each m E No, m < l and tlx E [a, b]
If(m)(x) -pi(_)(x,f)I S
(b-a)1-'"-'
b
(1-m-1). JIfIdx.
(3.31)
Idea of the proof. It is enough to take Taylor's polynomial T...1 (x, f) as P1-1(x,f): 1-1
PI-1(x, f) = Ti-1(x, f) _
(k}
>k=0f Is
xo (x
- xo)k
with an arbitrary xo E [a, b], apply to f(m) Taylor's formula with I-m replacing I (with the same xo) and take into account that
(
Ti-m-i (x, f (m)) = Tm) (x, f).
It is also possible to take 1_1
Pl-1(x, f) = S,-1(x, f)
_ k-(1
1
b
kl f f(*) (y) (x - y)kw(y) dy,
(3.32)
3.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
91
where w satisfies (3.11) and is nonnegative. (Notice that this is the first summand in (3.12).) One must take into account that in this case also Si_m_1(x, f(m)) = S('i)(x, f). Both of the choices lead to (3.31) (in the second case according to (3.5)).
Theorem 2 Let I E N, -oo < a < a <,0 < b < oo, w satisfy condition (3.11) and f E (W11)b0c(a, b). Then for almost every x E (a, b) 1-1
b:
R
I f fwki(y)(x - y)kw(y) dy + f (x) _ Z- k! k=0
11)! (I
J
(x - y)`-'A(x, y)fu,'(y) dy,
a.
(3.33)
where a= and b= are defined in Theorem 1.
Idea of the proof. Set a(&) = max{a+b, -11, b(b) = min{b-b, 1) for sufficiently small S > 0, write (3.13) for A7 f E C°°(a(b), b(6)), where 0 < 7 < b, and pass to the limit as y -y 0+. Proof. Since for sufficiently small 6 > 0 (a,,31 C (a(b), b(b)) and (a(b))= _ a1, (b(S))x = by for each x E (a(S), b(b)), we have Vx E (a(b), b(b)) 1-1
(A,f)(x) _ k=O
J(1&f)(k)(y)(x
- y)kw(y) dy
a
b.
e
(1- 1)!
f (x - y)'
A(x, y)(A,f)(')(y) dy.
By Lemma 5 of Chapter 1 f , ( k ) exists on (a, b) where k = 1, ..., l - 1, and by Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 (A, f )iki = on (a(S), b(S)) where k = 1, ...,1. Consequently, Vx E (a(S), b(b)) a
a
if (A,f(y)(x - y)kw(y) dy - f f(k) (y)(x - y)kw(y) dyI a
a
d
5 f I A,(fwkl)(y) a
f B
-
fwk)(y)I I (x
- y)kw(y)I dy 5 M1
fwkiI dy --> 0
a
as 7 -+ 0+, where k = 1, ...,1- 1 and M1 is independent of y and x0.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATIO.\'
92
Analogously, in view of (3.4), Vx E (a(b), b(b)) e.
b.
lI (x - y)'-'A(x, y)(A,f)(`)(y) dy - J(x - y)'-'A(x, y)f.()(y) dyl a.
b(6)
<MMf IA7(fw!))-f,iThdy->0 a(6)
as ry -a 0+, where M2 is independent of ry and x.
Finally, by (1.5) A, f -+ f almost everywhere on (a(b), b(b)). Thus (3.33) is valid almost everywhere on (a(b), b(b)) and, hence, on (a, b) since U (a(6), b(6)) = (a,b). 0 6>0
Remark 5 By Theorem 2 it follows that if in Corollaries 1-2 f E (W1)'a(a, b) and in Corollaries 3-5 f E WW(a, b), then equalities (3.15), (3.17) and inequalities (3.21) - (3.23), (3.28), (3.30) and (3.31) hold almost everywhere on (a, b), the ordinary derivatives f (1) and f (m) by the weak derivatives f,(`)
if
3.2
Star-shaped sets and sets satisfying the cone condition
A domain Sl C V is called star-shaped with respect to the point y E fl if `dx E fl the closed interval [x, y] c fl. A domain fl c R" is called star-shaped with respect to a point if for some y E Sl it is star-shaped with respect to the point y. A domain fl C Rn is called star-shaped with respect to the ball 6 B C Sl if Vy E B and dx E Sl we have [x, y] C fl. A domain SZ C R" is called star-shaped with respect to a ball if for some ball B C S] it is star-shaped with
respect to the ball B. If 0 < d < diam B < diam Sl < D, we say that Cl is star-shaped with respect to a ball with the parameters d, D. We call the set V. = V:,B = U (x, y) pEB
Recall that by "ball" we always mean "open bail".
93
3.2. STAR-SHAPED SETS AND THE CONE CONDITION
a conic body with the vertex x constructed on the ball B (if x E B, then V, = B). A domain St star-shaped with respect to a ball B can be equivalently defined in the following way: Vx E Q the conic body V= C S2. Let us consider now the cone n-1
I
K=K(r,h)={xER":0<x,)1
(3.34)
i=1
We say also that an open set S2 C R" satisfies the cone condition with the parameters r > 0 and h > 0 if Vx E 0 there exists 7 a cone Kx C 0 with the point x as vertex congruent to the cone K. Moreover, an open set Sl C R" satisfies the cone condition if for some r > 0 and h > 0 it satisfies the cone condition with the parameters r and h. Example 1 The one-dimensional case is trivial. Each domain SZ = (a, b) C R is star-shaped with respect to a ball (__ interval). An open set ft = 6 (ak, bk), k=1
where s E N or s = oo and (ak, bk) fl (am, bm) = 0 for k # m, satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, inf (bk - ak) > 0.
Example 2 A star (with arbitrary number of end-points) in R2 is star-shaped with respect to its center and with respect to sufficiently small balls (= circles) centered at its center. It also satisfies the cone condition.
Example 3 A convex domain 11 C R" is star-shaped with respect to each point y E fl and each ball B C C. A domain fZ is convex if, and only if, it is star-shaped with respect to each point y E 0. Example 4 The domain ci C R2 inside the curve described by the equation lxi If + lxs l' = 1 where 0 < y < 1 (the astroid for y = 2/3) is star-shaped with respect to the origin, but it is not star-shaped with respect to any ball B c Cl. It does not also satisfy the cone condition.
Example 5 The union of domains, which are star-shaped with respect to a given ball, is star-shaped with respect to that ball. The union (even of a finite number) of domains star-shaped with respect to different balls in general is not star-shaped with respect to a ball. In contrast to it the union of a finite number of open sets satisfying the cone condition satisfies the cone condition. Moreover, the union of an arbitrary number of open sets satisfying the cone condition with the same parameters r and h satisfies the cone condition. 7"Vx E !2" can be replaced by "Vx E Il" or by "Vx E Oft" and this does not affect the definition.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
94
Example 6 The domain 0 = {z E Rn : IxI7 < x < 1,
Jxj < 1}, where for ry > 1 is star-shaped with respect to a ball and satisfies
Y = (xl, ...,
the cone condition. For 0 < y < 1 it is not star-shaped with respect to a ball. Furthermore, it cannot be represented as a union of a finite number of domains, which are star-shaped with respect to a ball, and does not satisfy the cone condition.
Example 7 The domain 0 = {x E Rn : -1 < xn < 171-1, 171 < 1} satisfies the cone condition for each 'y > 0. It is not star-shaped with respect to a ball, but can be represented as a union of a finite number of domains, which are star-shaped with respect to a ball.
Example 8 The domain SZ = ((XI, x2) E R2 : either - 2 < x1 < 1 and - 2 < x2 < 2, or 1 < x1 < 2 and - 2 < x2 < 1} is star-shaped with respect to the ball B(0,1). For 0 < b < %F2 - 1 the domain fl D B(0,1), but it is not star-shaped with respect to the ball B(0,1). (It is star-shaped with respect to some smaller ball.)
Lemma 1 An open set S2 C R" satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, there exist s E N, cones Kk, k = 1, ._a, with the origin as vertex, which are mutually congruent and open sets SZk, k = 1, ..., s, such that ,
U
k=1
2)b'xEIk the cone' x+KkCQ. Idea of the proof. Sufficiency is clear. To prove necessity choose a finite number
of congruent cones Kk, k = 1, ..., s, with the origin as a vertex, whose openings are sufficiently small and which cover a neighbourhood of the origin, and consider the sets of all x E 1 for which x + Kt C Q. 0 Proof. Necessity. Let fl satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r, h > 0. We consider the cone K(rl, h1) defined by (3.34), where h1 < h and r1 < r is such that the opening of the cone K(rl, h1) is half that of the cone K(r, h). Furthermore, we choose the cones Kk, k = 1, ..., s, with the origin as a vertex, which are congruent to K(rl, h1) and are such that B(0, h1) C 6 Kk. Hence, k=1
Vx E Sl the cone Ks of the cone condition contains x + Kk for some k. Denote by Gk the set of all x E St, for which K. contains x + Kk. Finally, there exists b= > 0 such that Vy E B(x, 6) we have y + Kk C fl. Consequently, the open 8 Here the sign + denotes a vector sum. The cone z + Kk is a translation of the cone Kk and its vertex is x.
3.2. STAR-SHAPED SETS AND THE CONE CONDITION
95
sets S2k = IJ B(x, a=), k = 1, ..., s, satisfy conditions 1) and 2). zEG4
Let a domain SZ C R" be star-shaped with respect to the point x0. For t; E S"'', where S"-' is the unit sphere in R", set w(t;) = sup{p > 0 : xo+pt; E S2}. Then
52={XER":x=xo+pt where DES"-'. 0
Moreover, set R1 =
to the angle -y between the vectors 0 t and O q, where 0 is the origin.
Lemma 2 Let a bounded domain SZ C W be star-shaped with respect to the point xo E Q. Then it is star-shaped with respect to a ball centered at .ro if. and only if, the function V satisfies the Lipschitz condition on S" -'. i.e.. for some
M>0and9Vt,rlES"-1 I
v(77)1:5 M d(C, n).
Idea of the proof. Sufficiency. Consider the conic surface C(C) with the point f = xo + v(C)t; as vertex, which is tangent to the ball B(xo, r). Suppose that
0< p < oo} intersects C(t;) at two points a and e. Denote d = xo + Since f, d E 852 it follows that f V bd and d V V'. Therefore, d E [a, e]. Necessity. For fixed t; E S"'' consider two closed rotational surfaces L+ and L_ defined by the equations p = F* (q), where F* (q) = p(t;) ± M d(t;, rl). Then the boundary 852 lies between L+ and L_. Let the (n - 2)-dimensional sphere
E be an intersection of L_ and the surface of the ball B(xo, R1). Consider two conic surfaces, which both pass through E and whose verticies are x0, f respectively. Let 6 denote the angle at the vertex of the conic surface D.,, (We assume that M > 0 and p(t;) > R1, since the cases, in then 6 = 'P(()-R. M set r(l;) = R1. which M = 0 or R1, are trivial.) If 6 > do = arccos 9 Since
If - ql <- d(f, n) = 2 s in z kk - nl <s
2
IE - nI
this condition is equivalent to: for some M1 > 0 and V(, q E S" WE) - W(17)1:5 M1 It -
I.
96
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
Otherwise, let r(t;) be such that the ball B(xo, r(f )) is tangent to Dj. Then the conic body with the point f as vertex constucted on the ball B(xo, r(t;)) lies in Q. 0 Proof. Sufficiency. Denote c = x0 + 4Q,7. Since d E [a, c] or d E [c, eJ we have iv(f) - w(77)1:5 max {ICI, Ic-tI}.
Since I a-tI < II 'o we establish that Iw(f) - V(77)1:5 Ic I = __(a > - w(f) 2w(()sin2 sin B-7
'0(07C-0-2) ein(9-ry
- w(f)
-ry
sin
d(f,+])Con
Vt;, 7 E 51-1 such that -y < Q I
'(q) I = R2 '
(a-7)
d(f, n).
Hence, given e > 0, there exists (e) > 0 such that V , r! E S"-1: -y < b(e) we have Iw(f) - W(17)1:5 (R2 cot,0+e)d(t;,7)
= (RZ
Rz
- r2 +e)d(la,r7).
Now let t; and' be arbitrary points in S"-1, f 96 ri. We choose on the circle, centered at x0 and passing through f and 17, the points to = f 1 -< ... -< f,,,-j -< t;,,, = 17 such that all the angles between the vectors O6_1 and 01, i = 1, m, are less than 6(e). Then m
Iw(f) - w('7)I <- F,
W&-1) - wWI
i=1
1e One can see that In I = I& I(oot (9 +'y) + tan J) while IccI = IbI(cot (,6 -1') - tan J), where 10. The inequality (aa$I < Icc-tj follows from the inequality
cot(p+-y)+tan2
2 tan 2 < 2
g,
. This inequality is equvalent to
sin 27
2 sin try
sin (p - ') sin (p +) ry
cos 2,y - c os 2,0'
to cos 2ry - cos 2,6 < 4 cost I cosy and to - cos 20 < 2 coe ti + 1, which is obvious since 0< y< 12 .
3.2. STAR-SHAPED SETS AND THE CONE CONDITION
<(Rr-2
RZ-r2+e)(RZ
97
RZ-r2+E)d(,rl)
Passing to the limit as e -* 0+ we find that the Lipshitz condition is satisfied with
Rz-r2.
M=R2
r
(3.35)
Necessity. If 0 < 6 < 6g. then
= p(t:)R1 sin6 (cp({) - Ri cos 6)2 + (RI sin 6)2 cp(C)R1 sin 6
=
cp({)R1 sin6
(tp(0 - RI)2 + >
w(t)R1
2
M2 + yo(C)Ri
62M2 + 4cp( )R1 sine
R2
2
a
M + Rl
sin26
=
r0
One can verify that for any point g E L_ \ B(xo, RI), g 5A f , the interval (g, f ) lies "" in 52. Therefore, the conic body Vf with the point f as vertex constructed on the ball B(xo, ro) lies in St. Hence, SZ is star-shaped with respect to the ball
B(xo,ro) Remark 6 The constant M given by (3.35) is the minimal possible, because, for example, for any conic body V., defined by (3.34) we have jw(f) tt-
sup d{,,7ES^-`,f#9
d(S, 17)
R2
r
- r2.
If a domain f C R", which is star-shaped with respect to the ball B(xo, r), is unbounded, then set S' = {t E Sn-1 : ip(t) < oo}. u Consider the curve L obtained by intersecting L_ \ B(xo, RI) by the two-dimensional plane passing through g and the ray going from zo through f. Let this ray be the axis Ox of a Cartesian system of coordinates in this plane. Suppose that y = '(x) is a Cartesian equation of the curve L. We recall that its polar equation is g = W(f) - MIyI and note that Iyj < J. The part of the curve l_, for which 0 < y < 6, is convex and the part of L, for which -6 < y < 0, is concave since, for example, for 0 < y < 6 2M2 + (IG(f) - My)2 ((W(f)
- My)sinjp+Mcosrp)3
Hence, for any g E t_,g 0 f, the interval (g, f) lies in fl.
< 0.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
98
Corollary 6 Let an unbounded domain 11 C R" be star-shaped with respect to the ball B(xo, r). Then S' is an open set (in Sn-1) and the function p satisfies the Lipschitz condition locally 12 on S'.
Idea of the proof. Note that if cp(l;) = oo fort E S"`1, then the whole semiinfinite cylinder, whose axis is the ray R(t) and whose bottom is the hyperball {x E B(xo, r) : X-ol 1 O}, is contained in Q. Deduce from this that S' is open and apply Lemma 1.
Example 9 For the domain S2 C R2, that is obtained from the unit circle B(0,1) by throwing out the segment {x1 = 0, 1 < x2 < 1) and which is starshaped with respect to origin, but is not star-shaped with respect to a ball, the function V is not even continuous.
Example 10 For the domain 11 = {xl,x2) E R2 : Ixlx2I < 1), which is starshaped with respect to the origin, but is not star-shaped with respect to a ball, the function c' is locally Lipschitz on the set S' = S' \ ((0,±1), (±l,0)}. Lemma 3 If a bounded domain S2 C R" is star-shaped with respect to a ball, then it satisfies the cone condition. Idea of the proof. Let 11 be star-shaped with respect to the ball B(xo, r). and r. (It follows Then S2 satisfies the cone condition with the parameters because the cone KZ with the point x as vertex and with axis that of the conic body L, which is congruent to the cone K (Rs , r), is contained in Q). Now we give characterization of the open sets, which satisfy the cone condition with the help of bounded domains star-shaped with respect to a ball.
Lemma 4 1. A bounded open set 0 C Rn satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, there exist s E N and bounded domains 11k, which are star-shaped with a
respect to the balls Bk C Bk C Slk, k = I,-, s, such that S2 = U Stk. k=1
2. An unbounded open set S2 C Rn satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, there exist bounded domains S2k, k E N, which are star-shaped with respect to the balls Bk C Rk- C SZk, k E N, and are such that
0
1) S2 = U f2k, k=I
11 I.e., Vt E S' there exist M(f) > 0 and v(f) > 0 such that Vq E S', for which If -ql < v(t) we have IW(f) -W(i)I 5 M(E)d(f,+)
3.2. STAR-SHAPED SETS AND THE CONE CONDITION
99
2) 0 < inf diam Bk < sup diam Ilk < 00 kEN
kEN
and 3) the multiplicity of the covering x({S2k}k 1) is finite. Idea of the proof. Sufficiency. By Lemma 3 ) satisfies the cone condition with the parameters c 26q' and c6, where 13
c6 = inf diam Bk,
C7 = sup diam S2k,
k=1,s
k=TTs
s E N for bounded 12 and s = oo for unbounded Q.
Consider for x E 52, in addition to the cone Kx, the conic body K. with the point x as a vertex, which is constructed on the ball B(y(x), r1) inscribed into the cone Kx (here r1 = rh/(r + r2 + h2)) and Necessijr.
the conic body K= with the point z(x) = x + exas a vertex, where ex = 2 min{rl,dist (x, 8Q)}, which is constructed on the same ball B(y(x), r1).
Then S2 = U K. Choose xk E R', k E N, such that R" = U B(xk, 11) and xEfl
kEN
the multiplicity of the covering 14 x({B(xk,
Wk = IlnB (1k,2
,
Z)}kEN)
Gk =
<- 2". Set
U
Ks .
lEfl: y(x)Ewk 00
Then S2 = U Gk. Renumber those of Gk which are nonempty and denote k=1
them by 521, 522i .... 0
Proof. Necessity. Suppose that Gk # 0 and t; E Gk, then there exists x E Q
such that y(x) E wk and t; E K. Let us consider the conic body Kt with the point { as a vertex, which is constructed on the ball B (xk, ). Since
z Hence, y(x) E B (xk, z) we have B(y(x), rl) B (xk, z) and KK C KZ C 11. the set Gk is star-shaped with respect to the ball B (xk, 2 ). Furthermore, IC - xkl < Iz(x) - xki = Iz(x) -.TI + Ix - y(x)I +- Iy(x) - xkl < h because Ix - y(x) I = h - rl, therefore Gk C B(xk, h) and diam Gk < 2h.
13 Here and in the sequel k = f, where s E N means k E {1,...,s} and k = 1 oo means
kEN. 14 This is possible because the minimal multiplicity of the covering of R" by balls of the same radius does not exceed 24.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
100
Let us consider those of the sets Gk which are nonempty. If 0 is bounded,
then there is a finite number of these sets - denote this number by s. If SZ is unbounded, then there is a countable number of these sets (s = oo). Renumbering them and denoting by Sgt, Q2, ..., we have S1 = U Gk = U Stk. k=1
k=1
Thus, for S2k, k = 1, s, the properties 1) and 2) are satisfied. Finally, 1s 1 X({S2k}k=1) < x({B(xk, h)}k=1) < 2" (1 +
n
Ti
.O
n < Remark 7 In the above proof c6 = r1 and c7:5 2h. Furthermore, dim lam Bk 4 (1 + r) , k = T ,-s. It is also not difficult to verify that x ({Slk}k=1) < cs 6" (1 + h)n.
3.3
Multidimensional Taylor's formula
Theorem 3 Let I C W be a domain star-shaped with respect to the point xo E 11, l E hl and f E C' (0). Then Vx E 12
(D°f)(xo) ( x - xo)°
f (x) = IoI<1 1
(x - -L o ) Q
+l
Jo
a! 101=1
C!
(1 - t)'" (D" f)(xo + t(x - xo)) dt
(3.36)
(here in addition to multi-notation used earlier we mean that xo + t(x - xo) _ (x01 + t(xi - x01), ..., xOn + t(xn - xOn)))15 We use the inequality
t
n
(1+ QI
where 0 < Q1 < Q2 < oo. Since for x E R" the number x(x) of the balls B(zk, o) 3 x is equal to the number of the points zk E B(x, Qs), by inequality (2.60) we have
x(x) mesa B(O, Q)) = E mess B(zk. QI) k: B(zh, e)3z
< x((B(zk, Qi))k.1) mesa
U k: B(a,.p2)3z
and the desired inequality follows.
B(.., ,p,) 5 x({B(zk, Ql)k=1) measB(x, of + Q,),
3.3. MULTIDIMENSIONAL TAYLOR'S FORMULA
101
Idea of the proof. Consider for fixed x and x0 the function V of one variable defined for 0:5 t < 1 by w(t) = f (xo+t(x-xo)) and apply the one-dimensional Taylor's formula (3.10) with the remainder in integral form: i_i sv(1) _ k=0
(k)
k(0) + (1
11)! J(i -
dt.
0
If I = 1, then (3.36) takes the form: V f E C'(S2) and Vx E S2
f (x) = f (xo) + j=1
(x, - x0t) f
(afaxe ) (xo + t(x - xo)) dt. °
The analogue of this formula for the functions f, which have all the weak derivatives (e )w of the first order on S2 cannot have the same form, even for almost every x E S2 because it contains the value f (xo) at a fixed point x0. (For, suppose that this formula is valid for some such function f. Then it will not be valid for any function g, which coincides with f on S2 excluding the point x0.) For this reason we write the above formula in a different way. Suppose, that S2 C R" is an arbitrary open set and h E R", then it follows that V f E C' (S2) and Vx E S2IhI
f(x+h)= f(x)+Eh3 f° 1(af )(x+th)dt. i=1 ax' Lemma 5 Let S2 C R;" be an open set and h E R". If f E L10c(11) and for each j = 1, ..., n the weak derivative (LL )w exists on S2, then for almost every x E 1111,1
f(x+h)=f(x)+1:hj f 1(8x)w(x+th)dt i=1 Ihl
=f(x)+Ihl f 0
1
(f)w(x+ST)r=f(x)+ f 0
) w and V w f are the weak derivative in the direction of the weak gradient respectively.
where t; = Th and (
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
102
Idea of the proof. Apply mollification and pass to the limit. 0 Proof. Since A6f E C°°(54) for each 0 < d < y, by Lemma 4 of Section 1.2 we have: `dx E Qlhl+, n
f
h) = (A6f)(x) + E j=1
'(A,(f)w)(x+th)dt. oxi
We claim that
(f)
f'(A6(.-i_) ) (x + th) dt -4 pf 8x j w
OX) w
(x + th) dt
in L,°C(52,) as 5 -* 0 + . Indeed, for each compact K C St, by Minkowski's inequality
f ,(4
-lw)(x+th)dt-
l
f'(8x
f'11 (A6(8xj)w)(x+th) -
(aLxjf
)w(x+th)dtIIL'(K)
L,(K)dt
< IA6(C72)w-( aLx!f by (1.9)as 5-a0+. Consequently, there exists a sequence 6k > 0 such that bk -+ 0+ as k -4 oo and
L
(A6k(a )w)(x+th)dt- L_)x+th)dt
almost everywhere on Sty. Moreover, by (1.5) (A,, f)(x + h) -+ f (x + h) and (A6k f)(x) -> f (x) almost everywhere on Sty. Thus, passing to the limit as k - oo, we obtain the desired equality for almost every x E Sty and, since y > 0 was arbitrary, for almost every x E St . 11
We note that one can prove similarly that if f E L10C(1) and `da E N satisfying jai = I there exist weak derivatives D° Of on St, then for almost every x E StjhI i
h°
(Dw°f)(x) h° + I
f (x + h) _ I°I<1
al
I
jai=1
(1 - t)1-1(DW f)(x + th) dt. 0
3.3. MULTIDIMENSIONAL TAYLOR'S FORMULA
103
Corollary 7 Let 0 C R' be an open set, 1 < p < oo, h E R" and f e wp(S2). Then
IIf(x+h) -f(x)IIL,(n,,,l) 5 II IowfIIIL,(n)lhl <_ IIfIIwy(n)Ihl.
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 5 and Minkowsli's inequality. Proof. By Lemma 5
IIf (x + h) - f (x)IIL,(nlhi) = I f ((owf)(x + th)
. h) dtIIL,(nlhl)
0
f
I
I
lI(owf)(x + th) . hlIL,(n,h,) dt < IhI
f
II Iowf I(x + th)Iln,h,) dt
0
0
= IhI f II Iowf I Ilnih,+th) dt < II owf I IIL,(n) IhI <_ If Ilw,(n) IhI 0
since c1h1 + th C St and Iowf I <'E K-20.1. Next consider for I E N and h E Rn the difference of order I of the function
f with step h:
(Ahf)(x) = (-l)
1-k (k') f (X + kh).
k=0
Corollary 8 Let c C Rn be an open set, I E N, 1 < p < oo, h E R" and f E Wy(S2). Then IlohfIIL,(n(ihi) 5 2'I1fIIL,(n),
IlohfllL,(nghl) <- n'-'Ihl'Ilfllwo(n)
Idea of the proof. The first inequality follows by Minkowski's inequality. To prove the second one apply Corollary 7 and take into account that Q', < n1-1 if
a E N satisfies lal = I. Proof. By induction we get IIAhfIIL,(n,lh,) =
I(a(axj,
n
`-IhI j1=1
ll
Iloh(oh'f)IILP((n(j-I)Ihl)Ihl)
\
f) / wIIL,(n(t-j)Ihl)
hI('
...r L.r ll (ox,, Of ... axj, )wllLa(n)
= IhI' E IIDwf IIL,(n) <- n'-' IhI' llf Ilwa(n) Iol=1
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
104
3.4
Sobolev's integral representation
Theorem 4 Let S2 C R" be a domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B = B(xo, r) such that B C S2,
fdx=1 ,
suppw CB,
w E LI(R"),
(3.37)
R.
I E N and f E C'(/S'2). Then for every x E S2
f (x) =
III
I0I<1
J (D°f)(Y)(x - Y)°w(Y) dy + B
J
D° f)I(y) w. (x. y) dY,
I°I=1 J(3.38)
where for x,yER",x0y, Ial (x-Y)°w(x,Y)
w°(x,Y) _ a! Ix - Y1101 and
(3.39)
00
r w(x>Y)= f w(x+eiY-xl)f-'do
(3.40)
IS-VI
(for x = y E Sl we define w°(x, x) = w(x, x) = 0).
Remark 8 The first summand in right-hand side of (3.38) is a polynomial of degree less than or equal to I - 1 while the second one (the remainder) has the form of an integral of potential type. Both summands in right-hand side of (3.38) consist of integrals containing the function f and its derivatives and does not involve the values of the function f and its derivative at particular points - thus, in contrast to Taylor's formula,
this is an integral representation of the function f via the function f and its derivatives up to the order 1. Let 1=-v1 and k E N. Consider the derivative of the function f in the direction of C of order k: ( 26 )(y) _ E (k) (D° f)(y){°. Then one may write I°I=k
(3.38) in the following way 1-1
f(x) = f (E I
B k
x k!y lk
() (y)) w(y) dy
3.4. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
+
?f) (?/w(x, y)
1
(l - 1)!
f ('9V
)
Ix - yI11-1
105
dy
V.
In particular,
f(x) = f f(y)w(y)dy+ f((Vf)(y) - (x - y)) B
w(x,y) dy. Ix - yI"
v,
Remark 9 Let us denote for x i4 y by MZ,y the ray, which goes from the point x through the point y, and by Lx,y the "subray" of M=,, which goes from
the point y. As the variable p in (3.40) changes from Ix - yI to infinity, the of the function w runs along the ray L,,,,y. We note argument z = x + p that p = I z - xI and that (3.40) may be written with the help of a line integral: w(x, y) =
J
w(z)Iz - xI"-t dL.
The ray Lx,y intersects the ball B if, and only if, y E K. For this reason VxER" suppy wa(x,,y) = suppy w(x, y) C K.
(3.41)
(if w is positive on B, then there is equality in (3.41)). Furthermore, Vx E R" and Vy E K. suppe w (x
+ p y - x) C B fl Lz,y = [d1, d2]. Iy - xI
Here d2 = d2(x, y) is the length of the segment of the ray M=,y contained in K= while d1 = dl (x, y) = max{ Ix - yl, d1 }, where d1 = dt (x, y) is the length of the segment of the same ray contained in K = \ B. 16
Therefore, actually, the integral in (3.40) is equal to 0 if y ¢ K= and is an integral over the finite segment [d1, d2] if y E K. We note that d2 < D,
d2 - d1 < d,
(3.42)
where D = diam 1 and d = diam B. 16 If Ix - zoI = h and sp is the angle between the vectors xx and 2-1, then 0 < tamp < and d1 and d2 are the minimal root, the maximal respectively, of the quadratic equation d2 - 2dh cos,o + h2 - r2 =0.
106
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
Remark 10 If Sl is bounded, then IIw(x,y)IIC(R"xR") <- II"IIL (R")dz n
I <-
IIwIIL-(R")D"-1d.
Moreover, Va E 1% satisfying IaI = l (3.43)
IIw°(x,y)IIC(R"xR") <_
We have taken into account that
I (x - y)° Ix - YI+
I_
-
Ixl - Y11 Y, Ix - yI J
(Ixn - ynl \ on < 1
` Ix - yI J
and that a! > n for IaI = 1. Hence, if w is bounded, then for bounded 11 the functions w and w,, are bounded on R" x R". If fl is unbounded, then these functions are bounded on K x R" for each compact K. If w E COO(R" ), then the functions w(x, y) and w°(x, y) have continuous derivatives of all orders Vx, y E R' such that x y. 17 Remark 11 In the one-dimensional case for Sl = (a, b) and B = (x0-r,x0+r) (a, d3), where -oo < a < a < $ < b < oo, we have V. = (ax, b=), where a= and b= are defined in Theorem 1. Moreover, L1,, = (-oo, y) if x < y and LZ,y = (y, oo) if x > y. Furthermore, Y
f w(u) du,
w(x, y) = f w(z) dL =
b f w(u) du,
a < y < x, x < y:5 b,
Y
17 At the points (x, x), where z f I3 they are discontinuous. For n > 1 it follows from the fact that for each y E K. \ B lying in some ray going from the point x (for all these y the vectors have the same value, say, v = (v1, .... v")) the function w(x, y) has the same value y(x, v) = fcow(x + Qv)Q"'1 dQ. Hence, the limit of w(x,y) as y tends to z 0
along this ray is also equal to y(x,v). Respectively for the function w°(x,y) this limit is equal to 4(-v1)°1 ... The discontinuity follows from the fact that these limits depend on v. For, if the ray defined by the vector v does not intersect the ball B, then y(x, v) = 0. On the other hand, there exists v such that 7(x, v) = 0, otherwise
f w(z) dz = f f w(x + Q
R.
v)Q"-1 do) dS = 0, where S is the unit sphere in lit", which
S(000
contradicts (3.37). For n = 1 the discontinuity follows from the formulas for w and w° given in Remark 11.
3.4. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
107
and 1 (x - y)'w(x, (sgn (x - y))'-' A(x, y). y) _ (l - 1)! (l - 1)! Ix - yl'
W1 (X, y) =
Thus, (3.38) takes the form (3.13).
Idea of the proof of Theorem 4. Multiply Taylor's formula (3.36) with xo = y and y E B, by w(y) and integrate with respect to y over Rn. (We assume that for y 34,0 w(y)g(y) = 0 even if g(y) is not defined at the point y.) The lefthand side of (3.36) does not change and the first summand in the right-hand side coincides with the first summand in the right-hand side of (3.38). As for the second summand it takes the form of the second summand in (3.38) after appropriate changes of variables. 0 Proof. After multiplying (3.36) with xo = y by w(y) and integrating with
respect to y over R" the second summand of the right-hand side of (3.36) takes the form 1
I E -i f w(y) (f (1 - t)'-'(D°f)(y+t.(x - y))dt)dy I°1=1
R.
0
1 J°.
li f (1 - t)'-' ( f (D°f)(y + t(x - y)) w(y) dy) dt = l
=l 1°I=1
0
.
101=1
fit"
Changing variables y + t(x - y) = z and taking into account that (x - y)° _ dy = tl' ", we establish that (1 i
J. = f (D°f)(z)(x - z)° R.
x) -tt \ /
(f w I 0
1
(1
dt)n41) dz.
Replacing _ by p, we have J
f (D°f)(z)(Ix
- zz-x
-zii ( f w(x+q'-xl)e,,_ldp)dz, Iz-aI
which by (3.41) gives (3.38). 13
108
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
Remark 12 One can replace the ball B in the assumptions of Theorem 4 by some other open set G. depending in general on x E 11 such 18 that G= C SZ and replace the function w by some function w such that
w.E L1(R"),
suppwx C G=,
f
w. (y) dy = 1.
Rn
In this case the same argument as above leads to the integral representation (3.38) in which B, w and the conic body V. are replaced by GwS1 the conic body
(J (x, y) respectively. We shall use this fact in Corollaries 10 -12 yEG.
below.
Remark 13 Set w(r) = r"w(xo - rx). Then w(,.) is a kernel of mollification in the sense of Section 1.1 (in general, a non-smooth one since we have only that w(r) E L1(R")). The polynomial SS_1(x,xo), the first summand in Sobolev's integral representation (3.38), is Taylor's polynomial averaged over the ball B =- B(xo, r) in the following sense: Sl-1(x, xo) = (A,TI-1(x, ))(xo).
Here T1_ 1(x, y) is Taylor's polynomial of the function f with respect to the point y, A8 is the mollifier with the kernel w(r) and the mollification is carried out with respect to the variable y. For,
(ArPt-1(x, -)) (xo) = f
w(,.)
B(o,1) 1
I°I<1
(D°f)(xo - rz)(x - xo + rz)°r"w(xo - rz) dz B(o,1)
1
I°I<1
f (D°f)(y)(x-y)°w(y)dy=(S1-lf)(x,xo) B(xo,r)
This allows us to characterize Sobolev's integral representation as a "mollified (averaged) Taylor's formula with the remainder written in the form of an integral of potential type" of briefly "averaged Taylor's formula". 18 It is also possible to suppose only that G: C fl replacing the assumption f E C,(fl) by f E C(f1) in the case in which a.-n8fl # 0. See a detailed Remark 1 for the one-dimensional case.
3.4. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
109
Theorem 5 Let Q C R" be a domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B = B(xo, r) such that ,9 C Q, WE L,,.(R" ).
fWdx = 1,
supp w C B,
(3.44)
R.
I E N and f E (W )t°`(52). Then for almost every x E Q
f (x) = E °I
D.0 )(
(D' f)(J)(x - iJ)*w(3/) dy +
a!
I°I=tt
B
twa(x,Y) dy.
1
(3.45)
Idea of the proof. For 0 < 5 < dist (B, on), which is such that - a < IxoI - r < Ixol + r < set 19 X161 = {x E S2 : Yi c 526 fl B (0, 6) } c Q6, write (3.38) for .4y f E C°O(Q161) where 0 < y < b and pass to the limit as y -+ 0+. 0 Proof. For each 6 and y such that 0 < y < 6 and Vx E 52161 we have
c, 1 f.__..
..
._
,
.
, f (DoA,f)(y) x-yl n t w°(x,y)dy I°I=t i ,
.
I°I
1°I<1
jf
1
/ (A, (D.* f)) (y)
J
(A7(Dwf))(y)(l - y)°w(y) dy +
g
Ix - yl"_t
wa(x, y) dy.
101=1 v
We have applied Lemma 4 of Chapter 1 and the fact that the weak derivatives DW f where Ial < l exist (Lemma 6 of Chapter 1). By (1.5)
A, f -+ f
a.e. on
5216)
(3.46)
as -y -+ 0+. We shall prove that R.,-, (x) =
f(A(Df))(y)(x - y)°w(y) dy B
'-
f
(Dwf)(y)(x - y)-w(y) dy = R°(x) on 52161
(3.47)
B
is The necessity of introducing of these more complicated sets than fl6 arises in connection with Example 8.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
110
and
Sa,7(x) = J
(A7(Dwf))(y)wa(x,y)dy
Ix - yl-
K.
f)(Y)wa(x,y)dy=Sa(x) - JfIx(D'- yin-1
-) (3.48)
in L1(Sl[al).
K,
The relation (3.47) follows from the estimate
IR.,7(x) - R.(x)I < Ml
f
I (A7(Dwf))(y) - (D.* f)(y)I dy,
B
where M1 = II(x - y)allc(n,a,xB)II w(y)IIL (R") < oo and the property (1.9). Set M2 = Ilwa(x,V)IIL (n,d,xR") Then by Remark 10 M2 < oo. Applying the inclusions V. C 116 = St6 fl B (0, s) for x E nlq and 0[6[ C Q6 we obtain II Sa,,,(x) - Sa(x)IILi(n,a,) < M2
I (A1(Dw I))(y) - tD.0f)(V)I
= M2 I I A7(Dwf) - Dwf l n;
(f
dx IxyI"-i
dy IIL,(ne)
dy
n;
< M2 II IZI` "IIL,(na-na)IIA_l(Dwf) - D.f IIL,(na)
and 20 (1.9) implies (3.48).
From (3.48) it follows that, for some ryk > 0, k E N, such that 'Yk -+ 0 as
k ->oo,wehave
S.,,, (x) -1 Sa(x) a.e. on ft[,q.
(3.49)
Now passing to the limit as k -> oo in equality for Al f with 'Yk replacing ry, by (3.46), (3.47) and (3.49) we obtain that (3.45) holds almost everywhere on S2[k[. Since U 11[o[ = f2 we establish that (3.45) is valid almost everywhere on
Q.0
6>0
20 In the last inequality in the expression 116 - nj* the sign - denotes vector subtraction
of sets inR",i.e.,A-B=(zER":z=x-y where xEA,VEB). Clearly, flj - n6' C B(o, 8-1) - B(o,6-') =
B(o,2a-1).
3.5. COROLLARIES
3.5
111
Corollaries
Corollary 9 In Theorems 4, 5 let conditions (3.37), (3.44) respectively, be replaced by
fdx=1.
supp w C B,
w E Co (S2),
(3.50)
Rn
Then Vf E CI(Q) for every x E 11 and Vf E (Wi)'-(fl) for almost every x E S2
f (x) = f (E B
(_ aDy a
Ial<1
+E
[(x - y)aw(Y)1)f (y) dy
("'of '(Y) wa(x, y) dy
Ix - yl-
lal=1 V:
(3.51)
with D° If replacing DI f in the case in which f E (Wi)!°`(f2)
Idea of the proof. For f E C'(Sl) - integration by parts in the first summand of the right-hand side of (3.38). For f E (W1)b0c(Sl) - the same limiting procedure as in the proof of Theorem 5, starting from (3.51) with A, f replacing f.
Corollary 10 In addition to the assumptions of Corollary 9 let Q E l and 0 < 1,61 < 1. Then V f E C'(S1) for every x E ) and V f E (WW)!°`(SZ) for almost every x E Sl (-1)1.1+191Dv+'[(x-y)aw(y)])f(y)dy
(D1'f)(x)_f(E B
+
a!
Ia1<1-191
f
(D°f)(y) Ix - y1n-i+191 wQ-9(x> y) dy
(3.52)
Ial=1,a>9 V.
with DO f replacing DO f and D. *f replacing D* f if f E (Wi)'0C(11).
Idea of the proof. For f E C'(S)) write equality (3.38) with Dyf E CHVI(1l) replacing f and with l - 1,61 replacing 1, integrate additionally by parts in the first summand of the right-hand side, change the multi-index of summation a
to -y -,6 (then E = E ) and write a instead of ry. For f E (Wl)'0c(1)) IaI=1-I0I
171=1,'Y>>0
apply the limiting procedure from the proof of Theorem 4.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
112
Remark 14 For n = 1 equality (3.52) takes the form (3.17). As in the onedimesional case the first summand in (3.51) and (3.52) can be rewritten in the form
f(
a,"#(x -
y)°-1(D°w(y))f
(y) dy,
(3.53)
where o°,s depends only on a and p.
Corollary 11 Let I E N and SZ C R" be a bounded domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B with the parameters d, D, i. e., d < diam B < diam SZ < D < oo. Then there exists c9 > 0, depending only on n, 1, d and D, such that Vf E C1(5Z) for every x E St and df E (W)"(0) for almost every x E 0 (D°f)(y
1(DIf)(x)1 <- cs( f IfIdy+: f I°I=1 v,
B
1dy(3.54)
Ix - yl
where # E Non and 0 < 1,31 < 1, with DW f replacing DI f and Dm f replacing D* f in the case in which f E (W,1)10c(c ). Moreover, I (Dsf) (x) l 5 clo (
(W D)
J
If I dy
e (D)n-1
E f I(D°f)(y)I Ix
+d
yln-1+Ie1
-
dy )
(3.55)
where c10 > 0 depends only on n and 1.
Idea of the proof. Let p be a fixed kernel of the mollifier defined by (1.1). In equality (3.52) take w(x) = (s)np(2 xdxo) and apply (3.53) and (3.43) (see also Corollary 3). Proof. First of all Vx E f and dy E B
I (x - y)°-a(D°w)(y)15 <
()n+°Ix
- y1l°I-191I(D°µ)(2(x d xo))
M1IID°,uIIc(R')(d)10'D-10Id-n
<
M2(a)1-1D-I$Id-n,
where M1 and M2 depend only on n and I (since µ is fixed). Hence
( Ia1<1,0>d a°,6(x -
y)°-B(D°w)(y))
15 Ms(a
)1-1D-101d-",
(3.56)
3.5. COROLLARIES
113
where M3 depends only on n and 1. Secondly from (3.43) it follows that Vx E St and y E V.
D n-1
iw°-0(x,y)I < M4()
(3.57) ,
where M4 depends only on n and 1. So (3.53), (3.56) and (3.57) imply (3.55) and hence (3.54).
Remark 15 For n = 1 inequalities (3.54), (3.55) take the form of the first inequality (3.23), the form of (3.21) respectively. Moreover, if St = B and diam B = d, then (3.55) implies that I(D0f)(x)I <_
M.(d-IoI-n Jutdy B
f
+
I(D°f)(y)I dy),
Ix - yIn-1+101
(3.58)
1°1=1 B
where Mb depends only on n and 1, which is a multidimensional analogue of the first inequality (3.22). If, in addition, 1- 1,61 - n > 0, then dy+d!-101-n1
I(D0f)(x)I: M5 (d-101-n J If I
J I(DQf)(y)I dy),
1°I=1 B
B
which is a multidimensional analogue of the second inequality (3.22).
Remark 16 If I -IQI - n > 0 (in the one-dimensional case this condition is always satisfied), then there is no singularity in the integrals of the second summand in the righ-hand side of (3.54). In this case (3.54) implies the inequality
Wf)(x)I <- cll (f IfI dy+ E JI(JYf)(Y)ldv) B
r
V
JI(D°f)(v)Idv),
< cll (J If I dy + B
(3.59)
Ia1=! n
where c11 > 0 depends only on n, 1, d and D. Applying the same procedure as in the second proof of Corollary 4 one can
obtain the related inequality with a small parameter: if 1 - IQI - n > 0, then
I(D'f)(x)I 5 c12K(e) Jiii dy + e B
ft (Df)(y)I dy,
(3.60)
I°I=i B
where now 0 < e < MS d1-191-n,
K(c) = E and c12 > 0 depends only on n and 1.
7F
(3.61)
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
114
Corollary 12 Let 1 E N and f? C Rn be a bounded domain star-shaped with respect to a ball with the parameters d, D. Suppose that f E C' (0) (or f E (W;)b0c(fz) ). Then there exists a polynomial pl_1(x, f) of degree less than or equal to l - 1 such that V,3 E 1
satisfying 101 < 1 and Vx E 11
I (Daf)(x) - (D5Pi-1)(x, f)I < c13
(Dd)n-1
x(D-
IQI=1
a f)-y)IBI
J
dy,
(3.62)
n
where c13 > 0 depends only on n and 1. (If f E (Wf)t0C(fZ), then (3.62) with DO f and D° f replacing DO f and DI f holds for almost every x E f'). Idea of the proof. Set
1aiIQlDDI(x-y)aw(y)))f(y)dy
P1-1(x,f)=S1-1(x,f) f (E( Ial
B
(this is the first summand in (3.51)), where B C fl is such that n is star-shaped with respect to B and w is the same as in the proof of Corollary 11. Note that Sl-lal-1(x, D1 f) = (D1 S1-1)(x, f)
(3.63)
and apply (3.51), (3.52) and (3.56). 0
Corollary 13 Let SZ be a bounded convex domain. For x, y E fZ (x t y) denote by d(x, y) the length of the segment of the ray, which goes from the point x through the point y, contained in fZ . Then V f E U'(11) and for all x E fZ and Vf E (W11)t°C(0) for almost all x E Cl 1 f(x) = measf2 l 1 -t f (Daf)(y)(x-y)ady
n
IoW
1, +1 n lol=l a.
_
a
J(Df)(v) Ix - yin (d(x, y)n - I x - yI n) dy
(3.64)
n
and hence
If(x)I <
measfZ
at f d(x,y)nI(Daf)(y)I dy IaI
n n
+
n
W! j I0I=1
Ix ! fn d(x
In-1 I(Daf)(y)I
dy.
(3.65)
3.5. COROLLARIES
115
In particular,
Ifx)I <
1
DI°I
E
measS2
a!
Ial<_n
f RD°f)(y)I dy,
(3.66)
n
where D = diam S2. (If f E (W,)'Oc(f ), then D" f must be replaced by DW 'f.)
Idea of the proof. Suppose that in Theorems 4 - 5 supp w C S2 instead of suppw C B. Then in (3.38) we have Vn = S2 instead of VZ V1,B - see Remark 12. Take w(x) = x E 1, then (3.64) follows from (3.38) - (3.40). (measS2)-1 for
Corollary 14 Let S2 C R" be an open set, l E N. Then V f E Co(S2) for every x E 1 and df E (WW)0(11) for almost every x E S2
E a!
f (x) = o
IaI=,
f
and hence
If(x)I S
_
a
Ix - yIn
(D°f)(y) dy
I I(D° f)(y)l d a!J Ix - yln-i y 1
1
On 161=
(3.67)
(3.68)
n
with D. Of replacing DI f for f E (W1)0(Q), where vn is the n-dimensional measure of the unit ball in Rn and Un is the surface area of the unit sphere in Rn (an = nvn) 21 Idea of the proof. Since supp f is compact in l one can assume, without
loss of generality, that the function f is defined on R" and f = 0 outside 11. Replace in Theorems 4 - 5, keeping in mind Remark 12, B by Gx = B(x, r2) \ B(x, r1), where r1 < r2 are such that supp f C B(x, r1) and w by w.(y) = (measG=)-1, y E G1. Then V1,G = B(x,r2). Moreover, from (3.40) it follows that Vy E supp f r2
w(x, y) =
nl
n)
vn(r2 - r1)
f Pn-1 dp = 1 . an
rl
Since f = 0 on G. equality (3.67) follows from (3.28). Furthermore, inequality (3.68) follows from (3.67) because a! > ? for IaI = 1. 21 We recall that vn =
a+1
where r(u) = f 0
x°-1e_= dx,
u > 0, is the gamma-function.
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
116
Remark 17 For n = 1, 1 = 1 and ) = (a, b) equality (3.65) reduces to the obvious equality: V f E Co (a, b) and dx E (a, b) b
f (x) = 2 f sgn (x - y) f '(y) dy
(3.69)
(see (3.7)). Starting from this equality it is possible to give another proof of equality (3.67). Remark 18 Consider the following particular case of (3.67) an
J
ix - y1"
x.
1
(Of)(y) . (x -1l)
1
f(x) =
dy - an
lyln * Vf.
(3.70)
We note that
Ixi2 = ax e (in Ix I), n = 2,
n>3,
Ixln
and for p E (Wi)'-(Rn), -0 E Co(Rn) we have Consequently, V f E C0 2(R) )
f (x) = - (n -12)an
lxi2-n
* i f, n2:3
(3.72)
(the Newton potential).
Corollary 15 Let SZ C Rn be an open set satisfying the cone condition with the parameters r > 0 and h > 0 and K. be the cone of that condition. Suppose that Vx E fl W. E Co (R"),
suppw: C IT.,
Jiz(v)dY = 1,
(3.73)
Rn
I E N, 0 E No and lal < 1. Then V f E C1(Q) for every x E 1 and V f E (W11)(f2) for almost every x E 12
[(x-y)°w=(y)])f(y)dy
(D"f)(x) =J K.
io<<-I91
117
3.5. COROLLARIES
r
+
(D°f)(y) .w°-F,:(x, y) dy yln-1+191
(3.74)
J Ix I°I=1, °>9 K.
(with DO f and D. *f replacing DO f and D° f for f E (Wi)1oc(Sl)), where n +r
f wylx+ely - xl)y
lal(x -
y - x
//
00' a! Ix - yIn
n-1
(3.75)
dp.
I=-Y1
Remark 19 In contrast to other integral representations the first summand in (3.74) is no more a polynomial.
Idea of the proof. Apply Remark 12 with G. = Kt and wz replacing w. Note that V:,K= = K. and d2 < h2 + r2 (d2 is defined in Remark 8). Corollary 16 Let Sn C Rn be an open set satisfying the cone condition with the parameters r > 0 and h > 0, l E N, 0 E No and 101 < 1. Then there exists c14 > 0, depending only on n, 1, r and h, such that V f E C' (Q) for every x E S2 and Vf E (Wl)1ac(0) for almost every x E SZ (D8f)(x)I <_ C14
(f If I dy + F n
f
D* I
I°I=1:z
Dye -1191
dy)
(3.76)
(with D. Of and D. *f replacing D, f , D' f respectively, for f E (Wl)1Oe(11)) Moreover,
I(Daf)(x)I <- c15 (I
h
)-191rn f
K,
hy-'
Ifl dy+ (r
f
I
)(Y)I dy), I(D°in
1+191
101=1 K:
(3.77)
where r1 = min{r, h} and c15 > 0 depends only on n and 1. Remark 20 Compared with (3.54) inequality (3.76) is valid for a wider class of open sets satisfying the cone condition. On the other hand, (3.54) is a sharper version of (3.76) (for in the right-hand side of (3.54) f If I dx replaces f if I dx) B a for a narrower class of domains star-shaped with respect to the ball B.
Idea of the proof. Let K = K(r, h) if h > r and K = K(h, h) if h < r, and let B(xo, r2) be the ball inscribed into the cone K. Here r2 = rh( r + h +r)-1 >-
CHAPTER 3. SOBOLEV'S INTEGRAL REPRESENTATION
118
r(l+f)-' if h > r and r2 = h(1+f)-' if h < r. Hence B(xo, rl(l+f)-') C K. Moreover, let w be a fixed function defined by (3.50). Suppose that in (3.74) wx is defined by: Wx(y) = (i+ 22)-1(y-£y)), where £_ = A1(xo) and
A. is a linear transformation such that Kx = A.(K). Following the proof of estimates (3.56) and (3.57), establish that b'x E Sl and Vy E K.
(-1 )'IQH Ifll D,+R[(x - y)awx(y)]I < Ml (h
r1)'-ih-101r1
(3.78)
Ial
h n-'
Iwa-#,.(x, y)I <- M2 (rl)
(3.79)
,
where Ml and M2 depend only on n and 1. Estimates (3.77) and hence (3.76) follow from (3.74), (3.78) and (3.79). 0 Remark 21 From (3.77) it also follows that in (3.76) f If I dx can be replaced n
by If IIL,(n) for any p E [1, oo].
Chapter 4 Embedding theorems The main aim of this chapter is to prove various inequalities related to those of the form II1 fIIL,(n) < lIfIIW ini, where a E K, lal < l (D,°, f a f) and cl > 0 does not depend on f. These inequalities may be also presented in an equivalent form as the socalled embedding theorems.
4.1
.
Embeddings and inequalities
We start with the consideration of the notion of a continuous embedding as it relates to the general theory of function spaces, which are, in the framework of this book, normed or semi-normed vector spaces. First let Z1 and Z2 be normed vector spaces. We say that Zl is embedded in Z2 if Z1 C Z2.
(4.1)
The identity operator I, considered as an operator acting from Z1 in Z2: Vf E Z1
If = f, I :
Zl -+ Z2,
(4.2)
which is possible because of (4.1), will be called the embedding operator corresponding to the embedding (4.1).
Definition 1 Let Z1 and Z2 be normed vector spaces. We say that Z1 is continuously embedded in Z2 and write Z1
C:;
Z2
(4.3)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
120
if, in addition to (4.1), the corresponding embedding operator is continuous, i.e., there exists c2 > 0 such that V f E Z1 illiIZ, <_ c llfliz,
(4.4)
In the cases we are interested in relations (4.1) and (4.3) are equivalent,
which follows from the next statement.
Lemma 1 Let Z1 and Z2 be Banach spaces such that Z1 C Z2. Suppose that the corresponding embedding operator is closed, i.e., for any fk E Z1 where
kEN,g,EZ1andg2EZ2 lion fk = 91 in Z1,
k-+oo
Urn fk = 92 klao
in Z2 = 91 = 92.
(4.5)
Then (4.4) is satisfied and, hence, Z1 Ci Z2.
Idea of the proof. Since the embedding operator I : Z1 -a Z2 is defined on the whole Z1 and is closed, by the Banach closed graph theorem the operator I is bounded.
Remark 1 Let us introduce for Banach spaces Z1 and Z2 such that Z1 C Z2 one more norm on Z1, namely, df E Z1 U 11z" = ill liz, + Iif lIz,.
It is a norm on Z1 considered as the intersection of Z1 and Z2. Condition (4.5) is equivalent to the following: Z1 is complete with respect to the norm II' liz Indeed, if { fk}kEN is a Cauchy sequence with respect to II liz,,, then
lim IN - fmiiz, = k,m-400 urn Ilfk - fmiiz, = 0.
k,m-oo
Consequently, by the completeness of Z1 and Z2 elements g1 E Z1 and 92 E Z2
exist such that limk,o fk = 91 in Z, and limk-wo fk = g2 in Z2. By (4.5) 91 = 92 and, hence, slim li fk - g1 li z = 0. Conversely, let the above relations be satisfied. Then { fk}kEN is a Cauchy sequence with respect to the norm II By the completeness of Z12 an element g E Zl exists such that
' liz
klirnoo(Iifk - 9112, + 11A - 9ii2,) = 0. From the uniqueness of limits in Z1 and Z2 it follows that gl = 92(= g). We note also that the closedness of the embedding operator I is a necessary and sufficient condition for the equivalence of (4.1) and (4.3). The sufficiency is proved in Lemma 1, while the necessity is obvious, since the boundness of I implies its closedness.
4.1. EMBEDDINGS AND INEQUALITIES
121
Now let Z, and Z2 be semi-normed vector spaces and
Bk= If E Zk: IIf IIz. =0}, k = 1,2. Definition 2 Let Z, and Z2 be semi-nonmed vector spaces, which are subsets of a linear space Z. We say that Z1 is continuously embedded in Z2 and write Z, C=y Z2
(4.6)
if' Z, C Z2 + 81,
and the corresponding embedding operator I : Z1 -+ Z2, defined by If = g, is bounded. 2
Remark 2 This means that V f E Z, there exists g E Z2 such that g is equivalent to f in Z1, i.e., g - f E 81, and there exists c3 > 0 such that Vf E Z, II9IIz, <- c31IfiIz,.
(4.7)
Remark 3 If 8, C 82 (in particular, if Z1 and Z2 are normed vector spaces), then Z2 + 01 = Z2, 1I9I1z, = Ill IIz, and Definition 2 has the same form as Definition 1.
Remark 4 Assume that the semi-normed vector spaces Z, and Z2 possess the following property:
the semi-norm IIf IIz, makes sense for each f E Z, with IIf IIz, < oo or IIf IIz, = oo and V f E Z, there exists g E Z2 such that
inf IIf - hllz, = II9IIz2-
hEel
In this case Definition 2 is equivalent to: there exists c3 > 0 such that Vf E Z1
inf IIf - hllz, 5 csllf Ilzi.
heo,
' The sign + denotes the vector sum of sets. 2In this case, in general, the embedding operator is not unique. However, one may easily
verify that for different embedding operators, say I, and 12, Vf E Z, we have IIIiflIz, _ 1112flIs,-
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
122
Lemma 2 Let Z1 and Z2 be semi-Banach spaces such that Z1 C Z2. Suppose that for any fk E Z1, k E N, g1 E Z1 and g2 E Z2 lim fk = 91 in Z1i lim fk = g2 in Z2 k-+oo
k-+oo
91 - 92 E 01.
(4.10)
Then (4.9) is satisfied.
Idea of the proof. Apply the Banach closed graph theorem to the factor spaces Zl = Z1/81 and Z2 = Z_2/81 and 3 the embedding operator I : Z1 -> Z2. Proof. We recall that Z1 is a Banach space and b'/ E Z1 If 112, = 11f 11z"
(4.11)
where f is an arbitrary element in f. (If fl, f2 E f, then 11f, 11 = 11f211.) As for Z2 it is, in general, a semi-Banach space and
IIJ II2, =h0i inf If - hllz2
(4.12)
where f E j. (The right-hand side does not depend on the choice of f E f.) From Z1 C Z2 it follows that Z1 C Z2 and by (4.10) the corresponding embedding operator I is closed. For, let 1k E ZZ1, k E N, 91 E Z1, 92 E Z2 and
k
Ik=91
in Z1, k Ifk=kl Ik=g2 in Z2.
Suppose that fk E fk, 91 E 91 and g2 E 92 Then fk - 91 E It - 91, fk - 92 E fk - 92 and
limllft -91IIz, = 0,
lim (hnf I1fk-92-hIlz,) = 0.
Therefore, Vk E N there exists hk E 81 such that 1lim Ilfk-92-hkllz, = 0. Thus fk - hk -+ 92 in Z2 ask -+ oo. Moreover, since Ilft - hk - 91IIz, = lift - 9111z we also have that fk - hk --1 91 in Z, as k -3' oo. By (4.10) 91 - g2 E 81 and, hence, g1 = 92 Now by the Banach closed graph theorem the operator I is bounded: for some c4 > 0 we have b'/ E Zl 111112,=IIIJII2,:5 04II!II2,.
Consequently, by (4.10) and (4.12) the desired inequality (4.9) follows. 3 The spaces Z'1 and Z2 consist of nonintersecting classes f C Z1, f C Z2 respectively, such that fl, f2 E 1 . = fl - f2 E 01, fl - fs E B2 respectively.
4.1. EMBEDDINGS AND INEQUALITIES
123
Corollary 1 If, in addition to the assumptions of Lemma 2, (4.8) is satisfied, then Z, C Z2 is equivalent to Z, C:; Z2. Idea of the proof. Apply Remark 4.
Corollary 2 In addition to the assumptions of Lemma 2, let 01 C 02.
(4.13)
Then there exists c5 > 0 such that V f E Z1 IIfIIz2 <- Cs IIfIIz,
(4.14)
Idea of the proof. Since 01 C 02, we have IIhIIz2 = 0 for each h E 01. Furthermore, Vf E Z, we also have IIf - hIIz2 = IIf 1122 and (4.9) coincides with (4.14).
Corollary 3 Let Z be a semi-normed vector space, equipped with two seminorms II III and II . 112 and complete with respect to both of them. Moreover,
suppose that for any fk E Z, k E N, g1, g2 E Z HM MIIfk-91111=0,
kllfk-92112=0 =* g1- 92E91n82.
(4.15)
Then the semi-norms II 'III and II.112 are equivalent 4 if, and only if, 01 = 82.
(4.17)
Suppose, in particular, that Z is a normed vector space, equipped with two norms 11.11, and II.112 and complete with respect to both of them. If for any
fkEZ, kEN, 9,,92EZ
kIIfk-91111=0, k IIl-92112=0
(4.18)
then the norms 11 'III and II 112 are equivalent. 4Le., there exist ce, or > 0 such that V f E Z CO IIf112 <- IIfI11 <_ CT IIf112.
(4.16)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
124
Idea of the proof. Necessity of (4.17) follows directly from (4.16). To prove sufficiency apply Corollary 1 to the semi-Banach spaces Z, and Z2, which are the same set Z, equipped with the semi-norms II - IIl and II.112 . Now we pass to the case of function spaces. Let SZ C Ri" be an open set. Moreover, suppose that Z(ft) is a semi-nonmed vector space of functions defined on Q. Denote
ez(n) = If E Z(Q) : IIf1Iz(n) = 0} and
9(0) = If : f (x) = 0 for almost every x E 0}. All function spaces Z(0), which are considered in this book, possess the following property:
Z(n) Ci L' -(Q),
(4.19)
i.e., Z(S2) C L'-(O) and for each compact K C 0 there exists ca(K) > 0 such that Vf E Z(S2) hEin ezf
(4.20)
IIf - hIIL,(x) <- c8(K) IIf 112(n).
For many of the function spaces considered 8z(a) = t)(ft).
(4.21)
If this property is satisfied, then (4.20) takes the form (4.22)
IIf IIL,(x) <- c8(K) IIf 112(n).
Remark 5 If two semi-normed vector spaces Zl(f1) and Z2(SZ) satisfy (4.19) and 0z,(n),9z,(n) C 0(ft), then f o r a n y f k E Z I (SZ) n Z2(S2), k E N, gl E Z1(()) and g2 E Z2(ft)
lim fk = gi in Zl (ft), k m fk = 92 in Z2(1)
9i - 92 on S2,
i.e., 91 - 92 E 9(S2).
Lemma 3 Let Sl C R" be an open set and let Zl(f2) and Z2 (fl) be semi-Banach function spaces satisfying (4.19) and (4.21). If Zi(p) C Z2(1Z) then there exists cs > 0 such that 'If E Z1(f2) IIfIIzs(n) < cs II/IIz,(n)
(4.23) (4.24)
and, hence, (4.23) is equivalent to ZA(0) C4 Z2(11).
(4.25)
4.1. EMBEDDINGS AND INEQUALITIES
125
Idea of the proof. Apply Corollary 2. Proof. If fk E Z1(12), k E N, gl E ZI(f ), 92 E Z2(S2), and
urn fk = gi in Zi(I), k fk = 92 in Z2(Q),
(4.26)
then by (4.22)
lim fk = gl in L"(9),
k-+oo
lim fk = 92 in L1°`(SI) kloo
(4.27)
and gi - g2 E 9(e) = 9z,(n). Hence, (4.24) follows from (4.13) From (4.21) it follows that Z2(S2) + Bz,(n) = Z2(St). Moreover, for each g E Z2(11), for which g- f E Oz,(n) we have II9IIz2(n) = IIf1Iz2(n) Consequently,
(4.23) coincides with (4.6), (4.24) coincides with (4.7) and, hence, (4.23) is equivalent to (4.25).
Corollary 4 Let 9 C R" be an open set and Z(i2) a semi-normed vector space equipped with two semi-norms and complete with respect to both of them.
Moreover, suppose that conditions (4.19) and (4.21) are satisfied. Then these semi-norms are equivalent. Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 3 to the semi-normed vector spaces Z1(il) and Z2(0), which are the same set Z(1l), equipped with the given semi-norms. Finally, we collect together all the statements about equivalence of inequalities, embeddings and continuous embeddings in the case of Sobolev spaces.
Theorem l Let l E N, m E No, m <1,1 < p, q < oo and let Il C R" be an open set. 1. The continuous embedding WW ((1) Ci WQ (0),
(4.28)
Ill II Wr(o) < CIO llf llww(n) ,
(4.29)
i.e., the inequality where cto > 0 does not depend on f, is equivalent to the embedding Wp(11) C WQ (11).
(4.30)
2. The continuous embedding W,(11)C:; Cb (c),
(4.31)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
126
i.e., the statement: Vf E WP(SZ) there exists a function g E Cb (S1) such that
g - f on SZ and Ilgllcm(n) <_ cil Of Ilwp(n),
(4.32)
where c11 > 0 does not depend on f, is equivalent to inequality (4.29) and embedding (4.30), where q = oo, and in (4.29) c1o1q = cil 3. If inequality (4.29) holds for all f E WW(I) fl C°°(fl), then it holds for all f E W,(SZ).
Idea of the proof. Apply Definition 2 and Lemmas 2 and 3. To prove the equivalence of (4.32) and (4.29) when q = oo apply Theorem 1 of Chapter 2 and the completeness of the spaces under consideration. If m > 0 apply also the closedness of the differentiation operator D° where Iai = m in Cb(Q). To prove the third statement of the theorem again apply Theorem 1 of Chapter 2, the completeness of W, ,'(Q) and, for m > 0, the closedness of the weak differentiation operator DW where Jai = m in Lq(Sl). 0 Proof. 1. Clearly, (4.30) follows from (4.28). As for the converse, it is a direct corollary of Lemma 3, because 8wp(n) = ow-(A) = 0(g). 2.
Furthermore, (4.31) implies (4.29) with q = oo, which, by the first
statement of the theorem, is equivalent to (4.30) with q = oo. Let us prove that (4.29) with q = oo implies (4.32) where c11 = c1019=00.
First suppose that m = 0 and 1 < p < oo. Then V f E W,1(0) there exist fk E C°°(Q) n WP(SZ), k E N, such that fk -4 f in Wp(SZ) - see Theorem 1 in Chapter 2. By (4.29) with q = oo, fit E Cb(SZ), k E N, and'dk, s E N
Ilfk - fallC(n) = Ilfk -
5 C11 Ilfk - fsIIW (n)
(see footnote 4 on page 12). Hence, { fk}kEN is a Cauchy sequence in Cb(SZ). Since Cb(fl) is complete, there exists g E Cb(11) such that fk -+ g in Cb(SZ) as k -> oo. Since both WP(1) and Cb(SZ) are continuosly embedded into L10Q(0), it follows that g - f on SZ - see Remark 5.
If m = 0 and p = oo, then 'If E W00(SZ) there exist fk E C00(11) n W,10(SZ), k E N, such that fk -+ f in WO0(f) for r = 1, ...,1 - 1 and IIfkIIw., (n) - Ilf Ilw;,(n) as k -> oo (see Theorem I in Chapter 2). Since llfk - fallC(n) = Ilfk - fell L (n), {fk}kEN is again a Cauchy sequence in C6(SZ).
The rest is the same as for the case in which 1 < p < oo.
If m > 0 and 1 < p < oo, then the same argument as above shows that there exist h E Cb(S2) and h° E Cb(fl) where Ial = m such that fk -+ h in Cb(SZ)
and D° fk -+ h° in Cb(SZ). Since the differentiation operator D° is closed in Cb(11), it follows that h° = D°h. Hence h e Cr(fZ) and fk -+g in Cr(fZ).
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
127
Finally, for all m > 0 and 1 < p < oo, we take f = fk in (4.29) where q = oo and passing to the limit as k -+ oo we get (4.32) since IIgIICm(n) =
kliM -+00
liM oc Ilfkllw(n)
IIfkIICm(11) = k
< CIO lim IIfkIIwn1(s1) = C10IIf IIw;(n) k-4oo
3. The proof of the third statement of the theorem is analogous.
4.2
The one-dimensional case
We start with inequalities for intermediate derivatives.
Theorem 2 Let -oo < a < b < oo, 1E N and 1 < p < oo. 1. For each function f E W,(a, b) and m = 1, ..., l - 1 (4.33)
IIfw'")IIL9(a,b) <- C12IIJ W,(a,b),
where c12 > 0 depends only on I and b - a.
2. If -oo
Ilf,(`'IIL,(ab)),
(4.34)
where c13 > 0 depends only on 1, b - a, fi - a and f is such that the right-hand side is finite.
Remark 6 If b - a = oo and B - a < oo, then inequality (4.34) does not hold. This follows by setting f (x) = xk where m < k < 1. Idea of the proof. Apply inequality (3.21) and Remark 5 of Chapter 3. Proof. Let -oo < a < b < oo. From (3.21), by Holder's inequality and Remark 5 of Chapter 3, it follows that
Ml (b -
a)'_m
(0 - a)-'IIfIIL,(a,O) + (b - a)i' Ilfw')IIL,(a,b)), (4.35)
where M1 depends only on n. This inequality implies (4.34).
Now let b - a = oo. Say, for example, -oo < a < oo and b = oo. If 1 < p < coo, then by (4.33) ao
=(E k=1
1 Ilf-(_)IIL,(a+k-1,a+k))
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
128
M2 ( E(IIf IIL,(a+k-1,a+k) +
Ilfwl) IIL,(a+k-1,a+k)))
k=1
= M2(IIfIIL,(a,-) + Ilfw`)IIL,(a,.))° M2 (IIfIIL,(a,aa) + Ilfw`)IIL,(a.ao)) Here M2 is the constant c12 in (4.33) for the case in which b - a = 1. If p = oo, then Ilfwm'IILoo(a,ao) = Sup kEN
I1fwm)IIL.(a+k-1,a+k)
M2 SUP(IIf
llfw`)IIL,o(a+k-1,.+k))
kEN
< M2 (IllIILW(a.00) +
Corollary 5 Let 1 < p < oo. The norm 1
F, Iifw)IIL,(a,b)
(4.36)
M=0
is equivalent to If IIw;(a,b) for any interval (a, b) C It. The norm IIf IIL,(a,0) +
Ilf,
lIL,(ab)
(4.37)
is equivalent to Ill II W (a,b) if -oo < a < a <,8:5 b < oo.
Idea of the proof. Apply inequality (4.33) and inequality (4.34) with m = 0.
Corollary 6 Let -oo < a < b < oo, t E N and 1 < p < oo. Then w4(a, b) = WW(a, b).
(4.38)
( If b - a = oo, then 1 E w,(a, b) \ W, (a, b). Thus, the embedding Wp(a, b) C wp(a, b) is strict.) Idea of the proof. If f E wp(a, b), then f E L11-(a, b) , and Corollary 5 implies
(4.38).0 Remark 7 Equality (4.38) is an equality of sets of functions. Since B,,,D(a,b) Bwo(a,b), the semi-norms II - IIw;(a,b) and II - IIw;(a,b) are not equivalent. (See Corollary 3 of Section 4.1.)
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
129
Corollary 7 Let 1, m E N, m < l and 1 < p < oo. 1. If -oo < a < b < oo, then the validity of inequality (4.33) with some c12 > 0 independent off is equivalent to the validity of Ilfwm)IILP(a,b)
C14
((b - a)-mIIfIIL,(a,b) + (b -
156 >= C156-"7-
(4.39)
a)'-mlIfw')IIL,,(a,b)/1,
(4.40)
IIfIIL,(a,b) + IF IIff')IIL,(a,b)
for 5 0 < e < c14(b - a)'-' and (4.41)
IIfwm)IIL,,(a,b) <- C16IIfIIL,,(a,b) IIfIIW,(a,b)
with some c14, c15 > 0 independent of f, a and b and some c16 > 0 independent of f. 2. If b - a = oo, then inequality (4.33) is equivalent to ii;(m)1LP(a,b) <_ C12
e
' m IIfIILP(a,b) +e IIfW')IILP(a,b)
(4.42)
l / 1 T -IIIfIILP(a,b) Ilf,;`'IIL,ca,br
(4.43)
for0<e<00, II c(m)IIL,ca,b) <_ C12
t (1
b
b llm
r
J
If-)IPd2 <'12(( [(
a
//t)1-T11-P
) (1
f (IfIP+lf.(')IP)dx
(4.44)
a
if1
6
fIf(m)IPdx
l(!
b
m'
T(1
t /1
a
1-'T]
'
e-'-
b
f IfIPdx+e f Ifw')IPdx a
a
(4.45)
for0<e
Note that one cannot replace here C(e) by a and a by C(e). (If it were so, then taking f (z) = xm and passing to the limit as a - 0+ would give a contradiction.) From (4.40) it also follows that Ilfwm)IIL.(a,b) < M((b - a) m + 1) II/II W,(a,b),
where M > 0 is independent of f,a and b.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
130
Idea of the proof. 1. Changing variables reduce the case of an arbitrary interval
(a, b) to the case of the interval (0, 1) and deduce (4.39) from (4.33). For
0
p
IIf
IIf II L,(a,o) =
(4.46)
IILp(ak,ak+,))
k=1
and the inequality s < 61 < b to deduce (4.40) from (4.39). Minimize the right-hand side of (4.40) with respect to e in order to prove (4.41). Finally, note that inequality (4.39) follows from (4.41) and the inequality x°y1-Q < a°(1 - a)'-* (x + y),
(4.47)
where x,y > 0, 0 < a < 1. 2. Apply (4.33) to f (a + 5(x - a)) if b = oo, to f (b - b(b - x)) if a = -oo or to f (bx) if a = -oo, b = oo where b > 0, and deduce (4.42). Minimize the right-hand side of (4.42) to get (4.43). Note that (4.33) follows from (4.43) and (4.47). Raise (4.43) to the power p and apply (4.47) to establish (4.44). Deduce, by applying dilations once more, (4.45) from (4.44). Minimizing the right-hand side of (4.45), verify that (4.45) implies (4.43). 0 Proof. 1. Setting y = e-a we get Ilfwm)IIL,(a,b) _ (b - a)',-mII(f (a + y(b -
a) p-m(IIf(a + y(b - a))IILp(o,1) + 11(f (a + y(b - a)))(') jILp(o,1))
= M1((b - a)-'11f IIL,(a,b) + (b -
where M1 is the constant c12 in (4.33) for the case in which (a, b) = (0, 1).
Moreover, for 0 < a < b - a and 1 < p < oo from (4.46), (4.39) and Minkowski's inequality it follows that N Ilfmm)IILp(a,b)
,
t mIIJ IILp(aiAk+1) + o1 mIIfwj)IIL,(ak,ak+t))Pj p
k=1
C14 (al
m (E IIf IILp(ak,ak+i)) k=1
'If p= oo this means that IIIIIL,.(o,b) =
al-m (E II fw1) IIPLP(ak,ak+i)) p ) k=1
kmaxN
UfHL..(ok,ak+,)
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
<
C14(2'6-m IIIIILp(a,b)
131
+ b'-' 11f(')IILp(a,b))-
Setting e = c1461-' we establish (4.40). The minimum of the right-hand side of (4.40) is equal to
C15 T((';) (1- -1)1-
)-IIIf IILp(ab) Ilfwl)IILp(a,b)
and is achieved for e = e1, where e1= (1
C15 U114(0) IVw`'IIL,(a,b))1
If el < (b - a)l-', then, setting e = el in (4.40) we get (4.41). Now let el > (b - a)"-'". This is equivalent to Iifw')IILp(a,b) <-
Cl5 (b -
,,
a)-'IIfIILp(a,b).
Since
IllIILp(a,b) 5 IIfIILpa,b) IIlIIw
(a,b)'
_T Ilfw''IILp(aa) <_ Ilfw`'IILp a,b)
T IIfIIWy(a,b)'
inequality (4.39) with e = c14(b - a)I-' implies that Iifw')IILp(a,b) 5 M2((b -
a)-m
+ 1)
IIfIILp(,b)
IIfIIW;(a,b)'
where M2 depends only on 1, and (4.41) follows. In its turn (4.41) and (4.47) imply (4.33). 2. Let b - a = oo, say a = -oo, b = oo. Given a function f E WP'(-00' oo) and b > 0, by (4.33) we have Ilfw''IIL,(-aa,aa) - b-m+;II(f(bX)),am)IILp
< C12 b-'+= IIf = C12
(bx)IILp(-00,00) +
II(f(bx))w')IILp(-oo,oo))
(b 'IIfIILp(-00,00) +8' ' Ilfw')IILp(-.,.)
Setting c1261-m = e, we get (4.42).
The rest of the proof is as in step 1. 0 Corollary 8 Let 1, m E N, m < 1. Then Ilfwm)IILa(-ao,oo)
IIfIIL2(-
,oo)
and the constant 1 in this inequality is sharp.
Il1w')IIL
(-00,00)
(4.48)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
132
Idea of the proof. Prove (4.44) when p = 2, a = -oo, b = oo by using Fourier transforms and Parseval's inequality, and apply Corollary 7. Proof. By Parseval's equality and inequality (4.47) 00
Ilfwm)IIL3 (-00,00) - IIF(fwm))IIL2 (-00,00) = J -00 00
< ('!')m (1 - m)1-T f(i -00
T (IIFf11L2(-00,00) +
_ (';)T(1 - m)1
_ (m)'(1 - it)1 T
IIF(f.())IIL2
2(-o,0))
2
(IIfIIL2
2(-00,00) +
I1fw!)IIL2(-00,00)).
if, and only if, ICI = (1 m) - Co we set
Since Z2in = ('")T(1 -
f = f, where ff(x) = (F-1(x(Eo-,Fo+E)))(x) = A stti zz a-'{0y. Passing to the limit as e -+ 0+ we obtain that (m)9 (1 - m)1-T is a sharp constant.
Remark 8 Let 1, m E N, m < l and 1 < p < oo. The value of the sharp constant cm,,,P in the inequality m,l,p IIfwIIL,(_oo,oo) Ilfwt)IILp(-00,00)
IlAm)II4(-00,00)
(4.49)
is also known in the cases p = oo and p = 1: KK-m cm,1,1 = Cm,l,oo =
K-m , t
where for j E N 4
K2,i-1 =
r
00
i=O
4X00`
1
(2i + 1)2j
K21
_±
(-1)'
` =o (2a + 1)2j+1
The following inequality holds 1 = Cm,1,2 < Cm4,P < C ij,l = Cd,00 <
Thus, df E Wp(-oo, oo) for each 1 < p < 00 Ilfwm)IILp(-00,00) 5
2 IIf
(-oo,oo)'
(4.50)
133
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
Remark 9 We note a simple particular case of (4.49): (4.51)
IIfwIILoe(-oo,oo) :5 1/2 If
where f is a sharp constant. One can easily prove this inequality by applying the integral representation (3.27) with a = x + e, b = x - e, e > 0. It follows that for each function f whose derivative f' is locally absolutely continuous If'(x)I <-
11AL,,(-oa,o) + 2
E
We get the desired inequality by minimizing with respect to e > 0 and applying Definition 4 of Chapter 1. In the sequel we shall need a more general inequality: for 1 < p:5 oc 1(1-1)
11+1 IIfwIIL,(-oo,oo)
(4.52)
To prove it we apply Holder's inequality to the integral representation (3.24) and get If'(x)I <- IIw IIL,,(a,b)IIfIILp(a,b) + IIA(x,')IIL,,(a,b)IIfwIILp(a,b)
almost everywhere on (a, b). Choosing w in such a way that IIw'IIL,,(a,b) is min-
imal, we establish that' +1)(b-a)p(6 I2x -(a+b)I°
W(X)
+pb 1
a
and
IIw IIL,,(a,b) = 2 (p + 1)0. Moreover, b
b,y)I
IA(a
2
f w(u) du < (1 + y - )',
for a < y < °ab
b f w(u) du < (1 + p b-a
for Sib-
Y
b
b
7Euler's equation for the extremal problem f lw'(x)IP' dx - min, f w(x) dx = 1 where a
1 < p < oo has the form (Iw'(x)I" sgnw'(x))' = A. So, m'(x) = Jalx + A2IP 'sgn (AIx + A2) Here A, A1, A2 are some constants.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
134
and
Taking a=x+s,b=x-e, we get If'(x)I lIL,(_,,,oo) °IIf almost everywhere on (-oo, oo). By minimizing with respect to e > 0 and applying Definition 4 of Chapter 1 we have
IIf
AP IllIILp(-00,00) IIf wIILp(±oo,00)'
where 8
2e< <2.
p'+1\p'+1Ja)- " <
AP-
Remark 10 By (4.52) and (4.50) it follows that VI E N, I > 2,
Ilf<_
(1-00,00)
< 2 1 2 IIf IIL,(-oo,oo) Ilfwr)IILp 00,00))
-
27r IIf
11Lp(_oo,00)
Il
'1'
Ilf(`)III('+;)
La(-00,00)
w
( a)
lfw+)IILa(±.+.)
(4.53)
IIL; 00,00)'
Remark 11 Let I, M E N, m < I and 1 < p:5 oo. Then `df E Wp(0, oo) IIf (')IIL°(O,ao) :5
2
& IllIILp(00)Ilf
2IIL(0,-).
(4.54)
This can be proved with the help of the extension operator T2, constructed in Section 6.1 of Chapter 6 (see Remark 1): IIT2f IILa(-oo,w) lI(T2f)((a')IILa(-OO,oo)
IIfwm)IILp(0,C0) C II(T2f)wm)IILp(-.1.) <-
2
8This inequality is equivalent to 2p-1 < Qv 'T)P(1 - a)P, where v = clear since for p > 1
f
/
P-1<2<2et<ei11
l .az)P(1-2p/a.
which is
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
2
IIfIILp O,oo)
135
IIfw"11ILp(O,oo)'
It can be proved that, in contrast to the case of the whole line, the best constant in the case of the half-line for fixed m tends to oo as I -+ oo. To verify this one x)' for 0 < x < Y l-!, and may consider the function f defined by f (x)
f(x)=0forx> '1!. Corollary 9 Let -oo < a < b < oo, I, m E N, m < I and 1 < p:5 oo . If a sequence { fk}kEN is bounded in WP (a, b) and converges in Lp(a, b) to a function f, then it converges to f in Wpm (a, b).
Idea of the proof. Apply inequalities with a parameter (4.40) and (4.42) or multiplicative inequalities (4.41) and (4.43). 0 Proof. Let IIfkIIWP(a,b) < K for each k E N and fk -+ f in Lp(a,b) as k -+ oc. 1. By footnote 5 it follows that Ve > 0 there exists C(c) such that
5 C(c)
IllIILp(a,b) + e
for each f E W, (a, b). Consequently, Vk, s E N II(fk)y,'") - (fs);p"`)IILp(a,b) <- C(e) Ilfk - fall Lp(a,b) + 2eK.
Given 6 > 0 we choose a in such a way that 2eK < 6. Since fk is a Cauchy sequence in Lp(a, b), there exists N E N such that C(e) Ilfk - fsIILp(a,b) < s if k,s > N. Hence, bk,s > N we have II(fk)W'") - (fs)w'")IILp(a,b) < 6, i.e., the sequence (fk)(W'") is Cauchy in Lp(a, b). Because of the completeness of Lp(a, b) there exists g E Lp(a, b) such that (fk)(W") -+ gas k -+ oo in Lp(a, b). Since the weak differentiation operator is closed (see Section 1.2), g is a weak derivative
of order m off on (a, b). Consequently, fk -4 f in Wpm (a, b) as k -+ oo. 2. By (4.41) and (4.43) it follows that dk, s E N II(fk)y,'") - (fs)w'' llL; (a,b) <- M Ilfk - fall cp',b) Ilfk - Jsllwp(a,b)
< M(2K)'` llfk - fsllip(a,b) , where M depends only on 1. Consequently, we can again state that (fk)W('") is a Cauchy sequence in Lp(a, b). The rest is the same as in step 1. 0
Theorems Let -oo < a < b < 00,1 E N, m E N, m < I and l Then the embedding W, (a, b) c Wp (a, b)
p:5
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
136
is compact, i.e., the embedding operator I : W,(a, b) -+ Wp (a, b) is compact. 9
Idea of the proof. Let S be an arbitrary bounded set in W,(a, b). In the case m = 0 consider any bounded extension operator T : WW (a, b) -i Wp(-oo, oo). (See Section 6.1.) For d > 0 set f j = Aa(T f ), where A6 is a mollifier with
a nonnegative kernel. Prove that there exists All > 0 such that Vf E S and `db>0 if - faiIL,(a,b) <- M15.
(4.55)
Moreover, prove that there exists M2(5) > 0 such that b' f E S and Vx, y E [a, b]
I fa(x)15 M2(6), Ifa(x) - f6(y)15 M2(5) Ix - yI.
(4.56)
Finally, apply the criterion of compactness in terms of c-nets and Arzela's theorem. 10 In the case m > 0 apply Corollary 9. Proof. By (1.8) we have IIf - f3II L,(a,b) 5 II Ab (Tf) - T f I I L,(-oo,aa)
< sup lnl<s
I I (T f) (x + h) - (T f) (x) II L,(-aa..).
By Corollary 7 of Chapter 3 and inequality (4.33)
II(Tf)(x+h) - (Tf)(x)IIL,(-,,oa) <- IhI II(Tf)',IIL,(-.,.) < M3 IhI IITfIIw,,(-oo,.) <- M4 IhI IIfIIw,,(a,b),
where 1W3 and Af4 are independent of f. Since S is bounded in WW (a, b), say 11f IIW;(a,b) < K for each f E S, inequality (4.55) follows. Furthermore, by Holder's inequality Vx E [a, b] x+6
If6(x)I 5
f w(_-)
I(Tf)(y)I dy 5 ds (26)' IITfIIL,(R)
X-4
< M6(6) IIf IIW (a,b) S K M6(b) 9 This means that each set bounded in W,(a, b) is compact in W, (a, b) (e precompact), i.e., each of its infinite subsets contains a sequence convergent in Wy (a, b). 10 Let it C R" be a compact. A set S C C(f)) is compact in C(fl) (= precompact) if, and only if, S is bounded and equicontinuous , i.e., Ve > 0 36 > 0 such that Vf E S and Vx, y e fl satisfying Ix - yj < 6 the inequality if (x) - f (y)l < e holds.
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
137
and the first inequality (4.56) follows. Here M5 = max Iw(z)I and M6(b) is independent of f. Moreover, Vx, y E [a, b]
If6(x) -f6(y)I =
b
I f ( (x
8
) -w(y d u)) (Tf)(u)du
R
< 6
f
Iw(xb!)-6u)
(x-6,x+6)U(y-6,y+6)
I(Tf)(u)Idu
1
<M'I662 -yI
KM8(6)Ix-yi
and the second inequality (4.56) follows. Here M7 = maxlw'(z)I and M8(6) is independent of f .
Given e > 0 by (4.55) there exists 6 > 0 such that if - f6IIL,(a,b) < z for each f E S. Then an z-net for the set S6 = { f6 : f E S} will be an a-net for S. If we now establish the compactness of S6 in L,,(a, b) it will imply the existence of a finite i-net for S6. This means that we may construct finite c-nets for S for an arbitrary e > 0, which implies that S is compact in Lp(a, b).
Finally, it is enough to note that from (4.56) it follows that the set S6 is bounded and equicontinuous in C[a, b]. Hence, by Arzela's theorem S6 is compact in C[a, b] and consequently in Lp[a, b] since convergence in C[a, b] implies convergence in Lp[a, b]. 2.
Let m > 0. By step 1 each infinite subset of S contains a sequence
{fk}kEN convergent to a function f in Lp(a, b). By Corollary 9 f E Wp (a, b)
and fk -+ f ask -*oo inWp (a,b).0 Example 1 If b - a = oo, then Theorem 3 does not hold. Let, for example, (a, b) = (0, oo). Suppose, that cp E Co (-oo, oo) is such that supp cp C [0, 1] and W ; 0. Then the set S = {,p(x - k)}kEN is bounded in Wp(0, oo) since II P(x - k)IIw;(o,w) = IIwIIwo(o,0o) However, it is not compact in W(0, oo) because for each k, m E N, k
m
IIw(x - k) - p(x - m)Ii w; (o,oo) >- IIw(x - k) - W(x - m)IIL,(o,co) = 20.
(Consequently, any sequence in S, i.e., {w(x - k,)}$EN, is not convergent in wpm (0,
00))
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
138
Next we pass to the embedding theorems in the simplest case of Sobolev spaces Wp (a, b). In this case it is possible to evaluate sharp constants in many of the relevant inequalities.
Theorem 4 Let -oo < a < b < oo and 1 < p < oo. Then each function f E Wp (a, b) is equivalent to a function h E C(a, b). Moreover,
1) if-oo
(4.57)
and, consequently,
II!IIL-(..b) where C17 = max{(b 2)
C17IIfIIW, (a,b),
(4.58)
a)-D, (1/+1) '(b -
if-oo
IIf (x) -
b 1 a
f f (y) dyIIL (a,b) < (p' +
1)-'
(b - a) ° IIf,IIL,(a,b);
(4.59)
a
3) if -oo < a < b = oo, then lim h(x) = 0 and IIfIIL (a,oo) <- (p')-'IIfIIwo(a,aa);
4) if (a, b) = (-oo,oo), then
Ill
IILm(-oo,oo)
(4.60)
Zlimah(x) = 0 and
< 2 v (Y')
Of II Wo(-oo,oo).
(4.61)
All the constants in the inequalities (4.57), (4.59) - (4.61) are sharp. The constant c17 in inequality (4.58) is sharp if b - a < (p' + 1) '.
Remark 12 For p = 1 inequality (4.57) takes the form
Ill
(b - a)-'IIf IIL,(a,b) + IIf,,IIL,(a,b).
(4.62)
We also note that for p = 1 inequalities (4.60) and (4.61) are equivalent to IIfIIL (a,.) <- IIfwIIL,(a,oo)
(4.63)
IIlIIL ,(-oo,oo) <- z IIfwIIL,(-aa.aa)
(4.64)
and
respectively.
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
139
Idea of the proof. Apply Definition 4 and Remark 6 of Chapter I. In order to prove inequality (4.59) apply the integral representation (3.6). Deduce (4.57) and (4.58) from (4.59). Inequality (4.63) follows from (4.62) and implies inequality (4.64). Apply (4.63) and (4.64) to If Ip and deduce (4.60) and, respectively, (4.61). Set f a 1 to prove sharpness of c17 in (4.58) and of the constant multiplying IIfIIL,(a,b) in (4.57). Set f (x) = (x - a)"' to prove sharpness of the constant in (4.59). Set f (x) = f, (x) = 1 + e(x - a)"' and pass to the limit as e -a 0+ to prove sharpness of the constant multiplying IIfti,IIL,(a,b) in (4.57). Set f (x) = e-,,(z-a) in (4.60), f (x) = e-µI=I in (4.61) respectively, and choose an appropriate µ to prove sharpness of the constants in those inequalities. 0 Proof. 1. Let f E Wp (a, b). By Definition 4 of Chapter 1 there is a function h equivalent to f on (a, b), which is locally absolutely continuous on (a, b). Moreover, if a > -oo or b < oo, then the limits lim h(x) and lim h(x) exist. x_+b-
x_+a+
If a = -oo or b = oo, then as will be proved in steps 3-4 lim h(x) = 0, x_+-00
lim h(x) = 0 respectively. Hence h is bounded and uniformly continuous on
2_+00
(a, b), i.e., h E V(a, b) for all -oo < a < b < oo. 2. By applying Holder's inequality to (3.6) we obtain that for almost every
xE(a,b) If (X)
- b a f f(y)dyI 0
< (b - a)-' (f (y - a)"' dy + n
(b - y)'' dy)'
_ (p' + 1)-a (b - a)-'[(x - a)"'+' + (b Since max [(x - a)"'+' + (b - x)"'+'] a<x
IIf,,IIL,(a,b)
-
(4.65)
(b - a)'+a we have established (4.59).
Inequality (4.57) and, hence, (4.58) follow since b
b
If (x)I5Ibla f f(y)dyl+If(x)-blaf f(y)dyl a
a b
< (b - a) = IIf IIL,(a,b) + I1(x) -
b
1
a
f f (y) dyl. a
3. By letting b -+ +oo in (4.62) we obtain (4.63). Moreover, Vx E (a, oo) Ih(x)I <- IIhItC(x,oo) = IIfIIL (x,.) <- ZOO If,. (y)Idy x
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
140
and it follows that lim h(x) = 0. x-+oo 4. If f E W1(-oo, +oo), then
lh(x)I <- f Ifaldy -00
and lim h(x) = 0 as well. Adding the last inequality and the previous one, W-00
we get Ih(x)I
IIfwIIL,(-oo,oo)
and (4.64) follows since
IIhIIc(-oo,oo)
5. If p > 1, then by (4.63) and Holder's inequality II(IfIP)wlli,(a,oo) =PPII
II IJ
IfIP-1fwlli,(a,oo)
s Pp
(4.66)
Il/IILp(a,oo)IIfwIIL,(a,oo)*
We establish (4.60) by applying inequality (4.47). Inequality (4.61) is proved in a similar way. 6. Setting f = 1 we obtain that the constant (b-a)-P multiplying IIf IIL,(a,b) in (4.57) and the constant c1. in (4.58), if b - a < (p' + 1)', cannot be dimin-
ished. If f (x) = (x - a)P', then one can easily verify that there is equality in (4.59).
Now let us consider the inequality IllIILo(a,b) 5 (b - a) o IIf IIL,(a,b) + AIIf,IIL,(a,b) (p'+1)-P(b-
a) ', which means that the constant multiplyWe prove that A > ing IIf,IlL,(a,b) in (4.57) is sharp. Indeed, set f (x) = f,(x) = 1+e(x-a)"', where
e > 0, then and II fc 1I
IIfAIIL (a,b) =
l+e(b-a)P',II(fe)'IIL,(a,b) =ep'(p'+1)-P(b-a)"'-
(b-a) P (1+e (p'+1) -'(b- a)P' +o(e)) as a -+ 0+. Consequently,
A > a.-o+ lim llfsl$L (a,b) - (b - a) PIIfaIIL,(a,b)
+ 1)"a (b - a)
II(fe)'IIL,(a,b)
Finally, for f (x) = e-µ( 2-a) inequality (4.60) with 1 < p < oo is equivalent to the inequality 1 < (p')-gyp-o (,u P + pt ). For p = P11 the quantity p o + µ is minimal and this inequality becomes an equality. Hence, for f (x) = e-
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
141
there is equality in (4.60). Analogously for f (x) =
e-Pu
there is equality in
(4.61).
If p = 1, then equality in (4.60) and (4.61) holds if, and only if, f is equivalent to 0. This follows from inequalities (4.63), (4.64) respectively. However,
the constants 1 in (4.60) and z in (4.61) are sharp, which easily follows by setting f (x) = e-a(x-a), f (x) = e-lIx[ respectively, and passing to the limit as
µ -4 +00. 0 Remark 13 We note that for a function It, which is equivalent to f on (a. b) and which is absolutely continuous on [a, b], inequality (4.63) may be rewritten as
max Ih(x)I < Var h.
a<x
[a,oo)
The maximum exists since h(x) -r 0 as x -- +oo. The inequality is clear since for each function h of bounded variation Vx E [a, oo) we have
Ih(x)I = limy Ih(x) - h(y)I < Var It. Y
[a.00)
It is also clear that for f E Wp (a, oo) equality is achieved in (4.63) if, and only if, f is equivalent to a nonnegative and nonincreasing function or a nonpositive and nondecreasing one on [a, oo). Similarly for f E Wp (-oc, oo) equality is achieved in (4.64) if, and only if, f is equivalent to a function, which is nonnegative, nondecreasing on (-oo, xo) and nonincreasing on [xo, oo) for some xo or nonpositive, nonincreasing on (-oo, xo) and nondecreasing on [xo, oo).
Remark 14 Analysis of the cases, in which there is equality in Holder's inequality, 11 suggests the choice of test-functions, which allows one to state the
sharpness of the constants. In the case of inequality (4.59) we take x = b in (4.65). If (f')" = Ml(x - a)9' on (a, b) for some M1 > 0, and, in particular, f (x) = (x - a) e, then there is equality in inequality (4.65) and, consequently, in (4.59). Let f > 0 and f < 0 on (a, oo) in the case of inequality (4.60). Then by Remark 13 there is equality in the first inequality (4.66). Furthermore, if n_1)p' (- f')P = M2(f on (a, oo), M2 > 0, then there is equality in the second ii Let f and g be measurable on (a, b) and 1 < p < oo. The equality IIf9IIL,(a,b) = IIfIIL,(a,b)II9IIL,,(a,b)
holds if, and only if, Alf I° = B191° almost everywhere on (a, b) for some nonnegative A and B.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
142
inequality (4.66). All solutions f E Lp(a, oo) of this equation have the from f (x) = e-"(x-a) for some a > 0. A more sophisticated argument of similar type explains the choice of testfunctions f (x) = 1 + E(y - a)" in the case of inequality (4.57). Corollary 10 (inequalities with a small parameter multiplying the norm of a derivative) Let -oo < a < b < oo,1 < p < oo. 1) If -oo < a < b < coo, then Ve E (0, Eo), where Eo = ((p' + 1) If IIL (a,b) 5 W+ 1) °E
2) If -oo < a < b = oo, then
IIfIIL°(n,b)
(b - a)) ', (4.67)
+EIIfwIIL°(a,b)
VE E (0, oo)
(4.68)
If (a, b)
_
(-oo, oo), then Ve E (0, oo) (p')-'(2E)-
(4.69)
IIfIIL°(-aa,aa)+6IIfwIIL°(-aa,aa)
The constants in inequalities (4.68) and (4.69) are sharp.
Idea of the proof. Apply the proofs of inequalities (4.40) and (4.42). Verify exp(-`-dr that there is equality in (4.68) for f (x) = -6) and in (4.69) for
f (x) = exp (-
Qa
r II) . See also Remarks 15 -16 and 18 below. C3
Corollary 11 (multiplicative inequalities) Let -oo < a < b:5 oo, 1
1) If -oo
where cls = (b - a) a 2) If -oo < a < b = oo, then
IIf
(4.70)
1)-' < (b- a)-'p + 2.
II t (a,oo) 11fw11 i°(a,aa)
(4.71)
3) If (a, b) = (-oo, oo), then 5 (Z)° IIfII (-,a,,,) IIfwIIL°(a,b)
The constants in inequalities (4.71) and (4.72) are sharp.
(4.72)
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
143
Idea of the Proof. Inequalities (4.71) and (4.72) have already been established in the proof of Theorem 4. If f (x) = exp (-(x - a)) or f (x) = exp (-IxI), then inequalities (4.71) and (4.72) become equalities. Apply the proof of inequality (4.41) to prove (4.70). See also Remarks 15-16 and 18 below. 0
Remark 15 We note that for 1 < p < oo the additive inequality (4.60), the inequality with a parameter (4.61) and the multiplicative inequality (4.71) are equivalent. Indeed, (4.68) was derived from (4.60) with the help of dilations and (4.60) was derived from (4.71) with the help of inequality (4.47). Finally (4.68) implies (4.71) by minimizing the right-hand side of (4.68) with respect to a parameter. These inequalities are also equivalent to the following ones: 00
IIfIILW(a.aa) < (P- 1)
7(f (IfIP+ Ifv,I°)dx)=
(4.73)
a
and, Ve > 0,
I fI dx+e I a
IfwIpdx)P.
(4.74)
a
For, (4.73) follows from inequality (4.71) raised to the power p and (4.47), (4.74) follows from (4.73) with the help of dilations and (4.71) follows from (4.74) by minimizing its right-hand side. For the same reasons inequalities (4.61), (4.69), (4.72) and the inequalities 00
i 2- (p-1)--' ( f (IfIPdx+If'IP)
(4.75)
-00
and
00
F-IT
1
+e f If1IPdx)°
(4.76)
-CO
with an arbitrary e > 0, are equivalent as well. Equalities in (4.73) - (4.74), (4.75) - (4.76) respectively, hold for f (x) = exp (-µ(x-a)), f (x) = exp (-pIxI) respectively, with appropriate choice of A. For example, in the case of inequality
(4.75) p = (p - 1)=. Moreover, the listed inequalities for the halfiine and for the whole line are also equivalent. This follows from the equivalence of (4.73) and (4.75). For, if
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
144
(4.73) holds, then, replacing x by 2a - x, we have also that
f a
IIfIILoo(-oo,a) < (p- 1)7 (
(Iflp+ If' I°) )dx)o.
-00
Consequently, 00
(y
z (IIfIIL (-oo,a) + IIfIIL (a,0a)) _
2
f (Iflp+
Ifwlp)
_00
and (4.75) follows. Conversely, if (4.75) holds and f E Wp (a, oo) we apply
(4.75) to the even extension F of f: F(x) = f(x), if x > a, and F(x) _ f (2a - x), if x < a. Then 00 P
IIfIILo (0,00) = IIFIIL-(-00,00) <- 2(p- 1);- (f (IFI°+IF' IP)dx) I -00 00
=(p-1)T (f (Ifly+IfwI")dx)° a
Remark 16 For p = 2 all the inequalities discussed in Remark 15 may be deduced by taking Fourier transforms since by Parseval's equality II F-'Ff II L,,(-,,..) =
IIf
27r
IIFfIIL,(-00,00) =
7217 (f
r2-,,
00
II(1
-00
+t2)j(Ff)(t) IIL,(-00,00)
00
(1+e2)-'4)}'(f -00
00
_
II f eu{(Ff)( ) d
+t2)-#(1
-00
f
2
00
f
00
(IFfI2+IFffI2)dS)3
-00
Thus we obtain (4.75) for p = 2.
=
-00
(If l2+Ifwl2)dx)'
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
145
There is an alternative way of using Fourier transforms, which leads to two other inequalities 12 00
1
If ±f ,I2dx)5, -00
which hold for each 13 f E W2 (-oo, oo). The constant 7 is sharp. Indeed, by the properties of Fourier transforms and by the Cauchy-Schwartz inequality we have 1
(11
Of IILm(-oo,ao) =IIF-1
27
IIF-1(1
^t F(f
,
± ft) ) IILm(-oo,00)
t g) * (f f
00
(
27r II
1
F'
(1
-00
f
(x - y) (f (y) f fW(U)) d1/
IIF-1(1
fg)IIL,(-oo,ao)
27r
27r II
II
2(-oo,oo)
Of ± fwllLz(-oo,ao)
1±t
IIL,(-oo,oo)
and the desired inequality follows. If f (x) = e-1=t, then all three inequalities under consideration become equalities. The second approach is applicable to the case 1 < p:5 oo as well and leads to the inequalities a
00
/ ,,
If ±fwlpdx)v -00
for each f E WP (-oo, oo) since, for example,
IIF(-1) (1 I 9)
IILd(-oo,oo)
=
27rIIexIIL,,(o,oo) =
If 1 < p < oo, f (x) = e-= for x > 0 and f (x) = e9 T for x < 0, then these inequalities become equalities. 12 If we square and add them, we obtain the previous inequality. Is We note that this inequality does not hold for each function f, which is such that the right-hand side is finite. (It does not hold, say, for f (x) = e*=.)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
146
R.emark 17 We note two corollaries of (4.65) under the supposition that f is absolutely continuous on [a, b]:
If(a)I S (b - a)° IIfIIL,(e,b)+(p +1)-o(b-a)tIIf'IIL,(a,b)
(4.77)
(for p = 1 (4.77) coincides with (3.8)) and
(a If
2 b) I
(b- a) 'IIfIIL,(a,b)+2
(p'+1)-o(b-a) IIf'IIL,(a,b).
(4.78)
Both constants in (4.77) are the same as in (4.57) and are sharp. This is proved by using the same test-functions as in the case of inequality (4.57). In inequality (4.78) both constants are also sharp. The test-function f =_ 1 shows that the constant multiplying If IIL,(a,b) is sharp. Moreover, the test-
functions f = fE, where e > 0 and fE is defined by ff(x) = 1 + e(x - a)", if a < x < a2, and fE(x) = 1 +e(b- a)"', if azb < x < b, show by passing to the limit as a -4 0+ that the constant multiplying IIf'IIL,(a.b) is sharp.
Corollary 12 Let I E N,1 < p < oo and -oo < a < b < oo. Then each function f E W,,(a, b) is equivalent to a function h E
-b) and
Ct-1(a,
IIg(m) IIC(a,b) <- C19 IIf II WW(a,b), m = 0, ..., 1 - 1,
(4.79)
where c19 > 0 is independent of f, i.e., W, (a, b) C; V'4 (a, b).
If a = -oo, then lim h(m)(x) = 0, if b = oo, then lim h(m)(x) = 0, where
m=0,...,1-1.
x-r-oo
x-ioo
Idea of the proof. Apply Remark 6 of Section 1.3 and Theorems 4 and 2.
Theorem 5 Let lEN,mENo,m<1,1
holds if, and only if, b - a < oo, or b - a = oo and p < q.
(4.80)
Moreover,
this embedding is compact if, and only if, b - a < oo and the equalities m = I - 1, p = 1 and q = oo are not satisfied simultaneously. Remark 18 As in the simplest case discussed in Corollary 7, from the inequality, accompanying embedding (4.80), Ilfy,m)IILa(a,b) < M IIf IIWW(a,b),
(4.81)
4.2. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
147
where M > 0 is independent of f, it follows that, for b - a < oo, Ilf,m)IIL,(a,b) 5 c20 (b -a) 9
0 ((b - a)--Ilf IIL,(a,b) + (b (4.82)
where c20 > 0 is independent of f, a and b.
If q > p, then, excluding the case in which m = l - 1, p = 1 and q = oo, it also follows that IIL,(a,b) <- C21 E
I1f IIL,(a,b) + EIIf,S,) IIL,(a,b) , a)1_m_ o+Q and
where 0 < s < c22(b b, and
c21, c22 > 0 are independent of f, a and
(I-1)+,
C2311fII1, (Q
11fwm)IIL,(a,b) <-
(4.83)
V)
ykm-l 11fIIWp(a,b)+°',
(4.84)
where c23 > 0 is independent of f . Moreover, inequalities (4.81) - (4.84) are equivalent.
The proof is similar to the proof of Corollary 7. One should notice, in addition, that since q > p, by Jensen's inequality V
II911L,(ak ak+,)) k=1
< ( II9IIL,(ak,ak+.))
a
= II9IILp(a.b).
k=1
If b - a = oo, then inequality (4.83) holds Ve > 0 and in inequality (4.84) IIfIIW,(a,b) can be replaced by Ilfw')IIL,(a,b)
Idea of the proof. To prove (4.81) apply Corollary 12 and Holder's inequality if
b - a < oo and the inequality IIfIIL,(a,b) s IIfIIL,(a,b)IIf11L1 (a,b),
whereifb-a=ooandp
f(x) _
(4.85)
kEZ:(k,k+1)C(a,b)
where W E Ca (R), W 0 0 and supp V C [0,1], to verify that (4.81) does not hold.
To prove the compactness apply Theorem 3 and inequality (4.83) or (4.84). If b - a < oo, m = ! - 1, p = 1 and q = oo, consider the sequence
fk(x)=kl'iq(a26+k(x-a2
))'
(4.86)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
148
where k E N, q E Co (-oo, oo), supp q C (a, b) and (°-2) = 1. Finally, if b - a = oo, apply Example 1. Proof. The proof of the statements concerning embedding (4.80) being clear, we pass to the proof of the statements concerning the compactness. 1. Let b - a < oo and fk, k E N, be a sequence bounded in W,(a, b). Then by Theorem 3 there exists a subsequence ft., s E N, and a function f E L,(a, b) such that fk. -* f in LD(a, b). If I - m - v + o > 0, then from (4.83) or (4.84) it follows that fk, -i f in WW (a, b).
2. Ifb-a
then for the functions ft defined by (4.86) we have IIfkIIW;(a,b) = k-' II 7 L,(a,b) +
II?7(')IIL,(a,b) - IInIIW;(a,b)
and k m f(k'-')(x) = h(x), where h(0) = 1 and h(x) = 0 for x 96 0. Consequently, the sequence fit, k E N, is bounded in Wi (a, b), but none of its subsequences fk., s E N, converges in Laa(a, b). Otherwise, for some subsequence fk., lim 11A. - fkeIICIa,b) =h-m 11A. - fk,IIL (.,b) = 0. Hence, fk. a,o-wo
ao
00
convergers uniformly on [a, 6) to h, which contradicts the discontinuity of the function h. 3.
If b - a = oo, then Example 1 shows that embedding (4.80) is not
compact for any admissible values of the parameters.
4.3
Open sets with quasi-resolvable, quasicontinuous, smooth and Lipschitz boundaries
We say that a domain ) C R" is a bounded elementary domain with a resolved boundary with the parameters d, D, satisfying 0 < d:5 D < oo, if
11={xER":an<xn<tp(x), 2EW},
(4.87)
where14 diam H < D, 2 = (xi, ..., xn_i), W = {2 E R"-1 : ai < xi < b;, i = 1, ...n - 1}, - oo < aj < b, < oo, and
an+d<
(4.88)
1a Since fl is a domain, hence measurable, by Fubini's theorem the function v is measurable d2. w
on W and mess fl = f
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
149
If, in addition, w E C(W) or w E C'(W) for some l E N and IID°wllc(w) 5 M if 1 < lal < I where 0 < M < oo or w satisfies the Lipschitz conditon
I w(i) - w(y)I 5 M la - yl, x, y E W,
(4.89)
then we say that Sl is a bounded elementary domain with a continuous boundary
with the parameters d, D, with a C'-boundary with the parameters d, D, M, or with a Lipschitz boundary with the parameters d, D, M respectively. Moreover, we say that an open set Sl C R" has a resolved boundary with
the parameters d, 0 < d < coo, D, 0 < D < oo and x E N if there exist open parallelepipeds Vj, j = !-,s, where s E N for bounded Sl and s = oo for unbounded Sl such that 1) (Vj)d n Sl i4 0 and diamV, < D, 2) Sl C U (V )d, j=1
3) the multiplicity of the covering {Vj}'=1 does not exceed x, 4) there exist maps )1j, j = 1, s, which are compositions of rotations, reflections and translations and are such that
Aj(Vj)={xER": aij<xi
Aj(f2 n vj) = {x E R: a"j < x" < cpj(-*), 2 E Wj},
where 2 _ (x1, ..., x"-0, Wj = {i E R"-1 and
aij < xi < bij, i = 1, ..., n - 11,
a,,,+d
(4.90)
(4.91)
0. If Vj C ft, then wj(:i) _- b"j. (The left inequality (4.91) is
a"j > 2 d.) satisfied autimatically since by 1) W e note that Aj(SlnVj) and, if Vjnofl 34 0, also ) ((`N)nVj) are bounded elementary domains with a resolved /boundary with the parameters d, D, where
A (x) = (41(x), ..., Am-1W , -,\j,.W )Since by 1) by -ai,j > 2d, i = I,-, n-1, by 4) it follows that meas (Stnvj) > d", j = 1, s. So by 3), for unbounded 0, mess Sl = oo, because by (2.60) 0 E meas (Stn vj) < x mess Q. =1
If an open set Sl C R" has a resolved boundary with the parameters d, D, x and, in addition, for some I E N all functions cpj E C'(Wj) and IID°'pjilc(wt) <_
M if 1 < Ial < I where 0 < M < oo and is independent of j or all functions wj satisfy the Lipschitz condition
Iwj(x)-wj(v)I :5 M12-9I, 1,9 EWj,
(4.92)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
150
where M is independent of x, 9 and j, then we say that Q has a C'-boundary (briefly O E C1) with the parameters d, D, x, M, or a Lipschitz boundary (briefly 8S2 E Lipl) with the parameters d, D, x, M respectively. If all functions wj are continuous on W we say that 11 has a continuous boundary with the parameters d, D, x. Furthermore, an open set S1 C R" has a quasi-resolved (quasi-continuous) a
boundary with the parameters d, D, x if 11 = U Ilk, where s E N or s = oo, k=1
and 51k, k = 1-.s , are open sets, which have a resolved (continuous) boundary with the parameters d, D, x, and the multiplicity of the covering {Qk}k=1 does not exceed x. (We note that if 0 is bounded, then s E N.) Finally, we say that an open set S2 C R" has a resolved (quasi-resolved, con-
tinuous, quasi-continuous) boundary if for some d, D, x, satisfying 0 < d <
D < oo and x E N, it has a resolved (quasi-resolved, continuous, quasicontinuous) boundary with the parameters d, D, x). Respectively an open set Sl C W has a C'- (Lipschitz) boundary if for some d, D, x, M, satisfying 0 < d < D < oo, x E N and 0 < M < oo, it has a Cl- (Lipschitz) boundary with the parameters d, D, x, M. Example 2 Suppose that S1 = 1(X1, X2) E R2 : -1 < x2 < 1 if -1 < x1 <
0, -1 < x2 < xi if 0 < x1 < 1} where 0 < y < 1. Then 11 is a bounded elementary domain with a resolved boundary, which is not a quasi-continuous boundary.
Example 3 Let 11 = {(x1i x2) E R2 : 0 < x1 < 1, xj < x2 < 2 xi } where 0 < y < oo, -y 34 1. Then 811 is not a quasi-resolved boundary while IN satisfies the cone condition.
Example 4 For the elementary domain 11 defined by (4.87) the Lipschitz condition (4.89) means geometrically that Vx E 811 the cones
Ki = {y E R" : yn < W(2)-MIa-yI}, Ky = {y E R" : V(2)+MI2-91 < yn} are such that
Kz n W C 1, K= n W C `S1,
(4.93)
where W=Ix ER":2EW,a"<xn
and y E Q. Similarly, K; n W C °N. Suppose that (4.93) is satisfied. Since (y,,p(y)) V f1 the inclusion K; n W C 0 implies that w(9) > W(2) - MI! - 91.
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
151
(For, if p(y') < gyp(.t) - Ml - 91, then (9, sp(y)) E 0.) Similarly, Kz n W C` Q implies that cp(y) < ap(t) + MI± - 91 and (4.89) follows.
We note also that the tangent of the angle at the common vertex of both cones K= and K= is equal to may.
Example 5 Let 52 = {(x1,x2) E R2 : x2 < cp(xl)}, where tp(x1) _ Ix, 17 if x1 < 0, cp(x1) = xi if x1 > 0 and 'y > 0. Then the function cp satisfies a Lipschitz condition on R if, and only if, y < 1, while 0 has a Lipschitz boundary in the sense of the above definition for each y > 0.
Example 6 Let y > 0. Both the domain 521 = { x E R" : 1xI" < x,, < 1, Ixl < 1 } and the domain 522 = { x E R" : -1 < x,, < 1x1 < 1 } have a Lipschitz boundary if, and only if, y > 1. (Compare with Examples 6 and 7 of Chapter 3.)
Lemma 4 If an open set 52 C R" has a Lipschitz boundary with the parameters d, D, x and M, then both 52 and `S2 satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r, h depending only on d, Al and n. Idea of the proof. Let z E Vj n 852 and x = ad(z). Consider the cones K= and K= defined in Example 4, where 1P is replaced by tp,. Proof. By Example 4 we have K= n A, (V;) c.\;(V; n 52),
K= n a; (V,) c A, (V; n' 52).
By 1) bid - aid > 2d and (4.90) implies that there exist r, h > 0 depending only on d, M and n such that ) (V, n c) and \j(Vj n` S2) satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r and h. (The cone condition is satisfied for the largest cone with vertex the origin, which is contained in the intersection of the cone K(d, defined by (3.34) and the infinite rectangular block x1, ..., x"_1 > 0). SinceM) aj is a composition of rotations, reflections and translations, the sets Vj n 52, Vj n` S2 and, hence, the sets 52 and `S2 also satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r and h.
Example 7 Let 52 = Q1 U Q2, where Qt and Q2 are open cubes such that the intersection iU1 n Z72 consists of just one point. Then both i and `S2 satisfy the cone condition, but the boundary of S2 is not Lipschitz. (It is not even resolvable.)
Lemma 5 A bounded domain i C R" star-shaped with respect to the ball B C Cl has a Lipschitz boundary with the parameters depending only on diam B, diam 52 and n.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
152
Idea of the proof. Apply the proof of Lemma 2 of Chapter 3 and Example 1. 0 Proof. Let SI be star-shaped with respect to the ball B(xo, r) and z E BSI. We consider the conic body V. = U (y, z) and the supplementary infinite cone yEB(xo,r)
V= _
U
(y, z) , where (y, z)" _ {z + Q(z - y) : 0< @< oo} is an open ray
yE B(xo,r)
that goes from the point z in the direction of the vector yd. Then V2 CSI and by the proof of Lemma 2 of Chapter 3 V2 C` N. Without loss of generality we assume that the vector x is parallel to the axis Ox, hence, z = (xo, zn), where to = (xo,1, ...) xo,n-1) and z,+ > xo,,,, and consider the parallelepiped U2 = {y E R" : xo,n < y,, < 2zn - xo,n, y E U,}, where U= = {y E Rn-1 : jy; - xo,;j < Z, i = 1, ..., n - 1}. Then Vp E U, the ray that goes from the point (y, xo,n) in the direction of the vector x intersects
the boundary 8) at a single15 point, which we denote by y = (y, p(p)). In particular, p(I) = zn. Since the tangent of the angle at the common vertex of Vs and V2 is greater where R2 = max Ixo - yl, it follows (see Example 1) that than or equal to VEOn
y E U=. We note that if 9 E U,, then the conic body V, contains the cone Ky with the point y as a vertex, whose axis is parallel to Ox,, and which is congruent to the cone defined by (3.34) with the parameters xo,n. Moreover, V. contains the supplementary infinite cone Ky. The tangent of the angle at the common vertex of these cones is equal to r 2 iP OT x0.n
2(p(s)-xo,n+ ? Ir-flU
4R,
x-
U.4
Consequently (see Example 1), 1'P (.t) - V(9)
Moreover, since V, C a and Vs C` SI, we have x0,, + z < V(2) < 2zn - xo,n z 2 E Us . We note also that B(z, E) C Us C B(z, (Rl + (n - 1)2(x)2){).
(4.94)
Finally, we consider a minimal covering of R" by open balls of radius (Its multiplicity is less than or equal to 2".) Denote by B1, ..., B, a collection of those of them, which covers the 6-neigbourhood of the boundary BSI. Each of e.
'5 Suppose that q E 8fl, rr # y and Q = P. If nn > yn, then y E V,r C fl. If nn < yn, then y E Vs C° 3f. In both cases we arrive at a contadiction since y E M.
153
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
these balls is contained in a ball of the radius z centered at a point of 852. Since Vz E 8Sl we have U= D B(z, a), we can choose Us ..., Us,, where zk E 8i2 in such a way that UEk D Bk. Consequently, the parallelepipeds UZ, , ..., U, cover the B-neigbourhoods of 852. From (4.94) it follows that the multiplicity of this (2)2)
covering does not exceed x = 2' (1 + r 15 of Chapter 3.)
+ (n - 1)2
in )
.
(See footnote
Thus, 0 has a Lipschitz boundary with the parameters d = e, D =
diam il, M = 4 f
< 4D and x.
Lemma 6 1. A bounded open set it C R" satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, there exist s E N and elementary bounded domains 12k, k = 1, ..., s, with
Lipschitz boundaries with the same parameters such that S2 = U Stk. k=1
2. An unbounded open set 52 C R" satisfies the cone condition if, and only if, there exist elementary bounded domains ilk, k E N, with Lipschitz boundaries
with the same parameters such that 00
1) iz = U Qk, k=1
and 2) the multiplicity of the covering x({ilk}k 1) is finite.
Idea of the proof. To prove the necessity combine Lemma 4 of Chapter 3 and Lemma 5. Note that if the boundaries of the elementary domains ilk, k = !-,s are Lipschitz with the parameters dk, Dk and Mk then they are Lipschitz with the parameters d = inf dk, D = sup Dk, M = sup Mk as well if d > 0, D < 00 k=1s
k=1,-s
k=Ti
and M < oo. To prove the sufficiency apply Lemma 4 and Example 5 of Chapter
3.0 Remark 19 If in Lemma 6 ilk are elementary bounded domains with Lipschitz boundaries with the same parameters d, D, M, then fl satisfies the cone condition with the parameters r, h depending only on d and M. Remark 20 If we introduce the notion of an open set with a quasi-Lipschitz boundary in the same manner as in the case of a quasi-continuous boundary, then by Lemma 6 this notion coincides with the notion of an open set satisfying the cone condition. If we define an open set satisfying the quasi-cone condition,
then this notion again coincides with the notion of an open set satisfying the cone condition.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
154
Lemma 4 of Chapter 3 and Lemma 6 allow us to reduce the proofs of embedding theorems for open sets satisfying the cone condition to the case of bounded domains star-shaped with respect to a ball or to the case of elementary bounded domains having Lipschitz boundaries. To do this we need the following lemmas about addition of inequalities for the norms of functions.
Lemma 7 Let mo E N, 1 < p1, ...pm, q < oo and let f? = 6 Slk, where Slk C k=1
max pm ands E N or s = co
R" are measurable sets, s E N for q <
m=1,...,mo
otherwise. Moreover, ifs = oo and q < oo, suppose that the multiplicity of the covering x e x({Qk }k=1) is finite. Furthermore, let fm, m = 1, ..., mo, and g be functions measurable on Q. Suppose that for some am > 0, m = 1, ..., mo, for each k mo
II9IIL,(nk) <_ E am
(4.95)
llfmIILp,,,(nk)
m=1
Then
mo
(4.96)
IIgIIL,(n) < Aa M=1
when A = s if q <
max pm and A = x otherwise.
m=1,...,mo
Idea of the proof. If pi = ... = pm = q = 1 add inequalities (4.95) and apply inequality (2.59). In the general case apply Minkowski's or Holder's inequalities for sums (for q > pm, for q < pm respectively) and inequality (2.59). 0 Proof. Let q < oo. 16 By (4.95) and Minkowski's inequality it follows, that a
1
IIgIIL,(n) < ( II9II9Lq(nk)) k=1
-`
fmllLp(f1k))Q) a
S
m=1 k=1
mp
a
V
a
k=1 m=1
=
Qm
m=1
( IIfmIILp,,,(nk)) k=1
le The case q = oo is trivial and the statement holds for f2 = U f4, where I is an arbitrary if f
set of indices:
Me 11911L- (n) = SUP
F, QmhIfmHIL,.,(n). M=1
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
155
If q > p,,,, denote by Xk the characteristic function of Stk. Since E Xk(x) < x, k=1
by Minkowski's inequality we have s
i
a
IIfmIILvm(flk)) X k=1
k=1
_ ((u(f k=1
Ifm(x)I°mXk(x) dx)
) q) Pm
(J ( I fm(x) I Q7Ck(x) 1 ' dx) n k=1
_ (f Ifm(x)IP- (:L Xk(x)) " dx) "- < x4IIfmIILvm(n). k=1
0
If q < p,,, < oc, then by Holder's inequality with the exponent (2.59)
(
sa am (E IIfmIILvm(nk))
k=1
> 1 and
oM
k=1 <s
xD
IIfIIL,,,,(n) <_ 3aIIfIIL,,(n)
and inequality (4.96) follows. The case in which some pm = oo is treated in a similar way with suprema
replacing sums. 0
Corollary 13 Let I E N, Q E 1
satisfy 101 < l,1 < po, p, q < oo, f = U S2k, k=1
where11kCW' are open sets,sENifq<poorq<pandsENors=coif q > po, p. Moreover, ifs = oo and q < oo, suppose that the multiplicity of the covering x = is finite. Suppose that f E Lpo(Il) f1 w,(11), c25, c26 > 0 and II Dwf II Lq(nk)
s C25IIIIIL,o(nk) + ccIIf Iiwi(nk),
k = 7s-
(4.97)
Then IIDwOfIILq(n) <_ Aa (c
IfIIL,a(n)+02611f11wp(n)).
Idea of the proof. Direct application of Lemma 7. O
(4.98)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
156
Lemma8 Let lEN,m ENo,m
k=1
Wp(11k) CZ; Wq (f1k), k = 1, ..., s.
(4.99)
Then
W, (1l) C.; WQ (Sl).
(4.100)
Moreover, if embeddings (4.99) are compact, then embedding (4.100) is also compact.
Idea of the proof. Apply Theorem 1 and Lemma 7 to prove embedding (4.100). To prove its compactness consider a sequence of functions bounded in Wn(Sl) and, applying successively the compactness of embeddings (4.99), get a subsequence convergent in W91401).
Proof. 1. By Theorem 1 (4.99) is equivalent to the inequality Ill IIW (n4) <- Mk IlfIIW (n,k),
where k = 1, ..., s and Mk are independent of f. By Lemma 7 it follows that 1If11w, (n) < Mo kmax.Mk IIfIIW;(n),
where Mo depends only on n, m, p, q, and (4.100) follows. 2.
Let M > 0 and II f fl w (n) < M for each i E N. Then , in particular,
11f II wP(n1) < M. Consequently, there exist a function gl E W. 'n(111) and a subsequence f,w -+ 91 in W9 n(111) as j - oo. Furthermore, lI IIw,(n,) 5 M and, hence, there exist g2 E W9 (S12) and a subsequence f,(,) of f;(1) such j , that f1(2) -i g2 in WQ (S)2). Moreover, f(2) -+ g1 in W."'(111). Repeating this procedure s - 2 times, we get functions gk E W9 (Slk), k = 1, ..., s and a subsequence f,, such that fj -a gk in WQ (Slk) as j -4 oo. We note that gk is equivalent to go on Slk f1 Sl,. Hence, there exists a function g, defined on Sl, such that g - gk on Slk, k = 1, ..., s. By the properties of weak derivatives (see Section 1.2) g E W, 'n(11) and
IIA - 9IIw; (n) < E 11fii - 9kIIW (nr) -+ 0 k=1
as jioo.
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
157
Lemma 9 Let I E Id, m E No, m < 1 and 1 < p, q < oo. Suppose that for each bounded elementary domain G C Rn with a resolved (continuous) boundary there exists c26 > 0 such that for each Q E R
satisfying IQI = m and
Vf E WW(G) (4.101)
IID!fIIL,(G) :5 C26IIf1IWD(c)
Then for each bounded open set
C Rn having a quasi-resolved
11
(respectively, quasi-continuous) boundary there exists c27 > 0 such that (4.102)
II D,'f IIL,(n) <- C27 Ill IIw;(n)
satisfying 1#1 = m and V f E Wp(0).
for each 13 E I
If p:5 q and c26 depends only on n, 1, m, p, q and the parameters d and D of a bounded elementary domain with a resolved (continuous) boundary, then for each unbounded open set Sl C Rn having a quasi-resolved (quasi-continuous) boundary there exists C27 > 0 such that inequality (4.102) holds.
Idea of the proof. Apply (4.101), where G, f are replaced by \,(n fl V,), f, _ f (A,) respectively, and the parallelepipeds V, and the maps a, are as in the definition of a resolved (continuous) boundary. Change the variables, setting y= and obtain (4.101) where G = SZ f1 V j. Apply Corollary 13 twice to prove (4.102) succesively for open sets 0 with a resolved (continuous) and quasi-resolved (quasi-continuous) boundary. Proof. First suppose that St has a resolved boundary. We notice that A,(x) =
A71x - A,1b,, where b, E Rn, A, _
A,x + b,, (bV))n
ik=1
,
A-1 =
Ia k)I, Ibb)I < 1 and Idet A)I = Idet A; 1I = 1. Consequently, we have
(D!f)(x)I = I Dw(f;(at ')(x)))I =
=I
ik=1
(aa;,)w... (a ,,)w(f,(A(_1)(x)))I
I
n k,,...,km=1
In!
< I7 y! I (Dwfj)
(,\(7') (x))
I (Dwfj)
I < n'" 17
Setting y = Af-1)(x) we establish that IIDwf IIL,(nnvj) <_ n-
II D.7fj II L,(a;(nnv,))-
I,I=m
1)(x))
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
158
Similarly, for a E Nt) satisfying j al = 1, IID,fjIIL,(1nvj).
IIDwfjIIL,(A,(invtn 5 n` Iti1=1
Hence, inequality (4.101) implies that IIDwfIIL,(S2nv,)
If s2 is bounded, then the number of parallelepipeds Vj is finite, say, s. Hence, by Corollary 13, IIDwfIIL,(n) < nm+l sv max c26(Aj(1l n Vj)) IIf IIw;(a)
Let SZ be unbounded, then the set of parallelepipeds Vj is denumerable. Suppose that n, 1, m, p, q are fixed (p< q). Then in (4.101) c26(G) = c (d, D). Hence Vj E N IIDwfIIL,(nnvj)
By Corollary 13 it follows that IIDwf IIL,(n) <_ nm+l x+ c ;6(d, D) IIf Ilwo(n) = c;(d, D, x)II f Ilwo(n).
Thus, (4.102) is proved for an SZ with a resolved boundary. If sZ has a quasiresolved boundary one needs to apply Corollary 13 once more, in a similar way. The case of 11 having a quasi-continuous boundary is similar. O Lemma 10 Let I E N, m E 1%, m < 1 and 1 < p, q < oo. Suppose that for each bounded domain !Q C R" star-shaped with respect to a ball there exists c26 > 0 such that Vf E WI,(G) inequality (4.101) holds. Then for each open set 11 C W' satisfying the cone condition there exists C27 > 0 such that Vf E WW(ft) inequality (4.102) holds.
If p < q and c26 depends only on n, 1, m, p, q and the parameters d and D of a domain star-shaped with respect to a ball, then for each unbounded open set s2 C R" satisfying the cone condition there exists c2? > 0 such that inequality (4.102) holds. Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 4 and, if SZ is unbounded, Remark 7 of Chapter
3 and Corollary 13. 0
4.3. CLASSES OF OPEN SETS
159
Proof. Let 1 satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r, h. By Lemma 4
and Remark 7 of Chapter 3, St = U 1k, where s E N for bounded 1, s = 00 k=1
for unbounded Sl, and S1k are bounded domains star-shaped with respect to the balls Bk C Wk C Stk. Moreover, 0 < M1 < diam Bk < diam Slk < M2 < oo and x({Slk}k=1) < M3 < oo, where MI, M2 and M3 depend only on n, r and h. If Sl is bounded, then IIDwfIILq(nk) <_ G26(Qk) IIfllW;(nk),
k = 1,...,s.
(4.103)
Hence, by Corollary 13, IID°fIIL,,(n)1<_ 89 kmax C26(Qk) IIlIIW"(n)
(4.104)
Suppose that Sl is unbounded. Denote by A(d, D) the set of all domains, whose diameters do not exceed D and which are star-shaped with respect to balls whose diameters are greater than or equal to d and set C& (d, D) = sup c26(G). Clearly A(d, D) C A(d1, D1) if 0 < d1 < d < D < D1 < oo. GE A(d,D)
Then bk E N II Dwf IILq(nk) < c26(dk, Dk) IIf II W (nk) <_ c26(Ml, M2) Ill IIw;(nk)
and, by Corollary 13, IIDWf IIL,(n) <_ M3 c26(Ml, M2) 11f Ilw;(n)
Lemma 11 Let I E N, m E No, m < l and 1 < p, q < oo. Suppose that for each bounded elementary domain G C R' with a Lipschitz boundary there exists c26 > 0 such that for each 0 E No satisfying 1/31 = m and V f E Wp(G) inequality (4.101) holds. Then for each bounded open set St C R satisfying the cone condition there exists c27 > 0 such that for each 03 E I satisfying 101 = m and V f E Wp(sl) inequality (4.102) holds.
If p:5 q and c26 depends only on n, 1, m, p, q and the parameters d, D and M of a bounded elementary domain with a Lipschitz boundary, then for each unbounded open set St C R" satisfying the cone condition there exists c27 > 0 such that inequality (4.102) holds. Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 6, Remark 19 and the proof of Lemma 9.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
160
Proof. Let Q satisfy the cone condition with the parameters r, h. By Lemma a
6 and Remark 19, St = U IZk, where s E N for bounded Q and s = oo k=1
for unbounded St. Here Qt are bounded elementary domains with Lipschitz boundaries with the same parameters d, D, M depending only on n, r and h. Moreover, x({SZk}k=1) < Mg, where M3 also depends only on n, r and h. If SZ is bounded , then as in the proof of Lemma 10 we have inequalities (4.103) and
(4.104). Let fl be unbounded. Suppose that n, 1, m, p, q are fixed (p < q). Then in (4.101) c26(G) = c28(d, D, M). Hence, Vk E N IIDWf IILq(nk) < c26(d, D, M) If II W;(nk)
and, by Corollary 13,
I
IID.'f IILq(nk) 5 M c28(d, D, M) IIf Ilwgn) = cze(r, h)11f11W;(n)
4.4
Estimates for intermediate derivatives
Theorem 6 Let I E N, 8 E N satisfy 1(31 < l and let 1:5 p:5 oo. 1. If 11 C R" is an open set having a quasi-resolved boundary, then Vf E WW (n)
IIDwfIIL,(n) 5 cas Ilfllwl(n),
(4.105)
where c28 > 0 is independent of f. 2. If SZ C R" is a bounded domain having a quasi-resolved boundary and the ball B C Sl, then df E wP(S2) IIDmfIIL,(n) <_ 2a (II/IIL,(B)+IlfIlwa(n)),
(4.106)
where c29 > 0 is independent of f. 3. If 11 C R" is a bounded open set having a quasi-continuous boundary, then be > 0 there exists cgo(e) > 0 such that df E WW(S1) (n) <_ cso(e) Ill 11n> +e llfllw;(n)
(4.107)
Idea of the proof. Apply successively the one-dimensional Theorem 2 to prove
(4.105) and (4.106) for an elementary bounded domain Q with a resolved boundary. In the general case apply Lemma 9 and the proof of Lemma 7. Deduce inequality (4.107) from Theorem 8 and Lemma 13 below.
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
161
Proof. 1. Suppose that S2 is a bounded elementary domain (4.87) with the parameters d, D. By inequality (4.35) it follows that VQ E N satisfying IQI < 1 and V2 E W
MI \ ll(De, f)( x,
'
s
a
) + II \ 8xn w
\Dw.f
(
x'
) II
J'
0 < 6 < 2 and MI depends only on 1, p, b and D. (We recall that +p(2) - an < D.) where Q = (.8 1,
By the theorem on the measurability of integrals depending on a parameter1 ' both sides of this inequality are functions measurable on W. Therefore, taking Lp-norms with respect to ± over W and applying Minkowski's inequality for sums and integrals, we have IID ,f IIL,(n) <- MI (11 11 (Dwf) (x+ xn) II L,,,n
-6,w,+ d+6) II L,s(W )
"I Dwf +1I\
\a2n /
< MI (II
IIfIIwp(n)).
Let a = (Q, an), where an = an + Z, 8 E W5, and Q = ((i, Q= (QI, ..., Qn-a). We consider the cube Q(a, 6) _ {x E R" Ixj - ail < 6, j = :
1, ..., n} and set U = {x = (xi, ..., xn_z) E R"-I : aj < xj < bj, j = 1, ..., n- 2). Applying the same procedure as above, we have II II(Dwf)(x,xn)IIL,.i(w)IIL,(a + -a a++ +a)
S MI(II it +Q Ilflu g,' (W)
IIL,,=n(?n-6,on+s))
Substituting from this inequalty into the previous one and applying Holder's inequality, we get Il D.f II L,(n)
Let E C R"' and F C R" be measurable sets. 17 We mean the following statement. Suppose that the function f is measurable on E x F and for almost all y e F the function f Y) is integrable on E. Then the function f f (x, ) dx is measurable on F. E
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
162
,,+6)
M2(1111
+IlfIIwi(n)),
where M2 depends only on 1, p, b and D.
Repeating the procedure n - 2 times, we establish that IIDwfIIL,(n) <- M3(IIf0IL1(Q(a,d))+IIfIIi4(n)),
(4.108)
where M3 depends only on n, 1, p, 6 and D. 2. Taking b = 4 and applying Holder's inequality, we establish that inequality (4.105) holds for all Q E N satisfying 101 < 1 for each bounded elementary
domain with a resolved boundary and c2s depends only on n, 1, p, d and D. Hence, by Lemma 9, the first statement of Theorem 6 follows. 3. Suppose that B - B(xo, r) C fl, where 12 is an elementary domain considered in step 1. Without loss of generality we assume that xo,n > an and set or = (x0,1, ..., xo,n_1 i an), 6 = min{ , f). Then Q(xo, 6) C B(xo, r) and the parallelepiped G = {x E Rn : 1 xj - xoi 1 < 6, an - 6 < xn < xo,n + b} C S2. Applying inequality (4.108) in the case, in which ,0 = 0, p = 1 and SZ, Q(o, 6) are replaced by G, Q(xo, 6) respectively, we get IllIIL,(c) -< M4 (11f11L,(Qt=o,o)) + Ilf ll.,(c))
5 M5(IIIIIL,(B)+IIf114(c)),
where M4 and M5 are independent of f. Hence, from (4.108) it follows that (4.105) holds for each Q E No' satisfying 1131 < 1.
4. From step 3 and the proofs of Lemmas 7 and 9 it follows that for each bounded domain 1 having a resolved boundary
(t s
IIDwflIL,(n) 5 Ms
11f11 L,(8;) + I1f111,(n)),
(4.109)
j=1
where s E N and Bj are arbitary balls in n fl Vj. (Vj ands are as in the definition of SZ having a resolved bondary.)
Let the ball B c fl. We choose m E N and the ball B0 in such a way that B0 C B fl Cl fl V,n. By step 3 and Holder's inequality it follows that II!IIL,(Bm) <- M7 (Ilf IIL,(Bo) + Ilf IIW,(nnvm)) <- Ms (11/ IIL,(B) + Ilf 11t;(n))
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
163
Let j 96 m. We choose a chain of parallelepipeds U1, ..., U, of the covering which are such that U1 = V3, Uk n Uk+1 54 0, k = 1, ..., or - 1, and 1, and set U, = Vm. Next we consider balls Bk c Uk n Uk+1, k Bj, B, := Bm. Then by step 3 Bo IIf II L,(Bk) < M9 (IIf IIL,(Bk+,) + IIf IIW;(nM/k)) I
k = 01 ..., or
-1.
Consequently, for each j = 1, ..., s IIfIIL,(B,) 5 M1o (IIIIIL,(B) + IIlIIw,(n)),
and inequality (4.106) for bounded domains having a resolved boundary follows from (4.109). (We note that M6, ..., Mlo are independent of f .) The argument for a bounded domain Sl having a quasi-resolved boundary is similar. 5. By Theorem 8 embedding (4.118) is compact. hence, by Lemma 13 inequality (4.121) holds where q = p and inequality (4.117) follows.
Next we give some examples showing that assumptions on St in Theorem 6 are essential. The first two examples show that for open sets 0, which do not have a resolved boundary inequality (4.105) does not always hold. 00
Example 8 Let l E N, 0 E K, 0 < 10 1 < 1, 1 < p:5 oo and 0 = U B(xk, rk), k=1
where rk > 0 and B(xk, rk) are disjoint balls. Suppose that rk - 0 as k -+ 00 and 00 rklpi- )° < oo if p < oo. We set f (x) := rk ° (x - xk)" on Qk, k E N. k=1
Then f E W,(1) but D' Of ¢ Lp(St). Example 9 Let 1 E N, (01, 02) E No, 01 96 0, /31 + 02 < 1, 1 < p < oo and let 0 be the domain considered in Example 3. We set f (x1 i X2) 4' x22 where a2 0 No. Then, for 1
\1
1
a1 f
IIf IIw1(n r ) < - M1 II axlz
9
II Lp(n)
f ?,P+Y((Q2-1)P+1) dx1 J < - M2 ( E
and 1
IID°f IIL,(n) > M3 ( f xi((02-02)n+1) dX1) y, 0
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
164
where M1, M2, M3 > 0 are constants. Suppose that 0 < y < 1, 1 < p(1+1.'Y
)-@L
+,132 and Lp(S2).
(The case p = oo is similar: if l - 7 < a2 < 132i then f E W,',(S2) but 'Y
D# f 0 L,o(Sl).) If 7 > 1 an analogous counter-example may be constructed by setting P X1, x2) := xl' 429' where a1 0 No.
Example 10 For any open set n C R", which has infinite measure or is disconnected, inequality (4.106) does not hold. In the first case we arrive at a contradiction by setting f(x) = xO. In the second case let G be any connected component of S2 containing the ball B. Inequality (4.106) does not hold
if f (x) = 0 on G and f (x) = xs on S2 \ G. We note that if 92 has a resolved boundary and is unbounded, then mess 0 = oo because in this case s = oo, meas (S2 fl Vj) > b", j E N and00F, mess (1 fl V;) < x meal 0. 1=1
The last example shows that for bounded open sets having a quasi-resolved boundary inequality (4.107) does not necessarily hold. 00 Example 11 Let 1 < p:5 oo, w = U (2-(2a+1), 2-2s) and fl = { (xl, x2) E R2 :
s=0
xiEwif05X2<1and0<xl<1if-1<x2< 0). Suppose that Ye >0 there exists M1 (e) such that V f E W, (S2) Mi(e)IIfIIL,(n) +611fIIw (n)
II
Let f (XI, x2) = g(xl)h(x2), where g, g', g" E L,(w) and h(x2) = xz if O < x2 <
1, h(x2) = 0 if -1 < x2 < 0. Then 119'IIL,(W)
+e(II9"IIL,(w)
IIhIIL,(o,l)
<- M1(e) IIgIIL,(.) IIhIILp(o,1)
IIhIIL,(o,1) + II9'IIL,(W) IIh'IIL,(o,l) +
11911L,(w)
IIh"IILp(o,l)).
Choosing sufficiently small e, we establish that there exists M2 > 0 such that 119'I1Lp(u) <- M2 (11911Lp(W) + 119"IILp(w))
for all the functions g. In fact, we have arrived at a contradiction. To verify this we set gk(xl) = xl - 2-(2k+1) if xl E (2-(2k+1), 2-2k) and gk(x) = 0 for all other xl E w and pass to the limit as k --> oo.
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
165
Corollary 14 Let I E N and 1 < p < oo. 1. If Sl C R" is an open set having a quasi-resolved boundary, then the norm Of II`w;(n) _
(4.110)
E 11D' f IIL,(n) IaI<1
is equivalent to If IIw;(n) 2. If 11 C R" is a bounded domain having a quasi-resolved boundary and the ball B C St, then the norm IIf IIL,(B) +
IIDwf IIL,(n)
lal=
is equivalent to IIf Ilw,,(n)
Idea of the proof. Apply inequality (4.105) and inequality (4.106).
Corollary 15 Let I E N,1 < p < oo and let Q C R' be an open set having a quasi-resolved boundary. If 0 is bounded, then w,(SZ) = W,(Sl). If Q is unbounded, then the inclusion W, "(Q) C r 4(Sl) is strict.
Idea of the proof. If Sl is bounded, apply inequality (4.106) to each connected component of 11. If Sl is unbounded, apply Example 10. Remark 21 Since 9w, (n) # 9wo(n), the semi-norms II II,,,(n) and II ' (Iw;(n), are not equivalent. (See d'orollary 3 and Remark 9.) Generalizations of the one-dimensional inequalities (4.39), (4.40) and (4.41) hold under stronger assumptions on fl than in Theorem 6.
Theorem 7 Let 1 E N, 0 E N satisfy 0 < IQI < 1 and let 1 < p, q < oo. 1. If Cl C R" is a domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B, then
dfEW(C) IIDwfIIL,(i) (mess Sl) a
(meal B,
d
(mess Sl) (4.112)
where d = diam B, D = diam Sl and c31 > 0 depends only on n and 1. 2. If Cl C R" is an open set satisfying the cone condition and co > 0, then V f E WI (fl) and de E (0, co] IIDmf IIL,(n) _< c32
e-T IIf IIL,(n) + 6 IIf Iiw,(n),
(4.113)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
166
where c32 > 0 is independent off and e. Moreover, Vf E Wp(S2) 101
(4.114)
IIDwfIILp(n) 5 C33IIfIIL,(n) IIfIIW (n),
where c33 > 0 is independent of f.
Idea of the proof. Starting with inequality (3.57) apply Young's inequality for convolutions 's to prove (4.112). If Sl satisfies the cone condition with the parameters r, h > 0 apply, in addition, Lemma 3 and Remark 7 of Chapter 3 and Corollary 13. Replacing r and h by rb and hb, where 0 < 6 < 1, deduce (4.113). Verify that (4.113) implies (4.114) as in the one-dimensional case considered in Section 4.2. Proof. 1. Let 0 be a domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B C Q. By Corollary 10 of Chapter 3 and inequality (3.57), in particular by (4.115), we have IIDwfIIL,(n) 5
M1((messSl)D(d)`-'D-161d-n
f IfIdy a
+(D)n-1 E II f I2 - yIn-1+161 dyII) L,(st) I(Dwf)(y)I
IaI=(
n
(Dd)(-1D-161(meas
< M2 ((meas SZ)ao
B)-,
fIlIdY
a
+(d)n
II
IxI-n+(-161IILt(n-n) IIfIIwp(n)),
's We mean its following variant: if 1 < p < oo, G, fl C IRn are measurable sets, g E LD(G), f E L1(fl - G), where fl - G is the vector difference of fl and G, then -IIfIIL,(n-c)I1911L,(c) II f f(x-v)9(v)dvll LAO) c In the sequel we shall also need the general case:
II f f(z - v)9(v)dvll Q
where1
:5 1IfIIL.(n-o)119IIL,(o),
L.(n)
(4.115)
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
167
where M, and M2 depend only on n and 1. Since 19 S1- 9 C B(0, 2D), zd IZI-n+1-191IIL1(fl-n) II
< On f
d-191-'
do <
D'-191
21 an
0
and, by Holder's inequality, (4.112) follows. 2. Next let 0 be an open set satisfying the cone condition with the parameters r, h > 0. By Lemma 3 and Remark 7 of Chapter 3 0 = U S1k, where each k
S1k is a domain star-shaped with respect to a ball of radius rl whose diameter does not exceed 2h, and the multiplicity of the covering does not exceed 6"(1 + p)n. By (4.112) and Holder's inequality it follows that for all k
(h) n-1
((h )'-1+" IIDwfIILp(flk) <- M,
IhI-191 IlllILp(flk) + 7'1
rl
where Ml depends only on n and 1. By Corollary 13 1`-l+p IhI-191 hl p M2 1 + Jl (( ' II D1Wf Iltp(n) r rl +( h ) n-1 h'-191
rl
hl-191 11f IIwD(flk), )
IIf IILp(n)
IIflIwo(fl)
where M2 depends only on n and 1. We note that 11 satisfies the cone condition
also with the parameters rb and hb where 0 < 6 < 1 and replace r and h by rb and U in this inequality. Setting e = M2(1 + ;)$(r )n-lh'-19161-191, we obtain inequality (4.113) for 0 < e < eo = M2(1 + T) a ( Suppose that e > eo and ea < E < co. Let c32 = Then IIDwf lILp(n) s X32 (e0)-)
(E _< X32
\ E*/' Q
E-'
IllIILp(fl) +EO IllIlw;(fl), If IILp(n) + E 11f 11."(n),
and (4.113) again follows. Finally, inequality (4.114) follows from (4.113) in the same way as inequality (4.41) follows from (4.40). 19 We apply the formula
f 9(IxI) dx = on f 9(e)Qn-1 d9, B(O,r)
0
where on is the surface area of the unit sphere in R.
(4.116)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
168
Corollary 16 Let 1 E N, Q E N satisfy 0 < IQI < 1 and let 1 < p < oo. Then
Yr>0andbf EW,(B,) II Dwf II L,(B,) <_ c31(r-Ial IIf II L,(B.) + ri-ISI IIf II.p(B.)) ,
(4.117)
where c31 > 0 is independent off and r. Idea of the proof. Apply (4.112) where B = SZ = B?.
R.emark 22 The statement about equivalence of this inequality, the relevant inequality with a parameter and the multiplicative inequality, analogous to the one-dimensional Corollary 7, also holds.
Remark 23 Let I E N, m E No, m < 1. By Section 4.1 inequality (4.105) for all ,Q E No satisfying 1,31 = m is equivalent to the embedding WW (1l) Ci W742)
.
(4.118)
Next we pass to the problem of compactness of this embedding and start by recalling the well-known criterion of the precompactness of a set in Ln(f2), where SZ C R" is a measurable set and 1 < p < oo. We shall write fo for the
extension by 0 of the function f to R": fo(x) = f (x) if x E 0 and fo(x) = 0 if x 0 f2. The set S is precompact if, and only if, i) S is bounded in L,(f)), ii) S is equicontinuous with respect to translation in Ly(ft), i.e., lim sup I)fo(x + h) - f (x) IIL,(n) = 0 h-0 fES
and iii) in the case of unbounded fl, in addition, l iM )ES
IIf II L,(n\Br) = 0
Lemma 12 Let I E N0, 1 < p < 00. Moreover, let fl C R" be an open set and S C W,1(0). Suppose that 1) S is bounded in Wa(ft), 2) all suupp IIf IIw,,(n\n,) = 0,
3) aim sup IIf (x + h) - f (xIIw:(nihi) = 0 fES
and 4) in the case of unbounded Cl, in addition, lim sups IIf II wa(n\B.) = 0. r-+00 fe
Then the set S is precompact in WP(C).
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
169
Idea of the proof. Apply the inequality Ilfo(x + h) - f (x)IIL,(sz) <- 2IIf IIL,(B\n,1,,,) + IIf (x + h) - f (x) IIL,(ni,,i) (4.119)
and the closedness of weak differentiation. Proof. Inequality (4.119) clearly follows from the inequality Ilfo(x + h) - f (x)IIL,(n) <- Ilfo(x + h)IIL,(n\ni,,i)
+IIf(x)IIL,(n\n1,1) + IIf(x+ h) - f(x)IIL,(RIhI) If I = 0 then condition ii) follows from (4.119) and conditions 2), 3). Hence S is precompact in Lp(fl).
Next let I > 1. From 1) - 4) it follows that the set S and the sets Sa = {Dwf, f E S} where a E N and lal = I are precompact in Lp((2). Consequently, each infinite subset of S contains a sequence fk, k E N, such that fk - f and Dwf - ga in Lp(1). Since the weak differentiation operator Dw is closed in Lp(SZ) (see Section 1.2), 9a = Dwf on Sl, f E Wp(1) and fk -+ f in Ww(sl).
Theorem 8 Let I E N, m E No, m < l , 1 < p< oo and let 1 C W be a bounded open set having a quasi-continuous boundary. Then embedding (4.118) is compact.
Idea of the proof. If S2 is a bounded elementary domain with a continuous boundary, given a set S bounded in WW(SZ), apply Corollary 12 of the onedimensional embedding Theorem 4 and Theorem 6 to prove property 2). Furthermore, apply Corollary 7 of Chapter 3 and Theorem 6 to prove property 3) with m replacing I. In the general case apply Lemma 8. Proof. By Lemma 8 it is enough to consider the case of a bounded elementary domain with a continuous boundary (t defined by (4.87). Let Mz > 0 and S = (f e Wp(12) : IIf Ilw;(n) < Ml}. By inequality (4.79) for almost all x E W
and 0 < y < d 7°II1(x, < M,-y1
IIa\).(I,
)IILv(m(s)-d,w(s))
where M2 is independent of f and y. By the theorem on the measurability of integrals depending on a parameter (see footnote 17) both sides of this inequality are functions measurable on W.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
170
Therefore, taking LP -norms with respect to x over W and applying Minkowski's inequality, we have V f E S 16
IIfIIL,(:z\(n-rya.))
M27" IIlIIWW(n) <_ M37°
where M3=Ml M2 and en = (0,..., 0, 1). If f is replaced by Dw f , where,6 E l 6 we get
satisfies 101 = m, then by Theorem
a IIDwflit,(n\(n-Yen)) <
,
1-m
M47n (IIDwfIIL,(n) + II ( ax. W )
< Ms'y Ilf llw;(n) <- Ms 7p
D"'f IILn(n))
,
where M4, M5 and M6 are independent off E S and 7. 2. Since V is continuous on W, the sets r = {(x, 0(1)), x E W} and r -Ten are compact and disjoint. Consequently, p(7) := dist (I', r - Ten) > 0 and re(") n Il c S2 \ (Q - 7e") . Hence, given s > 0, there exists po such that V f E S IIf IIw; (cn,) < c2-", where Gnl = r°° n S2. Next let F1o = {x E IR" : xi = ai; ak < xk < bk, k = I,-, n - 1, k
i; an < x" < ,p(x) - ffi}, i = I,-, n - 1, and let Fil be defined similarly with xi = bi replacing xi = ai. Moreover, let tno = {x E R" x" = a.; ak < xk < bk, k = 1, ..., n - 1). Since these sets are compact and do not intersect t, :
for sufficiently small p E (0, go] we have Gij C ci and n \ 11g e U ( U Gi,). 1=1
Here, for i = I,-, n - 1, Gio = {x E lR"
:
t=o
ai < xi < ai + p; ak < xk <
bk, k = 1, ..., n - 1, k 54 i; an < x" < V(x) - }, Gil is defined similarly with a bi - p < xi < bi replacing ai < xi < ai + p. Finally, G"o = {x E R" : an < xn < an + p; ak < xk < bk, k = 1, ..., n - 1) . The same argument as above shows that for sufficiently small p
IIfIIw;(c,;) <e2-", i=1,...,n, j=0,1. Hence
n
1
IIfIIwa(n\n,)<_E
flfIIw;(c,i)<e,
i=1 7=0
and property 2) follows with m replacing 1. 3. By Corollary 7 of Chapter 3 and Theorem 6 IIf (x + h) - f (x)llwp (nIAI) = IIf (x + h) - f (x)IIL,(n,,,i)
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
+ E II(Dwf)(x+h) -
171
(Dwf)(x)IIL,(n1,,1)
IfI=m
< M7 Ihl (Ilf IIwD(n) +
II Dwf IIWD(n)) < Ms IhI IIf Ilwp(n) <_ Mg IhI, IBI=m
where M7, M8 and M9 are independent of f E S and h, and the property 3) follows.
By Lemma 12 the set S is precompact in Wp ()) and, hence, embedding (4.118) is compact.
If m = 0, then embedding (4.118) always holds, but it can be non-compact as the following simple examples show.
Example 12 If the unbounded set Q contains a denumerable set of disjoint balls B(xk, r) of the same radius, then embedding (4.118) for each m = 0,1, ..., 1 -1 is not compact. To verify this it is enough to set fk (x) = 9(x - xk), where v E Co (B(0,r)), V = 0, k E N. In that case Ilfkllwy(n) = II97IIwo(e(O,r))
and Ilfk - fallwp(n) = 2= Ilcvllwp(a(O,r)), k # s. Hence, any subsequence of {fk}kEN is divergent in WP '4(Q).
Example 13 If 11 is a bounded or unbounded open set, which is such that 00 f, = U Ilk, where S2k are disjoint domains, then embedding (4.118) for each k=1
m = 0,1...,1-1 is not compact. To verify this it is enough to consider functions
fk, which are such that fk = 0 on n \ fk,
1 and Ilfkllw,,(n,k) S M, where M is independent of k E N. The sequence { fk}kEN is bounded in Wp(Q),
but Ilfk - fallwp (n) > llfk - f3IIL,(n) > 2P. Hence, again every subsequence of {fk}kEN is divergent. If measf1k < oo, one may just set fk = (messfIk) on Stk. If mess Qk = oo, let fk(x) = n( 4) on cck, where r) E Co (R" ),'7(x) = 1 if lxl < 1, and rk > 1 are chosen in such a way that mess (f k f1 B(0, rk)) > 1 . A more sophisticated example shows that embedding (4.118) for bounded domains having a guasi-resolved boundary can also be non-compact.
Example 14 Let 1 < p < oo and 0 be the domain in Example 11. Then the azk+l embedding WP (Q) C- Lp(S2) is not compact. For, let fk(x1, x2) = 2 x2 if 2-(2k+1) < x1 < 2-2k and fk(x1, x2) = 0 for all other (x1, x2) E fI . Then the sequence { fk}kEN is bounded in Wp (1): IIfkIIW;(n) = 1 + (p + 1)-P. However, it does not contain a subsequence convergent in Lp(S2) since Ilfk - fmllt,(n) _
2P (p+1)-P ifkAm.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
172
Lemma 13 Let l E N, m E No, m < 1, 1 < p, q < oo and let Sl C R" be an open set. 1. If the embedding (4.120) W,(0) C.; WQ (I) is compact , then de > 0 there exists c34(e) > 0 such that Vf E Wp(sl) Ill Ilwa (n) <- c34(e)
II/IIL,(n) +ellfllw;(n)
(4.121)
2. If e > 0 (4.121) holds and the embedding W,()) C; Lp(Q) is compact, then embedding (4.120) is also compact.
Idea of the proof. 1. Suppose that inequality (4.121) does not hold for all e > 0, i.e., there exist co > 0 and functions fk E Wp(sl), k E N, such that Ilfkllw;(n) =1 and IIfkIIW; (n) > kIIfkIIL,(n)+e0llfkIIw(n)
Obtain a contradiction by proving that lim
(4.122)
= 0 and, consequently,
liminfllfkllw, (n) 2! co.
2. Given a bounded set in Wp(1), it follows that it contains a sequence { fk}kEN convergent in L,,()). Applying inequality (4.121) to fit - f, , prove that iim Ilk - fs II W; (n) = 0. 13 k
Proof. 1. Since IIfkIIw,.(n) = 1, by (4.120) it follows that IIfkIIw, (n) <- M1, where M1 is independent of k. Consequently, by (4.122) we have IIfkIIL,(n) < M1 k-1. Thus, lim IIfkIIL,(n) = 0 and lim IIfkllti,i(n) = 1 . Hence by (4.122) k- oo
k-4o0
lim inf Ilfkllwam(n) >- co lim inf IIfkllVl (n) = CO. k-+00
k-.o0
P
Since embedding (4.120) is compact, there exists a subsequence fk, converging to a function f in W, ,'n(11). The function f is equivalent to 0 since fk, -r 0 in Lp(O). 20 This contradicts the inequality II!lIW; (n) = lim IIfkIIW (n) >- co
2. Let M2 > 0 and S = { f E Wp(fl) : Ilf IIw,(n) <- M2}. Since the embedding W,(0) C, L,()) is compact, there exists a sequence fk E S, k E N, which is Cauchy in Lp(SZ). Furthermore, by (4.121) Ilfk - fall w; (n) 5 C34(e) Ilfk - fsII L,(n) + e Ilfk - fsll,o,(n) 20 If W. - ail in LP(fl) as a -i oo, then there exists a subsequence ,p,, converging to 4)x almost everywhere on Cl. Hence, if also W, -+ 02 in L5((l), then 01 is equivalent to It on fl.
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
173
< c34 (E) I I fk - fa ll L,(n) + 2c M2.
Given b > 0, take c =
Since fk is Cauchy there exists N E N such
Thus, Vk,s > N
that Vk,s > N we have Ilk - faII L,(n) < 2 (c34 (.L))
Ilk - fall w, (n) < b, i.e., the sequence fk is Cauchy in Wq (SZ). By the completeness of WQ (SZ) there exists a function f E W, '(Q) such that fk -> f in W."' (SZ) as k -a oo.
Corollary 17 Let1EN,mENo,m
e>0. Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 13 and Theorem 8.
Lemma 14 Let 1 < q < p < oo and let SZ C Rn be an open set such that meas SZ < oo. Then the embedding Wp (SZ) C; Lq(1)
(4.123)
is compact.
Idea of the proof. Given a bounded set S C Wp (Il) apply Holder's inequality and Corollary 7 of Chapter 3 to prove that conditions 1) -4) of Lemma 12 are satisfied with Lq(SZ) replacing WP '(0).
Proof. Let M > 0 and S = (f E Wp (I)
:
IIf IIw;(n) < M}. By Holder's
inequality V f E S IllIIL,(n) <- (meas 9)1-1 If IIL,(n) <- M (meal SZ)9D and
Of IIL,(n\n,) <- (mess (Q \ SZ6))Q ° IIf IIL,(n\n,) 5 M(meas (Q \ 116))a P.
Since mess SZ < oo, we have dli meas (SZ \ SZa) = 0 and slim 'ES If IIL,(n\n,) _
0. Thus, properties 1) and 2) are satisfied. Moreover, by Corollary 7 of Chapter 3 it follows that V f E S IIf (x + h) - f (x)IIL,(nl,,l) S IhI If IIwt(n) < IhI (mews SZ)a s Of Ilw,.(n) <- M (mess
SZ)o_D
IhI.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
174
Hence, property 3) is satisfied (with Lq(I) replacing WW(SZ)). bounded, then again by Holder's inequality
If f is un-
IIfIIL,(n\Br) 5 M meas(1 \ B,.)9 and property 4) follows.
We conclude this section with several statements, which are based essentially on the estimates for intermediate derivatives given in Theorems 6-7.
Lemma 15 Let I E N and let 1 < p, p1, p2 < oo satisfy 1 = aL + i Suppose that SZ C W' is an open set having a quasi-resolved boundary. ien Vf1 E H.
WW, (11) and `d f2 E WD, (Q) IIf1 f211w;(n) _< C35
IIf1IIwp,(n) IIf2IIww,(n),
(4.124)
where c35 > 0 depends only on n and 1.
Idea of the proof. Apply the Leibnitz formula, Holder's inequality and Theorem 6. E3
Proof. If fk E c- (n) fl Wpk (Q), k = 1, 2, then starting from (C') D"f1 D°-0f2,
D°(f1 f2) = 0<0<0
0
we have
II D'sf1 D°-l f2, IIL,(n)
Ilfi f211ww(n) <_ IIf1 f2IIL,(n) + n' I°I=t o
IIf1IILa,(n) IIf2lIL, (n) +n' E E IID°fI11L,,(n) I°I=10<,l<°
< M1 I01:51
IAI<1
< M2 IIf1IIw;,(n) IIf2llwp,(n),
where M1 and M2 depend only on n and 1.
If fk E Wak (f2), k = 1, 2, then (4.124) follows by applying, in addition, Theorem 1 of Chapter 2.
4.4. ESTIMATES FOR INTERMEDIATE DERIVATIVES
175
Corollary 18 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and let 52 C R" be an open set having a quasi-resolved boundary. Suppose that W E Cb(fl). Then Vf E W,(Sl) IIf'PIIWW(n) 5 C36 IIfIIWW(supp ana)
(4.125)
_
where c36 > 0 is independent of f. Idea of the proof. Direct application of the proof of Lemma 15. Lemma 16 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and let SZ C 1R" be an open set with a quasiresolved boundary. Moreover, let g = (91,...,g") ft -+ R", gk E C'(52), k = 1, ..., n. Suppose that Va E Z satisfying 1 < IaI < I the derivatives D"gk are
bounded on 1 and the Jacobian n is such that inf D (x)I > 0. Furthermore, let g(fl) be also an open set with a quasi-resolved boundary. Then V f E Wp(1) C37IIfIIww(9(n)) <_ IIf(9)I1ww(n) 5 C38IIfIIWo(9(c)),
(4.126)
where c37, c38 > 0 are independent off and p.
Remark 24 By the assumptions of the lemma on g it follows that there exists the unique inverse transform g('1) = (9(1-1), ..., 9n(-')) : g(f2) - Sl such that
gk-1) E C'(g(cI)), k = 1,...,n. Moreover, Va E K satisfying 1 < IaI < I the derivatives Dagk-1) are bounded on g(1) and inf I °q -,) (y)I > 0. YE9(n)
Idea of the proof Apply the formula for derivatives of f (g), keeping in mind that for weak derivatives, under the assumptions of Lemma 16 on g, it has the same form as for ordinary derivatives, i.e.,
Dw(f(9)) = E (Dmf)(9)
D"g...D71o19,
(4.127)
0<_a,101>1
where ryk E NJ and cp,.,......,., are some nonnegative integers. Apply also Theorem 6 of Chapter 4. Proof. Let a E 1Vo and IaI = 1. By (4.127), Minkowski's inequality and Theorem 6 it follows that
IID.*(f(9))IIL,(n) < M1 E II (Dwf)(9)IIL,(n) = (y = 9W) 0:50,101>1
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
176
M,
II(Dff)(y)IDx(g-1(y))I
IILp(9(n))
d<_a,181>1
< M2 > IIDWfIILp(9(n)) :5 M3 II f Ilwa(9(n)) 95x,181>_1
where Ml, M2i M3 > 0 are independent off and p. Hence, the second inequality (4.126) is proved in a similar way. 0
Remark 25 From the above proof it follows that p C38
C39 (inf I Dx (x) I)
IIDagIIc(n),
1maa
(4.128)
where c39 depends only on n and 1.
Theorem 9 Let I E N, 1 > 1, 1 < p < oo and let 0 C R" be an open set satisfying the cone condition. Suppose that f E Lp(S2), the weak derivatives (e ) w, j = 1, ..., n, exist on I and are in Lp(SZ). Then '13 E N satisfying (aI = l the weak derivatives L), Of also exist on 0 and II Dwf IIL,(n) <_ C40 (iii IILp(n) + E II (8`;f) 1=1
II
w LP(n)
)
'
(4.129)
where c40 > 0 is independent of f.
Remark 26 For an open set 12 C R" consider the space tions f E Lp(fl) whose weak derivatives (1) exist on sz and n
.
IIfIIW;
of all func-
(n) =IIfIILp(n)
}'EII(a )WIIL,(fl)
By Theorem 9 Wp--,'(0) = W,(fl) if 1 < p < oo and n satisfies the cone condition and the norms II IIw; (n) and II - IIw;(n) are equivalent.
Idea of the proof. By Lemma 11 it is enough to consider the case of open sets c2 with a Lipschitz boundary. Applying the extension theorem for the spaces Wp...1(SZ) (see Remark 18 of Chapter 6) and the density of C0 (R") in Wp which is proved as in Lemma 2 of Chapter 2, it is enough to prove
(4.129) for ft = R" and f e Co (R"). For p = 2 (4.129) easily follows by
4.5. HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-SOBOLEV INEQUALITY
177
taking Fourier transforms. If 1 < p < oo one may apply the Marcinkiewicz multiplicator theorem: 21
IID"f IIL,(R") = II E F-' { (i)0(-i sgn )1(E ICkll) -1F(a f) } IIL,(R.) j=1
k=1
3
tt
< M1 1=1
II
af IIL,(R")
M1
J
where M1 depends only on n, I and p. 0
Example 15 Let p = oo, I E N, 8 E K, 101 = l and let f be a function defined by f (x) = xs In I xI n(x) if x # 0 (f (0) = 0), where r) E Co (R") and vl = 1 in a neighbourhood of the origin. Then f E but Dwf ¢ La,(IIt"). Thus Theorem 9 does not hold for p = oo. One can also prove that it does not hold for p = 1.
4.5
Hardy-Littlewood-Sobolev inequality for integral of potential type
Let f E Li0c(R"). The convolution
IzI_'*f -JR.Ix
(Jy,Ady,
A
(4.131)
is called an integral of potential type.
Remark 27 One may verify that 1) if A > n, f is measurable on R" and f is not equivalent to 0, then IxI-a * f does not exist on a set of positive measure, 2) if A < n, f is measurable on R" and f ¢ then the convolution IxI-a * f does not exist for almost all x E R". 3) if A < n, f E Lr(R") and IxI''` * f exists for almost all x E R", then the function IxI-a * f is measurable on R". 2i Let 1 < p < oo. Suppose that, for Va E 1%' satisfying 0 < a < 1 (i.e., a, = 0 or 1, j = 1,...,n), the function p E L. has the derivatives D°p on the set R = {x E R" xl ... x" # 0}. If jx°(D°p)(x)j < K, x E R; , then 11F-'(pFf)IJL,(R-) < M2 depends only on n and p.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
178
Integrals of potential type are contained in the inequalities deduced from the integral representations of Chapter 3, namely (3.54), (3.58), (3.65), (3.66), (3.69) and (3.76). For this reason we are interested in conditions on f implying that IxI'a * f E LQ(R"). Theorem 10 (the Hardy-Littlewood-Sobolev inequality). Let n E N,
1
(4.132)
A = n(-L + 1).
(4.133)
and
Then Vf E Lp(R") the convolution IxI-' * f exists for almost all x E R" and II IxI-' * f IIL,(R") <- C41IIfIILp(R"),
(4.134)
where c91 > 0 depends only on n, p and q.
Remark 28 By applying inequality (4.134) to f (ex), where f E Lp(R" ), f * 0, is fixed and 0 < e < oo, one may verify that if A (4.134) does not hold for any choice of c41.
n(-L + 1), then inequality
We give a sketch of the proof of Theorem 10 based on the properties of
maximal functions. 22
Lemma 17 Let n E N, p < n. Then for all functions f measurable on Rn
VxER" andVr>0
f
Ix - yl-"If (y)I dy
C43 r"-µ(M f)(x),
(4.136)
B(z,r)
where c43 > 0 depends only on n and p. For f E LiOO(R") the maximal function Mf is defined by
(M j) (x) =
x E R". r >o mess B(x, r) JB(z,r) If d11,
For almost all x E R" If (x)I < (Mf)(z) < oo. Moreover, M f is measurable on R" and for 1 < p < oo there exists c42 > 0 such that V f E La (R" ) IIMf IIL,(R,) < C42 Ilf IIL,(R-).
(If p = 1, this inequality does not hold.)
(4.135)
179
4.5. HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-SOBOLEV INEQUALITY
Idea of the proof. Split the ball B(x, r) into a union of spherical layers S(x, r2-1) = B(x, r2-k) \ B(x, r2-k-1), k E N0, and estimate f If I dy S(x,r2-k)
via the maximal function MI.
Lemma 18 Let n E N, 1 < p < oo, a < p < n. Then Vf E Lp(R") IxI-µ * f I < c44 'fIIi,(2*)) ((nlf)(x))
n(-a)
(4.137)
where c44 > 0 depends only on n, p and µ. IxI-µ * f into an integral over Idea of the proof. Split the integrals defining B(x, r) and an integral over `B(x, r). Applying inequality (4.136) to the first
integral and using Holder's inequality to estimate the second one via IIf IIL,(R^),
establish that IxI-µ * f I < Ml r"-µ(Mf)(x) + M2 r-(µ-P)IIf IIL,(a ),
where M1, M2 depend only on n, p and µ. Finally, minimize with respect to r. Idea of the proof of Theorem 10. Apply inequalities (4.137) and (4.135). Proof. Since (Mf)(x) < oo for almost all x E R", the convolution IxI-A * f exists, by (4.137), almost everywhere on R" and, by Remark 27, is measurable on R". Since Mf is also measurable on R", taking Lq-norms in inequality (4.137) and taking into account (4.135), we get
-a II IxI
* fIIL9(Rn) s C44IIf'IL,(Rn) IIMfIIL,(Rn) <_ C44 C 2IIfIIL,(Rn).
Remark 29 One may verify that from the above proof it follows that C41 = (1 + o(1))(!
) ,
as q -+ oc.
(4.138)
Remark 30 Let (P f) (x) = IxI --k * f. Theorem 10 states that for 1 < p < q < oo the operator P is a bounded operator mapping the space Lp(R") into the space Lq(R ). There is one more, trivial, case in which the operator P is bounded: p = 1 and q = oo. In all other admissible cases the operator P is unbounded, thus, inequality (4.134) does not hold for any c41 > 0. If p = 1 or q = oo, it follows from the explicit formulae for the norms of integral
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
180
operators, 23 by which
II IxI
' IIL,(R-) = oo for 1 < q < 00
and IIPIIL,(Rn).L (R') = II Ixl-AIIL (Rn) = oo for 1 < p < oo. If, finally, 1 < p = q < 00, it follows by Remark 27.
Next we discuss the case q = oo in Theorem 10, i.e., behaviour of the convolution IxI - A * f for f E Lp(R" ). The cases p = 1 and p = oo are trivial. (If p = 1, then this convolution is just a constant; if p = oo, see Remark 27.) lxI_a * f does not exist on a set of positive If 1 < p < oo, then in general measure.
Example 16 Let 1 < p < oo, f (x) = 0 if IxI < e and f (x) = _A * f = oo for each x E R. IxI > e. Then f E LL(R"), but IxI
IxI_ p (1n IxI)-1 if
For this reason we consider the case in which 1 < p < oo for functions in Lp(R") with compact supports.
Theorem 11 Let 1 < p < oo, f E Lp(R"), f x 0. If Q < -L, then for each compact SI C R"
fQIXl* f I l/ I
Ill IIL
,(R"d--
< oo.
(4.141)
Idea of the proof (in the case j3 < Vft ). Suppose that if IIL,(R*) = 1, the case in which IIf IIL,(R^) # 1 being similar. Following the proof of Lemma 18, establish the inequality
I IxI-A * f 15 M1 rp (Mf)(x) + (Q" I lnri)' +M2i where 0 < r < 1 and M1, M2 depend only on n, p. Take r = and apply inequality (4.47). 0
(X))P)- In
25 Let E, F C II" be measurable sets, k be a function measurable on E x F and (K f)(y) _ f k(x, y) f (y) dy. Then for 1 < q < 00 E
IIKIIL,(F)_,L,(E) = II IIk(z,y) IIL,,.(E) IIL,,. (F)
(4.139)
IIKIIL,(F)NL,(E) = IIIIk(x,Y)IIL,,,,(E) IIL..,,(F)
(4.140)
and for 1:5 p:5 00
4.6. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE C
181
Corollary 19 If 0 < µ < p', then b'Q > 0
fexp (t
lxr_a
* fI")
dx < oo.
A
Idea of the proof. Apply the elementary inequality aµ _< 6a > 0, 6 > 0, which follows from (4.47).
+ BaP', where
Remark 31 If 33 < e1 , there is a simpler and more straightforward way of proving inequality (4.141), based on expanding the exponent and application of Young's inequality for convolutions (4.116).
Example 17 Let 1 < p < oo, 0 < ry < a and f (x) = lxl
p l In lxli'r-' if
0 < jxj < z and f (x) = 0 if jxl > 2. Then f E LP(W') and M, I In IxIl < jxI -d * f < M21 In IxII", 0 < jxj
i,
where Ml, M2 > 0 are independent of x. Idea of the proof. To obtain the lower estimate it is convenient to estimate jxj- * f from below via the integral over B(0,1) \ B(0, Y). To get the upper estimate one needs to split the integral defining 1x1-A * f into integrals over B(0, \ B(0, 21x1), B(0, 21x1) \ B(x, ll) and B(x, and to estimate them 2) z) separately.
Remark 32 This example shows that the exponent p' in inequality (4.141) is sharp. Indeed, if µ > p', then for < ry < I we have f E LP(R") but f exp (61 Ixl-A * f 1") dx = oo for each 6 > 0 and for each compact fl C R".
A more sophisticated example can be constructed showing that for 6 > n Theorem 11 does not hold.
4.6
Embeddings into the space of continuous functions
Theorem 12 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and let fl C R" be an open set satisfying the cone condition. If
1>p for 1
l>n for p=1,
(4.142)
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
182
then each function f E Wp(SZ) is equivalent to a function g E Cb()) and (4.143)
tIglIC(n) <_ C45 If II W, (n),
where c45 > 0 is independent of f, i.e., Wp(S1) C; Cb(S)). If Il is unbounded, then lim
x-4co, ZEn
g(x) = 0.
(4.144)
Idea of the proof. By Theorem 1 (4.143) is equivalent to the inequality IIf IIL (n) = IIgIIC(n) <_ C45 IIf IIwp(n)
for all f E W,(SZ) fl C°°(S2). Since IIf IIc(n) = sup IIf IIc(K.), where K. are the 'ten
cones of the cone contition, which are congruent to the cone K defined by (3.34), it is enough to prove that (4.145)
II f II c(K) <_ C45 Ilf llwy(K)
To prove (4.145) apply inequality (3.76). In the case of unbounded open sets 11 apply inequality (3.77) to prove (4.144). Proof. By (3.76) where Q = 0 for Vf E Wp()) fl C' (11) and Vx E K If(x)I 5 M1
dy) (f IfI dx+E f I(D°f)(y)I Ix - yl"-' K
IQ1_,K
where M1 is independent of f and x. Hence, by Holder's inequality, If W1
<M1((measK)pIIfIIL,(K)+EIIIx-yI` "IIL,,.,,(K)OD°fIIL,(K)). 101=1
Let D be the diameter of K (D = h2 +r2). If 1 < p < oo and 1 > P, then applying (4.116), we have Vx E K II Ix - YI` "IIL,,.,(K) < II IZI'
"IIL,,(B(O,D))
D
a" _ an f e(!-n)p'+n-1 dLoJ i = ( Alp) 0
Df- n
4.6. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE C
183
If p = 1 and 1 > n, then II Ix - yI` "IIL-.r(K) <- D'-". Consequently, If(x)Is M211f1IW;(K),
where M2 is independent off and x, hence, (4.145) and (4.143) follow. If S2 is unbounded and f E WP(S2), then, applying inequality (3.77) where 0 = 0 to the function g in (4.143), we get that Vx E S2 19(x)1 <-
dy) M2(f If I dy+ E f I(Dwf)(y)I IX K,
-
iai=1K.
yI"-`
< M3 IIf II W;(K.) <- M311111 W/(n\B(O,IzI-D))
if (xI > D, where M2, M3 are independent of f and x . Therefore, lim g(x) _ X400
0.0
Corollary 20 If S2 satisfies a Lipschitz condition, then the function g E C(S2).
Idea of the proof. For 11 = R" apply (4.143) to f - fk, where the functions ft E CO (R") converge to the function f in Wp(R ). If S2 satisfies a Lipschitz condition, apply the extension Theorem 3 of Chapter 6. Proof. If 52 = R", then from (4.143) it follows that IIfk-9IIc(R) -+ 0 ask -r oo. Hence, g E ?7(R"). Let 11 satisfy a Lipschitz condition and T be an extension operator in Theorem 3 of Chapter 6. For f E WP (S2) consider a sequence of functions hk E CO (R") converging to Tf E Wp(W°). Then hk -+ f in Wy(S2) and by (4.143) IIg - hkIIc(n) -+ 0 as k -* oo. Hence, again g E C(f ).
Corollary 21 Let 1, m E N, 1 < p < oo and let 0 E R" be an open set satisfying the cone condition. If
l>m+n for 1
(4.146)
then each function f E WP(Q) is equivalent to a function g E Cb (S1) and for 0 E N satisfying 101 < m (4.147)
IID19IIc(n) <- c46IlfIIww(n),
where c46 > 0 is independent of f, i.e., WW(Q) C:; Cb (S2). If S2 is unbounded, then lim
X-+00' ZC-n
(DO9)(x) = 0,
,6 E N
,
IQ1 < M.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
184
Idea of the proof. It is enough to apply Theorem 12 to Dw f , where IQI < m, since by Theorem 6 DO f E W,'_1"1(Q) and inequality (4.105) holds. We note that conditions (4.142) and (4.146) are also necessary for the validity of (4.143) , (4.147) respectively. (See the proof of Theorem 14 below.)
Corollary 22 Let 1 < p < oo and let S1 C R' be an arbitrary open set. If 00
f E (l (Wp)'°`(S2), then f is equivalent to a function g E C°°(S2). Idea of the proof. Apply Corollary 20.
Remark 33 There exists do > 0 depending only on n, I and p such that for convex domains 1 satisfying D = diam S2 < do IIgIIc(n) S (meas Q) p Ilf ll-wa(n)
where IIfIIi (n) is the norm defined by (4.110), equivalent to IIfIIwi(n) (coin-
ciding if l = 1). The constant (meas1l)-p is sharp since for f =_ 1 equality holds.
This inequality follows from the proof of Theorem 12 if to start from the integral representation (3.65). Let, for a E S"-1, where S"-1 is the unit sphere in R", r(x, a) be the length of the segment of the ray {z E R" : z = x+ pa, 0 < 2 < oo} contained in Q. Then, for d(x, y) defined in Corollary 13 of Chapter 3, we have d(x, x + @a) = r(x, a). Hence r(z,o)
II Ixd " (,y)`ii
_ (p'(l -
_ (s1 (\
(d(x,x
1
,
Q"-1
Qa))p' on-1de)da) P
f (r(x,a))1p'+nda)°' < (p'(l -
sn-1
since n
J
f
(r(x, a))" do. = mess Q.
sn-1
Thus, by (3.65) and Holder's inequality, IIglIc(n) <_ (meal il)
; D I°I
ia
"°I
IIDwf IIL,(n)
4.6. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE C
+I(p'(1 -
pn))-7' E
185
ICI
a! IIDWfI1L,(n)),
IQI=1
and the desired statement follows. In the simplest case p = 1, 1 = n this inequality takes the form (3.66) and, hence, one can take do = 1.
Remark 34 There is one more case, in which the sharp constant in the inequality of the type (4.143) can be computed explicitly, namely I = R", p = 2. 1 > 2. In this case 7F.
I1911C(R-) -
(21r)-'v,,
l1
I
21
)'IIfIIw;(Rn)
(See Remark 8 of Chapter 1.) Equality holds if, and only if, for some A E C f(x) = A(F-'((1 + 1e121)-'))(x) (if ! = n = 1, then f (x) = B exp (- Ix l)) for almost all x E W. If ! = n = 1, this inequality coincides with (4.75) where p = 2. This follows since V f E WW(R) IIfIIL (R-) =
IIF-'Ffi1L_(R") =
(27r)-!2' 11 1 R"
< (2ir)-111FfIIL,(R^) = (2r)(27r)
II(1 +
II(1 +
_ (27r)-=
(1 +
ICI21)-j'
11(1 +
IL7W, ,
(f (1 +
I2 + IVhfl2) dx) a R^
R"
The desired inequality follows since by (4.116) 00
+IfI2)-tdC=a" f(1
f(1 R"
+e j')-1 e-1 do I
(1+®'t)-'=t
0 1r
=
21
J
V§ (1-t)N-1dt=
21
B(I
l
2!'2I1
0
- v"2Ti r(2!) rl1 - 2!)
(sin
2! ) In the second inequality equality holds, if, and only if, for some A E C we (0121)-1 for almost all C E R". (See footnote 11.) Since have (Ff)(C) = A(1 +
"" 2!
I f (Ff)(C) dCI = 11Ff IIL,(R"), equality holds also in the first inequality. R^
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
186
4.7 Embeddings into the space Lq Theorem 13 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo, 1 < R and let Sl C R" be an open set satisfying the cone condition. Moreover, 24 let q. be defined by
l = n(D - - ).
(4.148)
Then for each function f E Wa(0) (4.149)
Ilf IILq.(n) <- C47 II!IIw;(n)
where c47 > 0 is independent of f , i.e, W,(SZ) C; L9. (c ).
Idea of the proof. By Lemma 10 it is enough to prove (4.149) for bounded domains 11 with star-shaped with respect to a ball. Apply inequality (3.54) and Theorem 10 to prove (4.149) for such S1. 0
First proof (p > 1). Let S2 be a bounded domain star-shaped with respect to the ball B = B(xo, and let ddiam) = D. By (3.54) where Q = 0 z)
If(x)I <- M1(J IfIdy+E f I(D°f)(3l)I dy) lnI=l V,
B
Ix
-
(4.150)
yl°-1
for almost all x E 11, where Ml depends only on n, 1, d and D. By Holder's inequality f If I dy < (mess B) I I ! II L,(n) Hence B
IIfIILq.(n) <- M2 (11f IIL,(n) +
da(y)
II f x - yl^(i+a) R"
dyll[,o.(R"))'
I
where Da(y) = I(Dwf)(y)I if y E 11 and 6.(y) = 0 if y ¢ fl and M2 depends only on n, 1, p, d and D. By Theorem 10
fix - yl
dylIL(R) < MII'aIIL,(R") = MsIIDf IIL,(), q.
where M3 depends only on n, l and p. Thus (4.149) follows, where c47 depends
only on n, 1, p, d and D. Hence, by Lemma 10, the statement of Theorem 13 follows. 0 24 Often q. is called "the limiting exponent."
4.7. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE LQ
187
Remark 35 It is also possible to start, without using Lemma 10, from inequality (3.76) and argue in a similar way. (If 0 is unbounded, one should take into account that, by Remark 21 of Chapter 3, in (3.76) IllIIL,(R-) can be replaced by Ilf
Remark 36 By Holder's inequality and by the interpolation inequality 1-0 IIfIIL,(n) <- IlfIILD(n)IIfIIL, (n)+
(4.151)
where p < q < q. and 1 = v + 19-01 it follows that inequality (4.149) holds for open sets 12 satisfying t?ie cone condition if q, is replaced by q, where 1 < q < q. for bounded sets S2, p < q < q. for unbounded sets S2 respectively. This statement may be proved, including the case p = 1, by simpler means just by applying Young's inequality. By Lemma 10 it is enough to consider the case of bounded domains star-shaped with respect to a ball. Starting starting from (4.150) and (4.155), it is sufficient to note that
I(wf)'Y) II f Ix - yI -
dyII
L,(n)
<- II Ixl1-nllLrro-n) IIDwfIIL,(n)
and by (4.116)
2D
II Ixl'-'IIL,(n-n) <-
II
I ri1-nIILr(B(0,2D)) = (an f 9(l-n)r+n-1 de) 0
-)1
° (2D )!-"(n
l-n(y-Q
a
< 00.
Remark 37 For p = 1 inequality (4.149) cannot be proved by applying Theorem 12, which does not hold for p = 1. Moreover, in this case inequality (4.149) does not follow from (4.150). More than that, inequality (4.149) can not be proved by estimating separately the Lq.-norms of each summand in the remainder of Sobolev's integral representation (3.51) and not taking into account that D. *f are not arbitrary functions in Lp(1l) , but are the weak derivatives of a function f E Lp(SZ). For, let (Kaco)(y) =
f we(x, y) V.
W(y) dy.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
188
Then by (4.141) IIKaIIL,(n,-,L,.(n, = II
Wa(x, Y)X' (y) Ix_YI a
II
II La..:(n) II Loo.v(n)
and one can prove that IIKaIIL,(n)_*L..(n) = 00.
Idea of the second proof of Theorem 13. 1. Verify that by Lemma 11 and Theorem 3 of Chapter 6, it is enough to prove inequality (4.149) for SZ = W'.
2. Let S2 = R", n > 1. First suppose that l = 1 and p = 1. Then q. = n"1 Starting from the inequality n
n
Ifl n-I = [I Ifl"=' <_ II IIfIIim;=,(R)I
(4.152)
m=1
M=1
which holds almost everywhere on R, apply the one-dimensional embedding inequality (4.64) and the following variant of Holder's inequality for the product of functions gn, - g(xl, ..., xm-1)xm+1, ..., xn), which are independent of m-th variable: 25 1,
n
n
ri
(4.153)
1I
M=1
M=1
Here ft; is a space of (xl, ..., xm-1, xm+i, ..., xn) where x1 E R Obtain for f E Wp (Rn) the inequality 1
n
IIfIIL.(R") G 2
b Of l II \axm/wllt,(R")
(
(4.154)
2s This inequality can be easily proved by induction. On the other hand, it is a particular case of Holder's inequality for mixed Lp-norms, where p = (pl,...,pn) and IIfIIL,(R") =
which has the form k
k
II II fm1IL'(R") < H IIfrIIL,.,(R"), m=1
I.,
m=1
n
where An = (plm,..., pnm) are such that 1 < pjm < oo and E PJI- = 1,m = 1,...,k. It Is proved by successive application of the one-dimensional Holder's inequality. If pjm = n - 1 for j # m and pmm = co, we obtain (4.153).
4.7. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE LQ
189
3. If 1 = 1 and p > 1, apply (4.154) to If I{ with appropriate prove that for f E Co (R" ) "
2(n'p
> 0 and
nafll" ax-
(4.155 )
L..(R"1'
ll
4. If l > 1, apply induction and, finally, Lemma 2 of Chapter 2. Second proof (p > 1). 1. First let SZ be an open elementary domain with a Lipschitz boundary with the parameters d, D and M. (See Section 4.3.) Moreover, let T be an extension operator constructed in the proof in Theorem 3 of Chapter 6. By inequality (4.149) where ) = R" we get Mi IITI
IllllL,.(n) <_ IITfIIL,.(R") < M1IITfIIw,(R")
%2IlfIIwp(n).
Here Ml depends only on n, 1, p and M2 depends only on n, 1, p, d, D and M. Since q. > p, by Lemma 11 inequality (4.149) holds for each open set Il satisfying the cone condition.
2. Now let Q = R". First suppose that I = 1, p = 1 and let f E Wi (Ill"`). By (4.152), (4.64) and (4.153) we have s=d
IIfIIL(R") = II Ifi"=fIIL,(R")
II
2
n II II (ate
I
"nt
n
t
II rj
\(7x ).11L,.m(R) IILi(R")
)wDLt.sm(R) IILt(Rm t)
2
11 M=1
II
(8x
)tvIIL,(R").
3. Let I = 1 and 1 < p < n, then q. = n-p . Suppose that f E Co (R') and
f # 0. Since fort > 0 where
1(
)w1 = t If It-I Imo I
,
applying (4.154) to If It,
An' q., we have IIfIIL,.(R") =11IfI{IIL2t(R") = II n
(z) ii II(alf')w1IL(R") = (2) n II Ift By Holder's inequality II
IfIE-lax
IIL,(R') < 11
of
Ox
lfl,OX IIL,(R")
(R").
L.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
190
IIfII
.(R")Ilaf
IIL,(R")
Hence
IIf IIL,.(R") < (2) ` IIf IILq (R") r,
m=1
II
t9fMIIL
a(R")*
Since 0 < IIf IIL,.(R") < oo and 1 - I'- = 1, we obtain (4.155).
4. Next suppose that p > 1,1 < 1 < a and f E Co (R"). We define the - iq,_,). exponents q1, ..., qq-1 by 1 =9jn(1 9- 1), 1 = n(1 0 - 9, ), ..., 1 = n(1 D
i
Applying (4.155) successively, we get n
of
IIfIIL,.(R")_<M1 m,=11
...
n
n
< M1
II 8xm,IL,I(R")<
mE1...
mr
0 f m ...l7xm, IILy(R") IIC7x,
M1+1 E II D°f IIL,(Rn) = M1+1 IIf
IIt4(Ra)
,
1°i=1
where M1, ..., M1+1 depend only on n, I and p. Finally, taking into consideration
Lemma 2 of Chapter 2 and passing to the limit, it follows that this inequality holds Vf E WW(R"). O
Remark 38 Inequality (4.149) for S1 = R", n > 1, 1 = 1, 1 <_ p < n (steps 2 and 3 in the second proof of Theorem 13) can also be proved with the help of the
spherically symmetric rearrangements f' of functions If I defined by f'(x) = sup{t µ(t) > V. IxI"}, where u(t) = mess{x E IV : If (x)I > t}. Clearly f' (x) = g(Ix1). The following properties of f' are essential: IIf'IIL,(R") = IIf IIL,(R") , 15 P:5 00
(4.156)
Ilowf'IIL,(R") <_ IIVwfllL,(R"), 1 < p < 00.
(4.157)
and
Another tool is Hardy's inequality of the form IIx°+;-
1f(x)IIL,(o,00) <- C48IIx°f'(x)IIL,,(o,oo),
(4.158)
4.7. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE LQ
where 1 < p < q < coo, a >
191
, f is locally absolutely continuous on (0, oo)
and lim f (x) =0. W e note that f o r q = q. = p, 1
0 00 (J If(x)I°'xn-1dx)9
(f 0
1
(4.159)
If'(x)IPxn-1dx)°.
0
Applying (4.156), (4.116) and (4.159), we have
f
00
IIfIILq.(R^) = IIf*IIL..(R") = (an
I9(e)IQ- en-1 de)
0 00
< an v.
p
t
c49(an f I9,(e)IP en-' de) p = an ^ CO IIVwf`IILp(R^) 0
Hence by (4.157)
IIf IILg.(R") <- C50 IIVwf IILp(Rn) ,
(4.160)
where c5o = an ^ c49 and (4.149) follows. Moreover, it is also possible to prove that the minimal value of c5o in (4.160)
is equal to 7r-
n-o (p -
n-p
111-0
r(z + 1)r(n)
r(p)r(1+y)J
(If p = 1, one must pass to the limit as p - 1+.) In the case p > 1 equality in (4.160) holds if, and only if, f o r some a, b > 0 If (x) I = ( a + everywhere on R".
-; almost
Remark 39 As in Remark 33 it can be proved that there exists d0 depending only on n, 1, p and q satisfying 1 < q < q. such that for convex domains fZ satisfying D diam SZ < do IIfIIL.(n) 5 (meas0)9-D IIfIIwa(n),
where the constant (mess fl) 9 - a is sharp. To obtain this inequality one should apply the inequality
(f I f k(x, y) f(y) dyI° dx)1 < A IIf IILp(n), G
A
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
192
where
1 1-1 ,(n)sup Ilk(., 01111,(G) yEc
A =sup MEG
Sl C R' and G C R" are measurable sets, k is a measurable function on G x SE, 1 < p < q < oo and + (The proof is similar to the standard proof of Young's inequality (4.115).) As in Remark 33 one can prove that for convex domains St and k(x, y) _ q.
d(z,y " Iz-yl^_
A < (r(l - n(p -
! Q)))
Hence by (3.65)
_i
IIfIIL,(n) -
(measSt)1 o(E
i
D1al
a( IIDwfIIL,(n)
lal
+,(-,(r(l-n(p-q)))
3
IIDwfIIL(n)
lal=(
and the desired statement follows.
Corollary 23 Let I E N, m E 1%, 1 < p, q < oo, m < 1 < m + -y and let 0 C 1[i" be an open set satisfying the cone condition. Moreover, let q. be defined by
1=m+n(p-q),
(4.161)
1 < q < q. if Cl is bounded and p < q < q. if Sl is unbounded. Then V f E Wp(Q) for ,B E N satisfying 1131 = m (4.162)
IIDwfIIL,(n) <- C51IIfIIW,(n),
where csl > 0 is independent of f, i.e., WW (11) c Wy (SZ).
Idea of the proof. Apply Theorem 6 and 13 to D.Of, Holder's inequality if Cl is bounded, and the interpolation inequality (4.151) if SZ is unbounded.
Corollary 24 Letl E N, 1
II Dwf IIL,(n) 5 cat 6 `-m-"(-) Ill IIL,(n) + e II f IIW;(n)
,
(4.163)
4.7. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE LQ
193
where 0 < e < co and c52 > 0 is independent off and E. Furthermore, 3(i-m-n(n-y))
IIDwf IIL,(n) <- c53 IIf IIL,(n)
7(m+n(p-y)) IIf IIw, (n)
(4.164)
where c53 > 0 is independent of f. If 0 = R" or, more generally, Q is an arbitrary infinite cone defined by
Q={xEW:x=pv,0<e
(4.165)
where S is an arbitrary open (with respect to Sn-1) subset of S"-', then inequality (4.163) holds for an arbitrary e > 0 and in inequality (4.164) IIf Ilwp(n) can be replaced by IIfIIw;(n)
Idea of the proof. If 1 has the the form (4.165), then inequality (4.163) may be obtained by applying (4.162) to f (ex), e > 0, since cQ = Q. Inequality (4.164) follows from (4.163) by minimization with respect to e. To obtain (4.163) for an 11 having a Lipschitz boundary, apply the extension theorem of Chapter 6
(Theorem 3 and Remark 16) and (4.163) for l = R". If Q satisfies the cone condition, apply, in addition, Lemma 6 and Corollary 13. Inequality (4.164) is derived from (4.163) as in the proof of the one-dimensional inequality (4.43). 0 Proof. If S2 has a Lipschitz boundary, then by Theorem 3 and Remark 16 of
Chapter 6, for ally > 0, IIDwfIIL,(n) 5 IIDwTfIIL,(R^) <M1y-'IITIIo
<
_
MIy-6IITfIIL,(R-)+7IITfIIw,(Rw)
IlfIIL,(n) +yIITIIjIIfIIw,(n)
(Mly-6
IITIIo + y IITII1) If IIL,(n) +,y IITIIh Ilf 11.,(n)
Here 6 = (m + n(I - !))(l - m - n(I -
q))-', T is the extension operator constructed in Theorem 3 of Chapter 6, IITIIo - its norm as an operator acting from Lp(1) in Lp(R") and IITII: - its norm as an operator acting from Wp(f1) to WW(R"). Both IITIIo and IITIIh depend only on n, 1, p and the parameters of the Lipschitz boundary. Setting 7IIT II+ = e and noticing that Miry 'IITIIo+7IITII: 5
M2e-6 if 0 < e < co, we get IIDwfIIL,(n) 5
M2e-6IIfIIL,(n)+eIlfIlwo(n)
,
where M2 depends only on n, 1, p, q, eo and the parameters of the Lipschitz boundary.
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
194
Next suppose that Q satisfies the cone condition. By Lemma 6 there exist elementary domains Ilk, k = 7s, such that Sl = U Ilk, where s E N for bounded k
St and s = oo for unbounded Q. They have Lipschitz boundaries with the same
parameters, and the multiplicity of the covering x = x({Slk} k) is finite if
.l
St is unbounded. Consequently for each k = 1, s II D!f IIL,(n,,) 55 M2
E_6
IIf IIL,(nk) + E IIf IIv,(n.)
and, by Corollary 13, II Dwf IIL,(n) <- xo (M2
E_6
IIf IIL,(n) + E IIf Ilwp(n))
hence, (4.163) follows.
To prove (4.164) we set E. _ Of IIL,(n) If IIp(n))£° where 1; = i (l - m n (I
- q))
.
If e. < E0, then (4.164) follows from (4.163) directly. If E, > ED,
then IIf Ilw;(n) 5 Eo c IIf IIL,(n) and by (4.163) IIDWfIIL,(n) <- Ma IIfIIL,(n) <- Ma IIf IIi,(n) IIf Ilwp(n)
where M4 is independent of f. Hence (4.164) follows.
Corollary 25 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo, l < m + v and let 11 be defined by (4.165). Then V f E W,(Sl) for Q E 1
satisfying 1#1 = m
IIDwf IILq.(n) <- C51 IIf 114(n) -
Idea of the proof. Applying (4.162) to f (Ex) where E > 0 work out that II D°wf IIL,(n) <- C51 (E-' If IIL,(n) + Ilf IIi,(n))
and pass to the limit as a - oo.
Theorem 14 Let I E N, m E N0i 1 < p, q < oo and let 11 be an open set satisfying the cone condition. Then the embedding W,(Q) C; WV- (0)
(4.166)
in the case of bounded Sl holds if, and only if,
l > m + p for q = oo, 1 < p < oo
,
(4.167)
4.7. EMBEDDINGS INTO THE SPACE LQ
195
or
l>m+n(p-q) for q=oo,p=1 or q
(4.168)
In the case of unbounded SI if, and only if, in addition, q > p. Moreover, embedding (4.166) is compact if, and only if, SI is bounded and
l > m + n(p - Q).
(4.169)
Idea of the proof. Apply Corollaries 20 and 21, Example 8 of Chapter 1 and, for q < p, modify the function defined by (4.85). As for compactness, apply Corol-
laries 17 and 24 and modify the sequences defined by (4.86) and in Example
1.0 Proof. 1. If conditions (4.167) or (4.168) are satisfied, then embedding (4.166) follows from Corollaries 20 and 21.
Let us assume without loss of generality that 0 E Q. Suppose that I < m + n (1-1), then 26 there exists p satisfying I - o < p < n - a , which is not a nonnegative integer. By Example 8 of Chapter 1 JxJ" E W,(Q) but JxV' V Wq (SI), and it follows that embedding (4.166) does not hold. Next
suppose that l = m + p, q = oo and 1 < p < oo. Let 0 < v < 1 - 1. By Example 8 of Chapter 1 xm(I In JxJ I)" E WP(Q) but clearly this function does not belong to WW(SI). Hence again embedding (4.166) does not hold. Let q < p and let SI be unbounded. Since SI satisfies the cone condition,
there exists p > 0 and disjoint balls B(xk, p) C 1, k E N. We set f (x) _ 00 E k-a77(l), where 77 E Co (RI), suppr C B(0,1) and p $ 0. Then, as in k=l
the proof of Theorem 5, f E WW'(SI) but f 0 WQ (SI), hence embedding (4.166) does not hold. 2.
If condition (4.169) is satisfied, then the compactness of embedding
(4.166) follows from Corollaries 17 and 24.
If SI is bounded and I < m + n P - 4) , consider the sequence fk (x) _ ( ko-1r/(kx) where k E N. Then IIfktIwl(n) <- lI77IIwl(R"). Suppose that, for some g E W.'(11) and some subsequence fk, , fk. -* g in WQ (SI). Since fk,(x) -+ 0 as s -+ oo for all x 0 0, it follows that g - 0. On the other hand, Ilfk.llw, (n) >-
k'"+(a-a)-IIIB
. Hence fk, -o+ 0 in WQ (SI). 1
I)
a(R")
26 We note that the necessity of the inequality ! > m + n (D - a) also follows for 1 < p,q < oo and f1 = R" by comparison of the differential dimensions of spaces WW(R") and Wa (R"). See footnote 14 of Chapter 1. With slight modifications a similar argument works for open sets f1 34 R".
CHAPTER 4. EMBEDDING THEOREMS
196
If SZ is unbounded, consider, as in step 1, the disjoint balls B(xk, p) and
set ft(x) = (!). As in Example 1, fk does not contain a subsequence convergent in Wy (S2).
Next let us consider in more detail the case I = p. By Theorem 14, for an open set 0 satisfying the cone condition, it follows that Wp (S2) C L,(S2) for a each p < q < oo. However, Wp (0) ¢ L,,. This statement may be improved in the following way.
Theorem 15 Let 1 < p < oo, n E N and let Sl be a bounded open set satisfying the cone condition. Then there exists c34 > 0 depending on n, p and the parameters r, h > 0 of the cone condition such that V f E Wp (S2), f x 0,
J
exp (c541
IIf II
fa
JP)
dx <
oo.
(4.170)
wo (n)
Idea of the proof. Apply inequality (3.76), Remark 21 of Chapter 3 and Theorem 11.13
Proof. By (3.76) and Remark 21 of Chapter 3 for almost every x E SZ
If(x)I <_ Mi(IIfIIL,(n)+I0 *W), where w(x) _ E I (Dw f) (x) I for x e SZ and cp(x) = 0 for x 0 0. Since Ial=; IIWIIL,(R) <_ IIf IIwD (n), we have
If(x)I )P
(Ill
II
wia (n)
<Mz 1+ IxI3* (
Here M1, M2 > 0 depend only on n, p and the parameters r, h of the cone condition. Hence inequality (4.170) where ccd = M2 v;1 follows from (4.141).
Remark 40 The cone condition in Theorems 12-15 is not necessary but is sufficiently sharp, because for the domain considered in Example 6 of Chapter 3 these theorems do not hold for any ry E (0,1). See Remark 19 and Example 1 of Chapter 6.
Chapter 5 Trace theorems 5.1
Notion of the trace of a function
Let f E Ll0c(R") where n > 1. We would like to define the trace tr f =_ tr,m f f lam of the function f on Wn where 1 < m < n.
We shall represent each point x E Rn as a pair x = (u, v) where u = (xl, ..., x,n), v = (xm+i, ..., xn) and suppose that RI(v) is the tn-dimensional subspace of points (u, v), where v is fixed and u runs through all possible values. We shall also write Rm for R'" (0) if this will not cause ambiguity.
If f is continuous, it is natural to define the trace tr f as a restriction of the function f : (tr f)(u) = f (u, 0), u E R"'. However, this way of defining the trace does not make sense for an arbitrary function f E Li°C(Rn), since actually it is defined only up to a set of n-dimensional measure zero. In fact, one can easily construct two functions f, h E Ll°C(R" ), which are equivalent on R", but
f (u, 0) 96 h(u, 0) for all u E R'". Finally, it is natural to define the traces themselves up to a set of m-dimensional measure zero. The above is a motivation for the following requirements for the notion of the trace on R" of a function f E Lll°C(R"): 1) a trace g E Li"(Rn), 2) if g E L'i C(R'n) is a trace of f, then 0 E L'i C(Rm) is also a trace of f, if and only if, t/' is equivalent to g on R'n,
3) if g is a trace of f and his equivalent to f on R", then g is also a trace of h, 4) if f is continious , then f (u, 0) is a trace of f .
Definition 1 Let f E Lj-(R") and g E Li°C(Rm). The function g is said to be a trace of the function f if there exists a function h equivalent to f on Rn,
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
198
which is such that 1
h(-, v) -r
in LiOC(R'") as v -+ 0.
(5.1)
Clearly the requirements 1)-4) are satisfied. In fact, if g is a trace of f and in L oc(Rm) and tP is also v) is equivalent to g, then (5.1) implies a trace of f . Next suppose that both g and tp are traces of f , then we have 0 for some H - f on R". We v) -4 (5.1) and also
note that for each compact K C R' 119 - lJIIL,(K) <-
+
v) - 911 L,(K)
v) - bIIL,(K)
v) - H(., v)IIL,(K) +
v) on W" for almost all v E R"-'". Hence, v) N there exists a sequence {vs}sEN, v, E R"-', such that v, -+ 0 as s -+ oo and
Since h - H on R",
119 - tIIL,(K) <- IIh(-, v,) - 9IIL,(K) + IIH(., v8) - tIIIL,(K)
On letting s -4 oo, we establish that g Finally, if f is continuous, then
on R.
I If (u, v) - f (u, 0) I I L,.4(K) <_ mess K maKx If (u, v) - f (u, 0)1.
Hence, 11f
v) - f (', 0) I IL,(K) -* 0 as v -+ 0 because f is uniformly continuous 0) is a trace of f .
on K x B,, where Bi is the unit ball in R"-m. Thus, f
Theorem 1 Let Z(R") be a semi-normed space of functions defined on R" such that 1) Z(R") (::L1°c(R") and
2) C00(R) fZ(R") is dense in Z(R"). Suppose that 1 < m < n and for each compact K C R'" there exists cl(K) > 0 such that V f E COO(R") fl Z(R") and Vv E R"'" satisfying Ivi 5 1 ci(K) IIfiIz(R-).
(5.2)
Then V f E Z(RI) there exists a trace off on W. 1 One may include the case m = 0, considering a number g satisfying h(v) - g as v - 0.
5.1. NOTION OF THE TRACE OF A FUNCTION
199
Idea of the proof. Consider a function f E Z(R) and a sequence of functions fk E C°°(R") n Z(R"), k E N such that fk --' f in Z(R") as k -* oo. Applying (5.2) to fk - f prove that Vv E R"-" : IvI < 1 there exists a function gv defined on Rm such that v) -+ g,, in L'°C(Rm) as k - oo. Define h(u, v) = g. (u), (u, v) E R", and prove that the functions h and g =- go satisfy Definition 1.
Proof. Let B,., b,. be open balls in R"', R"-.m respectively, of radius r centered at the origin. By (5.2) with fk - f, replacing f and BN, N E N, replacing K, it follows that v) v) -+ 0 in Ll (BN) as k, s -1 0o for all v E B1 and all N E N. By completeness of Ll(BN) there exists a function q,,,N E Ll(BN) such that in Ll(BN). Consider any function 9v - 9,,,N on BN for all N E N. Such a function exists because g,,,N - g,,,N+1 on BN. This follows by passing to the limit in the inequality p
IIgv,N - fk(., v)II L1(BN) + Ilfk(', V) - 9v,N+l IIL1(B,N+1)'
II9v,N - gv,N+1II L1(BN)
Clearly, fk(.,v) -> g° in Ll°`(R") as k -+ oo and, hence, for the function h, defined by h(u, v) =gn(u), (u, v) E R", we have fk(.,v) -* v) in L'°C(Rm) for all v E B1. f v) On the other hand, v E B1. This follows since by the Fatou and Fubini theorems and condition 1)
J
(liminfJ Ifk(u,v)- f(u,v)Idu)dv BN
B1
< lim inf f k-+oo
(f I fk(u, v) - f (u, v) I du) dv
B1
= lim
k- oo
J
B,v
Ifk(u,v)-f(u,v)Idudv=0.
BN x B1
Thus f v) is equivalent to v) on Rm for almost all v E B1. Consequently, by Fubuni's theorem, 2 f is equivalent to h on Rm x B1. Furthermore, by the continuity of a semi-norm, on letting s -+ oo in (5.2), where f is replaced by fk - f we get Ilfk(', v) -
v)II L,(K) 5 c1(K)Ilfk - f IIZ(R").
2Fbr, let e" = {(u,v) E Rm x 61 : f(u,v) # h(u,v)} and e, (v) = {u E Rm : f(u,v) # h(u,v)}. Then meas"e" = f (measme,"(v))dv = 0. B,
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
200
Therefore
Ilh(', v) - 9IIL,(K) = Ilh(', v)
- h(., O)IIL,(K) <- IIh(', v) - fk(', v)II L,(K)
+Ilfk(', v) - fk(', 0)II L,(K) + Ilfk(', 0) - h(', 0)II L,(K) < 2 cl (K)Ilfk - f IIz(R") + meal K maKx lfk(u, v) - fk(u, 0)1.
Given e > 0, we choose kE E N such that for k = k,. the first summand is less than z. Since fks is uniformly continuous on K x Ell, there exists ,y = -y(e) > 0 such that for lvI < y the second summand is also less than z and v) - 9II L,(K) -4 0 as v -> 0 and h(., v) -* g 1l9(', v) - 9ll L,(K) < e. Hence in L'-(R-). Thus, by Definition 1, g is a trace on R" of the function f. 0 I
Remark 1 On replacing f by fk in'(5.2) and letting k -> oo, we establish that Vf E Z(R") IltrfIIL,(K) <_ cl(K)Ilfllz(R").
Moreover, it follows that dfk E C°O(R")nZ(R"),k E N, satisfying fk - f in f in L1°°(Rm). Z(R") as k a oo we have Corollary 1 In addition to the assumptions of Theorem 1, let the following condition be satisfied
3) if f E Z(R" ), then Vv E Rn-- f
v) E Z(R") and
v)IIZ(R") = Ilf IIZ(R")
Suppose that for each compact K C R"-'" there exists c2(K) > 0 such that
Vf E C°°(R")nZ(R")
llf
0)IIL,(K) <- c2(K) Ilf llz(R").
(5.3)
Then V f E Z(R") there exists a trace on R"'.
Idea of the proof. Given f E Z(R"), apply (5.3) to the function f,,, defined by f v), which by condition 3) lies in Z(R"), and verify that inequality (5.2) is satisfied for all v E R"-'". 0
5.2. EXISTENCE OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
5.2
201
Existence of the traces on subspaces
Theorem 2 Let 1, m, n E N, m < n and 1 < p < oo. Then traces on Rm exist for all f E W,(R") if, and only if, for 1 < p < oo, I> n-m P
l > n - m for p=1,
(5.4)
i.e., if, and only if, Wy(R"-m) C3 C(R"-m).
Idea of the proof. If (5.4) is satisfied, write the inequality corresponding to embedding (5.5) for functions f (u, ) with fixed u, and take Lp norms with respect to u. Next use Theorem 1. If (5.4) is not satisfied, starting from Example 8 of Chapter 1, construct counter-examples, considering the functions fe(u, v) = Ivlp 771(u) 7k(v) if I < n PM and g.1(u, v) = I in lvI I" nl (u) *i2(v) if
I = "pm, 1 < p < oo. Here 77, E Co (R"),, E Co (R"-m) are "cap-shaped" functions such that nl = 1 on B1, rh = 1 on B1, where B1, B1 are the unit balls in Rm, R"-m respectively. Proof. Sufficiency. Let (5.4) be satisfied. First suppose that 1 < p < oo. Then Vf E C°°(R") nWW(R"), by Theorem 12, we have that for almost all u E Rm if (u10)1 <- M, (11f (u,17)
IIL,,,(R"-m) +
E II(D(°1) f)(u, n) IIL,,,(R"-m)) 171=1
where ry = ('y.+1, ..., ryn) E N _ and M1 depends only on n - m, p and 1. By
Fubuni's theorem both the left-hand and the right-hand sides are measurable with respect to u on Rm. By Minkowski's inequality and Fubuni's theorem we get on taking LP-norms 11f (U,
+E II
0)IIL,,.(Rm)
<- M1 (II 11f (U,
n)IIL,.,,(Rn-m)IIL,,,(Rm)
II(D(°,ry)f)(u,rl)IIL,.,,(Rn m)IIL,,.(Rm)) <-
M1IIfIIw;(Rn).
I'YI=1
Consequently, by Corollary 1, it follows that each function f E W, (R") has a trace on Rm.
Necessity. Let I < n pm and I - n pm < [3 < 0. Then, by Example 8 of Chapter 1, fp E WP(R"). On the other hand for each g E L;0c(Rm) and V E .B , by the triangle inequality, Ilfs(, v) - 9IIL,(B,) ? IvI" 117h 111,1(%) - II91IL,(B,) _+ 00
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
202
as v -a 0. Hence the trace of fp does not exist. If l = "p'",1 < p < oo and 0 < -y < 1 - p, then, by Example 8 of Chapter 1, g, E Wp(R"), but a similar argument shows that the trace of gg on R" does not exist. 0
Remark 2 Assume that (5.4) is satisfied. By Remark 1 it follows that for each f E Wp(R") the trace tr f E Lp(Rm) and (5.6)
IltrfllL,(R-) <_ c3IIfIIw;(R"),
where c3 > 0 depends only on m, n, p and 1. Moreover, if f E Coo (R") n WW(R" )
are such that fk -+ fin Wp(R"), then f(., 0) -* tr f in Lp(R"`). Thus, if we consider the trace space
tr..Wp(R") = {tr f, f E Wp(R")} _ {g E Li°c(R") : 3f E Wp(R") : tr f = g}, then
tr1mWp(R") C Lp(R").
(5.7)
The problem is to describe the trace space. In order to do this we need to introduce appropriate spaces with, in general, noninteger orders of smoothness.
5.3
Nikol'skii-Besov spaces
It can be proved that for I E N,1 < p < oo the definition of Sobolev spaces Wp(R") is equivalent to the following one: f E Wp(R") if, and only if, f is measurable on R" and 3 IIf IIL,(R") +
SUP
hER",h00
IIOhf II `,(R")
< 00.
Ihl
This definition can easily be extended to the case of an arbitrary positive l: one may define the space of functions f, measurable on R", which are such that Ilf IIL,(R") +
sup hER",h#0
IIAhf II11400) < 00,
Iht
where aENand0
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES
203
(as in the case of noninteger 1). 4 Moreover, an additional parameter will be introduced, providing more delicate classification of the spaces with order of smoothness equal to 1.
Definition 2 Let l > 0, or E N, a > 1, 1 < p, 9 < oo. The function f belongs to the Nikol'skiT-Besov space BB,e(R") if f is measurable on R" and IIf IIB, (R") = IIf IILp(R") + Ilfllblp,,(R") < 00,
where
Ilfllbp.,(R") -
(l
(Iloh jhl1 R^))BIhn) I
Rn
if1<0
sup hER",hoO
Ilohfll ,(Rn) Ihl
This definition is independent of a > I as the following lemma shows.
Lemma 1 Let l > 0, 1 < p, 9 < oo. Then the norms 6 II IIB,,,(R") corresponding to different a E N satisfying a> I are equivalent. Idea of the proof. Denote temporarily semi-norms (5.9) and (5.10) corresponding to a by II II(°). It is enough to prove that II II(°) and II II(°+') are equivalent on L (R") where a > 1. Since Iloh+'fIILp(R") 2IIAAfIIL,(R"), it follows that II
< 211
ll(°)
To prove the inverse inequality start with the case
0 < I < 1, a = 1 and apply the following identity for differences ohf = 2 1&21.f - 2 Ohf,
(5.10)
which is equivalent to the obvious identity 6 x - 1 = 2(x2 - 1) - 2(x - 1)2 for polynomials. To complete the proof deduce a similar identity involving A"f, Ashf and ph+l f. Proof. 1. Suppose that 0 < l < 1 and Ill 11(2) < oo. By (5.11) we have IlohfllL,(R") <- 2Ilo2hfllLp(R") + 2IIohfIlLp(R")
(5.11)
4 The main reason for this is Theorem 3 below, which otherwise would not be valid. 5 See footnote 1 on page 12. 6Here x replaces the translation operator Eh where h E R" ((Ehf)(y) = f (y+h), y E R').
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
204
First let 8 = oo. Denote W(h) = h E R", h 0 0. Then it follows that
IhI-1llohf 1IL,(R^) (Clearly, W(h) < oo for all
cp(h) < 2'-',p(2h) + 2-'1If lI(2) Consequently, Vk E N
W(h) <2'-'(2'-'cp(4h)+2-'IIfIl(2))+2-'IIfII(2) <... < 2('-')ktp(2k h) + 2-' II f II(2) (1 + 21-1+...+
2(1-1)k)
< 2('-1)ktp(2kh) + (2 - 21)-1IIf 11(2).
Let k be such that 2klhl > 1, then cp(2kh) <- I1o2khf IlL w.) 5 211f IIL,(R^) Hence, co(h) <-
2(-')"+1llf IIL,(R-) + (2
- 21)-' Ilf II(2).
On letting k - oo, we get 11f11') < (2 - 21)-1IIfII(2) Thus, (2 - 21)Ilf11(1) <- Ilfll(2) 5 211f110).
(5.12)
If 1<8
(F) - (J
(ll.hf DDL,(R") l0 dh )id ' FhI" Ihi'
(hl>c
Since 11Ahf IIL,(R^) <- 211f IIL,(R^), +G(r) < oo for all e > 0. From (5.12) it follows,
after substituting 2h = 77, that ',(e) < 2'-'V5(2e) + 2-' 11f 1j(2),
and a similar argument leads to the same inequality (5.13). then 2. If (x - 1)° = 2-0(x2 - 1)° + (x - 1)0-2-0 (X2 - 1)° = 2°(x2 - 1)-0 + P°-1(x)(x - 1)°}',
where
P°-1(x) = -2-°(x - 1)-1((x + 1)° - 2°) = -2-0 s=1
Hence,
An f = 2'A &f + P°-,(Eh)Or+l f
3
) (x - 1)8-1.
205
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES and, since IIEhIIL,(R^)-*LP(R^) = 1,
II' hf IIL,(R") <- 2-°Ilozhf IIL,(R") + 2-°-1(3° - 1)IIOn+1f IIL,(R^)
The rest is similar to step 1. We shall prove next that the norm 11 ' IIB,',(R") is equivalent to a similar norm containing the modulus of continuity U4(6,f)P = SUP IIAhfIIL,(R") Ihj
To do this we need several auxilary statements.
Lemma 2 (Hardy's inequality) Let 1 < p < oo and a < 1 . Then for each function f measurable on (0, oo)
Ilto t f If I dXDIL,(o,oo)
(; - a)-1IIx°f (xW IIL,(o
)
(5.13)
0
Idea of the proof. Substitute x = yt, apply Minkowski's inequality for integrals
and substitute t = y. Proof. We have
i
t
IIta
1t
f
If(x)I dx L,(0,oo)
=
I
II f t°If (yt)l dy
L,(0oo)
0
0
1
<- f Ilt° f (yt) II L,.,(0,c) = f y-°+o dy IIx°f (x) IIL, o,.) 0
a)-'IIx°f (x)II L,(o,oo).
a)-' in (5.14) is sharp. One may verify this Remark 3 The constant considering the family of functions fj where 0 < 6 < p(, - a), defined by
fs(x)=Ofor0<x< 1 and fs=x-°-19 forx> 1. 7 Since f is measurable on (0, oo), the function F(y, t) :=if (yt)I is measurable on (0, oo) x (0, oo) and we can apply Minkowski's inequality for integrals.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
206
Corollary 2 Let 1 < p < oo and a < n - 1. Then for each function f measurable on Rn
llta vn n f If l dxll Lp(0,oo) <
C4
np' f(X) 11 Lp(R-),
1 1 IxI
(5.14)
Ixl
where c4 > 0 is independent of f. Idea of the proof. If n = 1, apply inequality (5.13) and its variant for the case, in which in the left-hand side the integral over (0, t) is replaced by the integral over (-t, 0) and in the right-hand side the norm 11 - IIL9(o,.) is replaced by II IILD(-,,,o). If n > 1, take spherical coordinates, apply Minkowski's inequality, inequality (5.13) and Holder's inequality. Proof. Let n > 1. Then by (5.13) llta vn n f If I dxllLv(O,oo) Izl
= Ilt°
1
vntn
f
S.-t
f
o Sn-,
t
(J?-'If
de)
Lpj(O,-)
0
llta-("-')
t
f 0
< (vn(n - p - a))-' f lleaf
(ef)IILn.,(0,.) dSn-'
Sn-1
<- (vn(n - 1 - a))-'u
(f(f S.-,
Q
I f (g)I p) dSn-'
0
-c411 lxla n=f(x)IIL,(R.).
Next we generalize the trivial identity
(Ohf)(x) = 04) (x)+(Ah-nf)(x+n), where x, h, rl E Rn to the case of differences of order o > 1.
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES
207
Lemma 3 Let a E Rl, h, r) E R" and f E Lia(R" ). Then for almost all x E R" E(-1)°-k (k) ((Ok, f)(x
(Ahf)(x) =
+ (a - k)h)
k=1
kf)(x + krl)).
(5.15)
Idea of the proof. Replacing the translation operators Eh and Es by y and z respectively, it is enough to prove the following identity for polynomials
r(-1)17-k (k) (zk - 1)°y°-k - (-1)k (k) (y - zk)°. 0 (5.16)
(y k=1
/
k=1
Proof. Identity (5.16) is equivalent to the identity
(-1)°-k (0k I (zk - 1)°y°-k = (-1)°-k I k) (zk - y)° k=0
\
k=0
II
which is clear since both its sides are equal to
(-1) k+m k,m-0
km
( 0101 k) (m) z
y
°-k. 0
Corollary 3 Let a E IV, h, 77 E R1, I < p < oc and f E Lp(R" ). Then IlohfIIL,(R^)
k (k) (IloenfliLp(R^) +
(5.17)
Idea of the proof. Apply (5.16), Minkowski's inequality for sums and the invariance of the norm II . IIL,(R^) with respect to translations. 0
Lemma 4 Let a E N, 1 < p < oo. Then for all functions measurable on R" and dh E iR" II'
f IIL,(R^) <_
v, hI" l Inl
where c5 > 0 is independent of f.
II'
f IILp(R^) A,
(5.18)
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
208
Idea of the proof. Integrate inequality (5.17) with respect to 77 E B(2, Proof. If n E B(2,1l), then 1, h - kv E B(0, IhI), k = I,-, o. Hence, by substituting a = , h - _ e respectively, we have l1).
v,(I2I)"IIohfIIL,(R^) <- 2 (k) \k/n J IIo{fIIL,(R^)S IfISIhI
Thus II
hf
- 2(2ovnlhn- 1) f
o
I,iI5lhI
Corollary 4 Let o E N,1 < p < oo afnd f E Lp(Rn). Then w°(t, f )p <-
vn l
II1
' 17
f IIL,(R^)
±17
(5.19)
1771n'
I+iI
Idea of the proof. Direct application of inequality (5.18). We note also two simple inequalities for modulae of continuity, which follow by Corollary 8 of Chapter 3: (5.20)
w°(b,f)p <_ 2°IIfII1,(Rn) and
w°(5,f)p: c45`IIf1Iw;(R^),
where 1, o E N, l < a,1 < p < oo and c4 = 2°-ini-1. We shall also apply the following property: (5.21)
w°(sb,1)9 S (s+1)°w,(5,f)p,
where s > 0. Ifs E N, it follows, with s° replacing (s + 1)1, from the identity 8 e-1
-1
d,=0
,,=o
and Minkowski's inequality. If s > 0, then
w°(s5,f),<_w°(Qs]+1)5,f)p<_Qs)+1)°w°(5,f)p
(s+1)°w°(5,1)9.
8 It follows, by induction, from the case 8 = 1, in which it is obvious.
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES
209
Lemma 5 Let l > 0, a E N, a > l,1 < p, 9 < oo. The norm 00
IIfIIBl(R^) = IllIILp(R")+ (f
dt1 1
),
(5.22)
1
0
is an equivalent norm on the space B,,e(R").
Idea of the proof. Since, clearly, Ilohf1lL9(R^) < wo(jhl, f)p, the estimate 11f11 Bp B(R*) < M1II f II B B(R^), where M1 is independent of f , follows directly
by taking spherical coordinates. To obtain an inverse estimate apply inequalities (5.19) and (5.14). Proof. In fact, by (5.19)
0
r f (wa(61f)p)8 l
`0 `
) ) < M2IItn_1-,vn
n
f
InI-"Ilonf IILp(R^) d'jII
L. (50)'
Inl<e
where M2 is independent of f. Since I > 0, the assumptions of Corollary 2 are satisfied and by (5.14) IIf il(l) B' .O R") <_ Ill IIL,(R") + M311 InI-1 a llonf IILp(x")IIL,(0,.) < M4II f IIB;(R"):
where M3, M4 are independent of f .
Since the modulus of continuity is a nondecreasing function, it is possible to define equivalent norms on the space BB,e(Rn) in terms of series.
Lemma 6 Let l > 0, a E Pi, a > l,1 < p, 9 < oo. The the norms II tii(2)
_ 11 ell
._
.-
00
k=1
(1
e1
k, J)) kl
8
(5.23)
and
Ilfll(BP'(..) = IllIIL,(R^)+
L k =1
are equivalent norms on the space Bp9(R").
flp1e
(5.24)
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
210
Idea of the proof. Apply (5.21) and the following inequalities for nondecreasing nonnegative functions p and a E R: 1
00
csEka-1`p(k) < rx'
(x)
_
k=2
k=1
and C7
00
2-kap(2-k)
fxP(x)
k=2
f x
°
00
2-k°tp(2-k),
-< cg k=1
where c5,..., c8 > 0 are independent of W.
Remark 4 The norm II IIB;,,(R.) is the "weakest" of the considered equivalent norms on the space BP,B(R") and the norm II IlBlpe R,) (or any of its variants II . II (Bp
(xn) or
II
II(B? B(R)) is the "strongest" one, since the estimate II IIB;,,(Rn) <
M1 II . (I(' (R") is trivial, while the inverse estimate II' II ',(R") < M211 IIBP,,(R") is
nontrivial. For this reason, estimating II IIBB,,(R") from above, it is convenient to use this norm itself, while estimating some quantities from above via II II Ba,,(R.),
it is convenient to use the norm II in the proof of Theorem 3 below.
IIB),(Rn)
This observation will be applied
Lemma 7 Let l > 0,1 < p, 0 < oo. Then Bp a(R") is a Banach space. 9 Idea of the proof. Obviously B,,e(R") is a normed vector space. To prove the completeness, starting from the Cauchy sequence {fk}kEN in BB,e(R"), deduce, using the completeness of Lp(R") and 10 Lpg(RIn), that there exist functions f E L,(R") and g E Lp,e(R2") such that fk - f in Lp(R") andlhl-I-*fk(x) -+ g(x, h) in Lp,B(R2n ). Choosing an appropriate subsequence {fk. }aEN, prove that
g(x, h) = Ihl-1-I f (x) for almost all x, h E R" and thus fk - f in B, e(R"). 9 See footnote 1 on page 12. 10 Lp,,(R2") is the space of all functions g measurable on Re", which are such that II9IIL,,.(Ra..) = II
00.
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES
211
Lemma 8 Let I > 0. The norm =11(1+IKI2`)2(Ff)(OIIL2(R-)
(5.25)
is an equivalent norm on the space B2,2(Rn).
Idea of the proof. Apply Parseval's equality (1.26) and the equality
1)°(Ff)(C) = (tie' 2)° (sin h2
(F(Def))(f) = for f E L2(R"). Proof. Since a is equivalent to
+
\
/ <_ f + v < 2
(IIf IIL2(Rn)
+
f
a2 + b2, a, b > 0, the norm IIIIIez.x(R")
IhI-21IIohf
IIL2(R.)
R"
_
(f R^
f
where
IhI-21-"sin' 2t dh.
R"
If n = 1, then after substituting h = ', we have 00
AI(S) = MIIfI21, M1 = f ItI-2-'sin2o 2 dt < oo, -00
since l > 0 and a > 1. If n > 1, we first substitute h = Afq, where A( is a rotation in R" such that h = If Ini, and afterwards q _'I. Hence An(t) =
J R^
I77I-21 nsin2o
dq = M"ICI21, Mn =
J
ItI-'-"sin2o 21 dt.
R^
If t i , = It11Tk, k = 2,..., n, then ItI = It1I
1 + ITI2, where ITI = (E Tk) k=2
Hence, applying (4.116), we have ao
Mn=M1 f R^-1
1+In2-21 nd-r=M1an-1f 0
1+p2-2-2 de
.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
212
To complete the proof it is enough to note that K1(1 + It 11) <_ 1 + 22°A"(1;) K2(1 + IeIV), where K1i K2 > 0 are independent of t;.
Corollary 5 If I E N, then WZ(R").
The corresponding norms are equivalent. Moreover,
=IIfIIw;(R")
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemmas 8 of this chapter and of Chapter 1.
Next we state, without proofs, several properties of the spaces BP 9(R" ), which will not be directly used in the sequel, but provide better understanding of the trace theorems.
R.emark 5 If 1 > 0,. 1 < p < oo, 1 < 91 < 92 < oo, then B,,61(R") C Bp,B2(R).
Moreover, if 1 > 0, 0 < e < 1, 1 < p, 9, 91, 92 < oo, then
Bpei(R") C P'81
Brpe(R")
C BPI-
Hence the parameter 9, which is also a parameter describing smoothness, is a weaker parameter compared with the main smoothness parameter 1.
Remark 6 If I E N, 1
(R")+
k=5,6,7,8,
5.3. NIKOL'SKII-BESOV SPACES where
2(f
II!II ,,(R.) _
213
(IIz
DtifIILa(RI))8 dh I
1a1=m
1
I
I
I
lhlGN
f
o,(n)
ti-
0
J
t
H
-v'(f 1_te)(POW IILa(R^) ! 0dtt
Ilfll() bpl.#(RI) -
ti-m
J=1
0
H
n
R - L(f (
Ilflld'
=1
woj t+
8x
wP
hp(30) B it I It
0
Here m E 1%, m < l < a+m, 0 < H < oo , ee is the unit vector in the direction of the axis Oxi and wQa gyp) is the modulus of continuity of the function cp of order a in the direction of the axis Ox,. If 0 = oo, then, as in Definition 2, the integrals must be replaced by the appropriate suprema. There also exist other eqivalent ways of defining the space B,,e(R ): with the help of Fourier transforms (not only for p = 0 = 2 as in Lemma 8), with the help of the best approximations by entire functions of exponential type, by means of the theory of interpolation, etc.
Remark 8 It can be proved that Wp(Ye)
1 Boo,P (r), l > p, 1 < p < oo,
and
°n(1-1)
P
4
P
These embeddings are sharp in terms of the considered spaces: the second lower index p can not be replaced by 8 < p.
Remark 9 In the sequel we shall use only the spaces Bpi (W) = Bpy(R"). One can easily verify by changing variables that in this case IlfllBp(R.) is equivalent to
IIfllB9,(Rp)=IllIILp(R")+(f
(A'f)(x,y)
(A'9-11 f)(y)
fI
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
214
Description of the traces on subspaces
5.4
We recall that by Corollary 8 of Chapter 3
Ilohf
(5.26)
C IhI`IIf IIu4(Itw)
or
II (oAf)(x) Ihlt
Ilcp,.(a^)
-
< c9 IIfIIwo4(a"),
where l E N, 1 < p < oo and c9 = nt-1.
Lemma 9 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and f E w,(R"). Then Vh E R" for almost
allxER" tlhl
(oef)(x) = f
(5.27)
0
where { = Ihl and (of )
is the weak derivative off in the direction of e, W
Kz(p,r)=(xQ*...*xe (r), 0
and xQ is the characteristic function of the interval (0, p).
Idea of the proof. Starting from Lemma 5 of Chapter 1, prove, by induction, that for almost all x E R"
f
Ihl
(Ahf)(x)=
0
IhI
... f (C'f
)w(x+t(rr+..r))dr1...drl,
0
and apply the following formula 00
00
00
00
-00
-00
where K,(r) =
JV(r), (p, V) E L1°°(R) and tb has a compact support. I
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
215
Corollary 6 Under the assumptions of Lemma 4 Vh E R" and for almost all
xER" I( I
& fr1(.)(x+r)dr. `Ihl
1
!
\°et)(x)<
(l - 1)!
(5.28)
0
Idea of the proof. It is enough to notice that K1(p, r) = 0 for r < 0 or r > 10 for 0 < r < lp. and to prove, by induction, that K1(p,r) <
Lemma 10 Let l E N,1 < p < oo and l > p. Then t1 f E wp(R") for almost
all xER"
(°f 1(x) hIhI
I!
(5.29)
< cl0 IIf I1w;(lt^)
"
where )) cla > 0 is independent of f. Idea of the proof. Take spherical coordinates and apply Corollary 6 and Lemma
2.0 Proof. After setting h = pt;, where p =IhI and p = i and applying (5.28) and (5.14) we get t+
I = II IhI-1(°hf)(x)IIL9,h(1t") - I IIp
Il E S", substituting
(A' f)(x)IILp.a(0'-)IILp.E(s"-')
!Q
< (l 11)! II IIp
1+' rr'
(
).(X
drll Lp.e(O,oo)II
0 11-A P)!11111.-1+1+P
r / r'-1I(01 )w(x+ST)I drIILp,.(0,.)IILp.E(S"-1) 0
(l - a)(l - 1)! II IIr 81;1) Since
< nt-1, where a E 1% and Ia! = 1, we have, for almost all x E R", \81;1/w(z)I - I j1=1
j)=1
'9xj+)(z)I
11 If n = I = 1,p > 1, then cls = p' and (5.29) is equivalent to (5.13), where a = 0 and f is replaced by f;,.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
216
E a',I(D°f)w(x)I < n-' E I(D°f)w(Z)I. i°I=1
I°I=1
Consequently, by Minkowski's inequality, n1_1l1_av
I
(l - p)(l 1
1
11
1).
101=1
T nD`(
D° f)w( x + T )
3
_ (1-p)(1 D
Lp..(O.oo) Lp.1(S°-1) 1
1)1
I II(D°f)w(x+y)IILp.V(o:') _
(l
11
ID
np)(l
1)!IIfIIw,(').
Theorem 3 Let 1, m, n E N, m
ttA,,,WP(W") = Bp
pm(R'n).
(5.30)
R.emark 10 Assertion (5.30) consists of two parts: the direct trace theorem, a stating that V f E WD(R") there exists a trace g E B1 - pm (Rn' ), and the extension theorem, or the inverse trace theorem, stating that Vg E B, '-"P (R'n) there exists a function f E WW(W) such that f I g. Actually stronger Rassertions hold. In the first case it will be proved that the trace operator Bp1_p nm (R"') (clearly linear) is bounded. In the second case tr : W, (Rn) -i it will be proved that there exists a bounded linear extension 12 operator T : Bp °m (R"") -3 Wp(R"). Idea of the proof of the direct trace theorem. Start with the case m = 1, n = 2. If I = 1, apply for f E COO (R2) nWp (R2) the identity
f(u+h,0)- f(u,0)= f(u+h,0)- f(u+h,h) +f(u+h,h)- f (u, h) + f (u, h) - f(u,0)
(5.31)
and inequality (5.29) with l = 1. If l > 1, deduce a similar identity for differences of order 1. In general case take, in addition, spherical coordinates in R'"
and R". . Proof of the direct trace theorem. 1. Let Vf E COO(Rn) n Wp(R"). It is enough
to prove that IIf('10)11 12I.e., Vg E Bp
P
z(R-) < Ml IIfIIW (R"),
(R'"),9 is a trace of Tg E W, (R") on am.
(5.32)
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
217
where Ml is independent of f. In fact, if f E Wp(R"), then we consider any functions fk E C' (R") fl W,(R"), such that fk -+ f in WW(R") as k -> oo. By a standard limiting procedure (see, for example, the proof of Theorem 1 t_ n-m of Chapter 4), it follows, since the space Bp ' (RI) is complete, that there g in Bp n '(RI). m By exists a function g E By ' , (R"`) such that Remark 2 the function g is a trace of the function f on R'". Moreover, IltrfIlBD
(RT)
(5.33)
< M IIfIIWW(R")
Since inequality (5.6) is already proved, it is enough to show that the inequality IIf(',0)IIbp
< M2IIfIIWo(R") n-m(Rm)
holds V f E CO0 (R") n W, (R" ), where M2 is independent of f .
2. Let l = 1, m = 1, n = 2, 1 < p < oo and f E C' (R) n Wp(R2). By (5.31) and (5.26) we get II(Au,hf)(u,O)IILp..(R) < II(Av,hf)(u+h,0)IIL,,,,(R) +II(Au,hf)(u, h)IIL,,.(R) + II(ov,hf)(u, 0)IIL,,U(R) < 2 II(Av,hf)(u, 0)IIL,,r(R) + IhI
. II
BL (u, h)IILP.r(R)
Hence, applying Fubuni's theorem and inequality (5.29), we get II Ihl-'II(ou,hf)(u,0) IIL,..(R) IIL,,h(R)
< 2 11II IhI-'(Av,hf)(u,0) IIL,.,,(R) IIL,.,,(R) + II2U-
2p'
2p'
11112(U, v)II L,.,(R)IIL,.%(R) + IIOUIIL,(RI) <
IIfIIwD(R')
3. Let next l > 1, m = 1, n = 2. The following identity (O;,,hf)(u + Ah, 0)
(4,,hf)(u, 0) A=0
(A) (D;,,nf)(u, Ah) A=1
(5.34)
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
218
is an appropriate generalization of (5.31) for differences of order 1 > 1. 13 By (5.26), as in step 2, II(^'-.!.
,1f)(u,0)IIL,..(R) 5 M3(II(ov,hf)(u,0)IIL,..(R)
+Ihl'
ah)IILp..(R)/, II
where M3 = 2'. Hence, by inequality (5.29)
b(R)II lhI-'II(Du ,hf)(u,0)IIL,..(R)IIL,.h(R) IIf(',0)IIiP= M4(II II
+ II X=I
<
IhI-'(Au,hf)(u, 0)IILy.,,(R)IILyr(R)
(u, ,\h) II
IILo..(R)IILs.a(1d
r
M6 (II 8v'
II
l l out (u, .\h) IILa(R2)) < MsII f Il, (Ra),
where M4, M5 and M6 are independent of f.
4. In the general case, in which 15 m < n, 1 > 1, we apply the identity (Au,hf)(u, 0) _
)' (1) (Ov lhlnf)(u +) h, 0) a=o
- (-1)1
(%X ,hf)(u, Alhlrl),
(5.36)
A=I
where r) E S"-", which also follows from (5.35) if we replace x by E4,h and y by EvJhl,,. Taking spherical coordinates in Rm and using equality (4.116), we get l1f(',0)'1bv
Rm)
M7(IIII
fO'IhInf)(u,0)IILp.h(Rm)IIL,,.(Rm)
IhI-t+
13 This follows from the obvious identity for polynomials
(-1)'(Z - 1)'(v -1)' + (x - 1)'(1 - (-1)'(v - 1)') a=a
\ a)Za(v /
if x is replaced by Ed.h and v by Eh.
(5.35)
A=1
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
+E
219
(D(7,olf)(u, Alhl77)IIL,,,,(Rm)IIL,,u(Rm))
II II
171=1 A=1
=a.M7(lllle `+°
+::ll lien a-' 171=1 A=1
Here M7 is independent of f. Taking Lp norms with respect to q E and applying inequality (5.29), we get _i
Ilf(,0)Ilbv
"°m(Rm)
Sn-m-1
1
G On°mQn,M7(ll II Ihl-`(oV,h)(U, O)IIL,,h(w m)IIL,,u(R=)
IIII(D(7,o)f)(u,Av)IIL,,(R^-m)IIL,,.(R=))
+ I71=1 A=1
< M8(II 1
Il(D(0,0)f)(u,v)IIL,,,,(R--m)IIL,,,.(RV)
I0I=1
+E
IID(7io)(u, )tv)IIL,(R")) <_ M9 U 114(R-), IIt4(Rn),
171=1 A=1
where M8 and M9 are independent of f.
In the proof of the second part of Theorem 3 we shall need the following statement. Lemma 11 Let I E N, l > 1. Suppose that the functions A, v E
have
compact supports and satisfy the equality 1a z E Rn.
(5.37)
f (Ohf)(x)A(h) dh = f (Oh f)(x)v(h) dh.
(5.38)
A(z)
- (-1)1_k(k) knv\/, k=1
Then bf E Li°C(Rn) for almost all x E Rn
Rn
R-
14 We note that from (5.37) it follows that f z'A(z) dz = 0, s = 1, ...,1- 1. R"
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
220
Idea of the proof. Notice that from (5.38) it follows that
f A(h) dh = (-1)1+1 Rn
J v(h) dh,
(5.39)
Rn
expand the difference Oh f in a sum and use appropriate change of variables for each term of that sum. Proof. By (5.37) and (5.38)
f(f)(x)(h) dh Rn
_ E(-1)1-k (k) J f (x + kh)v(h) dh + (-1)h f (x) J v(h) dh k=1
Rn
R.
1 f f(x+z)v(k)dz- f(x)J A(z)dz k=1
=
f
Rn
an
(f (x + z) - f (x))A(z) dz = f ('&hf)(x)A(h) dh. Rn
Rn
Let w E Co (R") and let w6 where 3 > 0 be defined by wa(x) = -nw(17). We the operator defined by A6,W f = w6 * f for f E L a(R" ). (If, denote by
in addition, suppw C B(0,1) and f wdx = 1, then A6,_ = A6 is a standard Rn
mollifier, considered in Chapters 1 and 2).
Lemma 12 Let I E N,1 < p < oo, v E COO(Rn), f vdx = (-1)1+1 and let A Rn
be defined by (5.37). Then 1S df E L,(R") IIA6,af - f Ilcy(Rw) < cllwi(b, f )p,
(5.40)
where c11 > 0 is independent off and 5. Idea of the proof. Notice that
(A6,%f)(x)-f(x) = f (f(x-z8)-f(x))A(z)dz = f (Di:6f)(x)v(z)dz (5.41) R's
15 If I = 1, then A = v and (5.40) coincides with (1.8).
R-
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
221
since by (5.39) f adz = 1, and apply Minkowski's inequality for integrals and R"
(5.21). 0
Proof. Since the functions J1(-a) and v(-a) also satisfy (5.37), equality (5.38) still holds if we replace µ(h) and v(h) by a(-a) and v(-6). After substituting
h = -zb we obtain (5.41). Let r > 0 be such that suppv C B(0, r). By Minkowski's inequality for integrals and (5.21) IIA` zbf IIL,(R")jv(z)I dz < SUP IIAhf
II A6,Af - f IIL9(R')
Ihl
R"
= Wr(rb,
f)PIIUIIL,(Rn) < (r +
II1IIL,(W')
1)`IIvIIL,(Rn) W,(b, f)p.
Corollary 7 In addition to the assumptions of Lemma 12, let u E C0 (R" ) If f /tdx = 1, then Vf E Lp(R") Rn
(5.42)
IIA6,a.µf - f IIL,(Rn) < C12 W10, f )p,
and if f µ dx = 0, then V f E Lp(R° ) R"
(5.43)
II A6,A.pf IIL,(Rn) < C13 W10, D p,
where c12, c13 > 0 are independent off and b.
Idea of the proof. Inequality (5.42) is a direct corollary of (5.40) because in this case f (A * µ) dx = f A dx f ,u dx = 1. If f µ dx = 0, starting from the R'
R"
Rn
equality
R"
(A6,a.µf)(x) = f ( f (f (x - zb - Cb) - f (x))A(z) dz) /i(C) df, R.
R.
argue as in the proof of Lemma 12. O Idea of the proof of the inverse trace theorem. Define the "strips" Gk by Gk = {v E
R"-m
:
2-k-1 < Ivi < 2-k}, k E Z.
Consider an appropriate partition of unity (see Lemma 5 of Chapter 2), i.e., functions tpk E Co (RI), k E Z, satisfying the following conditions: 0 < k < 1, 00
E '+Gk(v) = 1, v # 0,
kc-0o
Gk C SUPP?bk C {v E 1r_- : 8 2-k-1 < Ivl
2-k}
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
222
C Gk-1 U Gk U Gk+1
(5.44)
and
I(D7Y'k)(v)I :5C14 2kI"I,
k E Z, v E
Ir-m,
7E
where c14 > 0 is independent of v and k.
L
(5.45)
n
Keeping in mind Definition 2 of Chapter 2, for g E Bp (T9) (u, v) =
N-'",
°m
(R'") set (5.46)
16k(v)(A2-k,W9)(u),
k=1
where (5.47)
w=A*A
and the function A is defined by equality (5.37), in which n is replaced by m and v E C0 (Wn) is a fixed function satisfying 16 f vdu = (-1)1+1 Prove that g is a trace of Tg on RI by applying Definition 1 and property (1.8). To estimate IIT9IIL,(Rn) apply inequality (1.7). Estimate IID°T9IIL,(R^), . To do this where a = (fl, y), Q E IV, -y E Alo-m and IaI = 1, via 1191j(',)--. B, a (R")
differentiate (5.46) term by term, apply inequalities (2.58), (5.42) and (5.43) and the estimate IIDyV)kIIL,(R--m) < C152k(IYI-1
(5.48)
),
where c15 > 0 is independent of k, which follows directly from (5.45). Proof. 1. By the properties of the functions 1Iik it follows that the sum in (5.42) is in fact finite. Moreover, s+1
(Tg)(u,v) _
*k(v)(A2-'%,Wg)(u) on Ii"" x G,
(5.49)
k=s-1
and (Tg)(u, v) = 0 if IvI > 18. Hence Tg E C°°(R" \ R"`) and Va = (Q, ry) where ,B E N , 7 E
N`o-m
00
(D°(T9))(u, v) = F (D7 k)(v)D,6((Az-4w9)(u)) k=1
By (5.39) and the properties of convolutions it follows that f w du = 1. If 1 = 1, then A = v. In this case one may consider an arbitrary w E Co (R'") satisfying f w du = 1. R-
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
223
00
_ E(D"*k)(v)2k101(A2-k,A.DsA9)(u)
(5.50)
k=1
since, by the properties of mollifiers and convolutions, D0(A2-k,A.A9) = 2k101A2-k,D8(A.A)9 = 2k101A2-k,A.DDA9
2. Let IvI < 16. By (5.44) tik(v) = 0 if k < 0. Hence Ek(v) = 1.
(5.51)
k=1
Let s = s(v) be such that 2-'-' < IvI < 2-'. Then by (5.51), (5.44), (5.42) and Minkowski's inequality 8+1
(T9)(', v) - 90 IIL,(Rm) = II
0A:(v)(A2-k,A.A9 k=s-1
9)IILp(Rm)
s+1
s+1
_
0k(v)IIA2-k,A.A9 - 9IILp(Rm) < MI E wt(2-k, 9)p k=s-1
k=s-i 8+1
< M2
L.r
2k((-"pm)wl(2-k, 9)p
k=s--1
s+1
< M3 I vI t
n pm E
2k(1- p )wl (2-k,
9)p,
k=s-1
where M1, M2, M3 are independent of g and v. Since the function g E BB
° (WTh ), by Lemma 6 it follows that the quantity
e D! )w` (2-k, 9)p -+ 0 as k - oo if 1 < p < oo and is bounded if p = coo. Hence
II(T9)(', v) - 9(')IIL,(Rm) =
o(Ivl'-'),
1 < p < oo
(5.52)
and
II(T9)(', v) -
O(Ivl')
(5.53)
as v -+ 0 (hence s -+ oo). In particular, by Definition 1, if follows that g is a
trace of Tg on R.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
224
3. By (1.7) 00 Etkk(v)IIA2-k,W9IIL,(Rm)
<_ M4II911L,(R"),
k=1
where M4 = IIWIIL,(Rm) Since (Tg)(u,v) = 0 if IvI >_ ]s, we have (5.54)
Ms II9IIL,(Rm),
where M5 = M4 4. Let a = (,Q, -y), where Q E I pi"', ry E Rip"-m and Ial = 101 + 11'I = 1. First
suppose that 1 < p < oo and ,Q 56 0. Since the multiplicity of the covering {V)k}kEZ is equal to 2, by (2.58) we have 00
(E
IID°TgllL,(R^) < 2'
IID"'Pk"IL,(1^-m).2kl0ip IIA2-1-,a.D8A9ll
gym))
k=1
Since f DOA du = 0, by (5.43) and (5.48) we have Rm 00
1
M62k(1-PPm)P,l(2-k,g)p)'
= M6IIgII(g;_!B,
k=1
(Rm)
(5.55)
where M6 is independent of g.
00
If Q = 0, then -y i4 0 and by (5.51) E(D"V)k)(v) = 0 for v satisfying k=1
0 < IvI < 16. Hence 00
(D(p,")
,(D"eik)(v)((A2-k,A.a9)(u) - 9(u)), 0 < IvI <
(T9))(u, v) _
16.
k=1
Furthermore, *k(v) = 0 if IvI > 16 and k > 2. Therefore (D(°'1)(T9))(u,v) = (D"t l)(v)(A2-lA,.%9)(u), IvI > & Consequently, by (2.58), (5.42), (5.48) IID
(p")
(T9)IIL,(Rmxb
)
<2
1-1 °
00
(L
IITY.I. Up
II A
_IIP
`a 1D
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES M7II9II(3;_ B, v (R")
225
(5.56)
and by (1.7)
IID(si7)(T9)IIco(R'"X`B
=
)
IID"'1IIL,(R.-m)IIA2-I,A.AgIIL,(R-) <- M8II9IIL,(Rm),
(5.57)
where M7 and M8 are independent of g. If p = oo, then the argument is similar. For example, if 6 54 0, then IIA2-"A.Daa9IIL (R"')
kEN
< Mg sup2klwi(2-k,g),,. = M9II9IIBl (Rm), kEN
where M9 is independent of g. From (5.54) - (5.57) it follows that IIT9lIw;(R"} <- M1o
(5.58)
IIghI(',__m
B,
(R-)
where M10 is independent of g.
Corollary 8 Let 1, m, n E N, m < n, l < p:5 00, 1 > n pm and let the operator T be defined by (5.46). Then TgIRm
= g; D°(T9)I R," = 0, 0 < IaI < l - npm.
(5.59)
Idea of the proof. Establish, as in step 2 of the proof of the second part of Theorem 3, that, in addition to (5.52) and (5.53), o(IvI'-I°I-
),
1 < p < 00,
(5.60)
and
II D"(T9)(.,v)II L (Rm) =
O(IvI`-IaI)
(5.61)
asv-+0. Proof. Let a = (13,'y), where p E N, y E 1V0-m, and
2-1-1 < IvI < 2-8. If
,6 96 0, then by (5.49) and (5.43) '+I
E I(D"0k)(v)I2k'0IIIA2-1,a.D0a9IIL,(R-)
k=s-1
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
226 s+1
< Ml
2k1°I wt(2-k, 9)p k=s-1 s+1 E 2k(1-%m)
<
L,
(5.62)
1(2-k, 9)p,
k=a-1
where Ml, M2 are independent of g and v. If Q = 0, then by (5.49) and (5.51) s+1
II (D(°'')(T9))(., v)IIL,(R-) =
(Dry'l')(v) (A2-k,a.a9 II
- 9)DL,,(R'")
k=a-1
a+1
2kI01
< M3
IIA2-11,A.19 - 91IL,(st-)
k=a-1 and by (5.42) we again obtain (5.62).
Relations (5.60) and (5.61) follow from (5.62) as in step 2 of the proof of the second part of Theorem 3. 0 The following stronger statement follows from the proof of the second part of Theorem 3.
Theorem 4 Let 1, m, n E N, m < n, 1 < p < oo, 1 > 'p"`. Then there exists a bounded linear extension operator
l- -m T : Bp
'
(R"') -4 WD(W) n COO(r\ R"`)
(5.63)
satisfying the inequalities Il lvl'°'-lD°(Tg)IIL,(Rn) < c1611911Bp a:; s(R,,,),
lal > 0,
(5.64)
and
11IvI-`(T9-9)IIL,(Rn) 5 c1711911Bo npm(Rm),
(5.65)
where c16i c17 > 0 are independent of g.
In (5.64) the exponent 1al - I can not be replaced by la1- l -e for any r > 0 and for any extension operator (5.63).
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
227
Idea of the proof. Consider the extension operator (5.44) used in Theorem 3.
To prove (5.64) apply, in addition, the inequality 2--2 < IvI < 2-k+I for V E supp zfik. To prove the second statement apply Remark 11.
Proof of the first statement of Theorem 4. 1. Let a = ((3, y), where 6 E N',
yEl -',IaI>0ands=lal-l=l,6l+I'yl-1.Thenasfor(5.55)weobtain II Ivl'(D'
(T9))llL,(R")
00 P
< 21-1p
II Ivl'D"OkIIL,(R"-m)
IIA2-k.A.Dsa9llLP(Rm))
k=I
2-ksP2k(I'YI-" pm )P2kj1IP W1(2-k, 9)p)
M1 1
(5.66)
k=1 00
= M,
(2k('
P m ) W1(2-k, 9)P) P) D
= MI I I9I I (3)_ B,
k=l \
P
(R-)
where M, is independent of g. The proof of the appropriate analogues of (5.56) and (5.57) is similar and we arrive at (5.64). 2. Furthermore, as for (5.56) and (5.57)
(T9)(u, v) - g(v) =
00
VGk(v)((A2-k,A,A9)(u) - 9(u)),
0 < IvI < 6'
k=I
and
(T9)(u,v) - g(v) = 01(v)(A2-y,A.A9)(u) - 9(u), Hence by (5.42)
II Ivl-'((T9)(u, v) - 9(v))II
L, R'" x B
(
<_ 2'
a
IvI ? 16
)
II IvI-'V)kllLP(R"-m) IIA2-k,A.,\9 - 9IILP(Rm)) k=I < M2 11911
'-
and
II IvI-'((T9)(u, v) - 9(v))IILP(Rmx`B> <_ II
(-%
)
(IIA2--,A.A9llL,(Rm) + II9IIL,(R")) < M3 II91IL,(Rm),
where M2 and M3 are independent of g, and (5.65) follows.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
228
Remark 11 Let m,nEN, m< n, R+={x=(u,v)ER" :v>0}17,IEN, 1 < p < oo, s > 0. We shall say that the function f belongs to the weighted if f E Lp(R+), if it has weak derivatives Da f on R+ for all a E N satisfying I aI = I and Sobolev space
II
(5.67)
IvI'DofIIL,(R+) <00.
101=1
We note that the set C°O(R") n W,
(R+) is dense in WP
proved as in Lemma 25 of Chapter 6.
v1,
(R+). This is
Suppose that 1- s - "P"' > 0. Then tr,. Wp, lol'(R`+) = Bp
D
(R"').
(5.68)
The idea of the proof is essentially the same as in Theorem 3. The proof of the extension theorem is like that of Theorem 4. If in (5.65) IaI = 1, then the same argument shows that II IvI'D°Tg IIL,(R-+):5 MI 11911 etc.
To prove the direct trace theorem one needs to follow, step by step, the
proof of the first part of Theorem 3 and apply the inequality
(uhf)(0) II II Ihl'
IhI
_ <_ Mz II f IIwD. LD.A(Rn m)
where 1 < p < oo, l - s -
> 0 and M2 is independent of f, instead of (5.29) (with n - m replacing n and x = 0). The last inequality, as (5.29), is
also proved by applying inequality (5.15).
Proof of the second statement of Theorem 4. Suppose that (5.64) holds with j al - l - e replacing j al -1, where e > 0. Let g E BB D= (R^') \ Bp ` ^ Dm (1r). Then Tg E Wp' 1v1,1 _,_, (1) where 11 E N, 11 > l + e. Since g is a trace of Tg, t+,-n-M
by (5.67) g E Bp
D
(R'n) and we have arrived at a contradiction.
We note that from (5.65) it follows, in particular, that TgIR = g. This may be deduced as a corollary of the following more general statement. "We recall that v = (xm+1, ..., z") >0 means that zm+i > 0, ..., z" >0.
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
229
Lemma 13 Let 1, m, n E N, m < n,1
Then f IRm = 0.
Idea of the proof. Using the embedding Theorem 12 and the proof of Corollary 20 of Chapter 4, establish that there exists a function G, which is equivalent to f on R" and is such that the function IIG(., v)IILp(Rm) is uniformly continuous
on RI-1. Proof. Let us consider the case p < oo, the case p = oo being similar. By Theorem 6 of Chapter 4 f E LL(R"), hence, f E W,(R") and for almost all u E R' we have f (u, ) E W,(R"'m). By Theorem 12 of Chapter 4 there exists a function E C(R"-'") such that Vv E R"-' Ig4(v)I <- M1( IIf(u,')IILp(R"-m) + F, II (Dw°,7)f)(u,
)IILp(R°-m))
171=1
u E R", v E Rn-'.
where M1 is independent of f and u. Let G(u, v) =
Then G - f on R" and II IIG(u,
v)IILp,.(R")Ilc,(R^-m)
<- M1 ( IIf IILp(R") + E II D.(°'7)fIILp(R^)) 171=1
As in the proof of Corollary 20 of Chapter 4, let fk E Co (52) and 16 Ilf - fkllLp(R^) + E II D.(O'7)f - D(°'7)fkII4(w.) -+ 0 171=1
as k - oo . Then, by the triangle inequality, II IIG(u,v)IIL,,.(R=) - Ilfk(u,v)IIL,,.(Rm) <-11 IIG(u,v) - fk(u, V)IILp,.(Rm)IICC(Rn-m) -i 0
as k -+ oo. Since the functions Ilfk(u, )IILp,.(Rm) are uniformly continuous on R"', the function H(.) = IIG(u, )IIL,,,,(R=) is also uniformly 18 The existence of such fk is establised as in Lemma 2 of Chapter2.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
230
So there exists urn H(v) = A.
continuous on R"-'".
If A > 0, then
IIAHIIL,(R"-m) = IIARL,(R-) for sufficiently small e > 0. This is t' 0 2II' < IIafIIL,(R^) < oo. Hence A = 0, i.e., impossible because IIakIL,(a.) = oo and v)IIL,(R-) = 0 and by Definition 1 f IRm = 0. 0 lim
The next theorem deals with the case p = 1, 1 = n - m, which was not considered in Theorem 3.
Theorem 5 Let m, n E N, m < n. Then tr, Wl -'"(R'") = L1(Rm).
(5.69)
Idea of the proof. The direct trace trace theorem follows from Theorem 2 and, in particular, from inequality (5.6). To prove the inverse trace (- extension) theorem it is enough to construct an extension operator T : L1(Rm) -> Wi (R"`+' )
and iterate it to obtain an extension operator T : L1(Rm) - Wl -'(R"). However, it is more advantageous to give a direct construction for arbitrary n > m. Start from an arbitrary sequence {6k}kEZ of posivite numbers 6k satisfying M 6k+1 <5 z , E 6k < 1 and consider the sets Gk = {V E R : µk+1 < IvI < µk}, k=0 00
where pk = E 6,. (Note that < 26k.) Verify that from the proof of Lemma =k
4 of Chapter 2 it follows that there exist functions'Pk E C0 (R"-'") satisfying the following conditions: 0 < V)k < 1, 00
E ?Pk(v)=1,v#0,
k=-oo
GkCsuppz'kC{VER: uk+1-64 SIvISpk+ 4} C Gk-1 U Gk U Gk+1
(5.70)
and IID7VGkIIL1(R"--) < M1
6k-m-I7I -y E fq m, I'I'I 5 n - m,
(5.71)
where M1 is independent of k.
ForgEL1(Rm)set "0
(Tg)(u,v) = 1:Ok(v)(A6,,,g)(u), k=1
(5.72)
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
231
where w is the same as in (5.46). Prove as in the second part of the proof of Theorem 3 that (5.73)
IIT91Iw, -m(Rn) <- M2 (II9IIL,(Rm) + Ew,(6k, 9)1), k=1
where M2 is independent of g and 6k . Since wi(6k,g)1 --> 0 as k -+ oo, choose 6k depending on g in such a way that, in addition, wl(6k,g)1 < 2-k II9IIL,(Rm) Hence (5.74)
IIT9IIw; -m(R^) <_ M3 II91IL,(Rm),
where M3 = 2M2. 0 Proof. 1. Since 45k < µk - a < µk + a < (5.71) follows from (2.10): IID"'GkIIL,(R°-m) = IID"A6k , XkII
n - 7n, inequality
6k and I7I 4
(F14+1-ak4 l SIUISaktl+6k-
LI
5IVI:5Ak+;)
< M4
36k))
36k}1) + 6k
= M5(6k+m-I"I
k-m-I"I) < 2M5 6k
where M4 and M5 depend only on n - m. 2. Let Iv1 < µl - 4 . By (5.70) vyk(v) = 0 if k < 0 and hence
E Vik(v) = 1-
(5.75)
k=1
Let s = s(v) be such that v E Ga. Then by (5.75) and (1.9) a+1
II E l)k(v) (A2-k,W9
II(T9)(', v) -
k=a-1
- 9) II
Lt(Rm)
a+1
E
k=a-1
IIA2-k,W9 -
9IILI(Rm) -+ 0
(5.76)
as v -+ 0 (hence s -> oo). Thus by Definition 1 g is a trace of Tg on Rm.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
232
3. Since (Tg)(u, v) = 0 if IvI > pi + a and pi +a < P0, we have 00
IIT9IIL1(R^) = ll F,0 kilA66,,W911L,(Rm)llL,(R^-m) k=1 00
< M6 II E'Pkll
I19liL,(Rm) < M7µoII9IIL,(Rm) <- M7II9IIL,(Rm),
(5.77)
where M6 and M7 are independent of g and 6k.
4. Let a = (p, y), where 0 E No, y E loo-m and IaI = IQI + IvI = 1. If 130 0, as for (5.55) we obtain 00
IID°T9IIL,(R^) <-
IID'kIIL,(R^-m)bk "IIIA6k .oa,9IIL,(Rm)
k=1 00
00
< Ms `
9)1 = Me
(5.78)
W1(bk, 9)1, k=1
k=1
where M6 is independent of g and 5k. If,6 = 0, then starting from (5.56), where now 0 < IvI < pi + AL, and (5.57), where IvI > /'l + a , we have as for (5.58) and (5.59) 00
IID(0-")(T9)IIL,(R-.fi
"4) s E IID"0k11L1(a"-m) IIA6,...a9 - 911L1(Rm) k=1 00
(5.79)
< Mg F, W1(6k,9)1 k=1
and
IID(°'')(T9)IIL1(Rmx°a
=
IIA6,,a.a911L,(Rm)
IID'',0lIIL,(R^-m)
(5.80)
<- M10 II9IIL1(Rm),
where M9 and M10 are independent of g and 5k. So we have established (5.73). 0
Remark 12 If m = n - 1, then in fact II0kIIL,(R) = 26k,
II01IIL,(R) = 4,
2
(5.81)
Given e > 0, this allows one to construct, choosing appropriate 6k = dk(g) , an extension operator T : L1(R"-1) -+ W1(R") satisfying IITII 5 2 + e.
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
233
Remark 13 The extension operator T : L1(Rm) -+ W°-'(R") defined by (5.65) is a bounded nonlinear operator since dk depend on g. It can be Wl -m(Rn) proved that a bounded linear extension operator T : L1(Rm) does not exist. However, there exists a bounded linear extension operator T : L1(R'n) -+ Biym(Rn) acting from L1(Rm) into slightly larger space
B12m(Rn) than Wi -" `(Wn) (see Remark 6).
Theorem 6 Let m, n E N, m < n. Then there exists a bounded nonlinear extension operator
T : Li(Rm) -+ Wj -m(R°) nc-(Rn \ Wm)
(5.82)
satisfying the inequalities II IvI1°1-(n-m)D°(Tg)IIL,(R-) <- C18II9IIL,(Rm),
IaI > 0,
(5.83)
and 19 II IvI-(n-m)(T9 - 9)IIL,(RmXB,) < C19 II9IIL,(Rm),
(5.84)
where cls, c19 > 0 are independent of g. In (5.83) the exponent Ial - (n - m) can not be replaced by Ict - (n - m) - £ for any e > 0 and for any extension operator (5.82).
Idea of the proof. As in Theorem 5 consider the extension operator (5.72) . To prove (5.83) and (5.84) note, in addition, that IvI < 26k on supp'bk and II
IvI171-(n-m)(D7iGk)(v)IIL,(R"_m) < M1,
7 E po-m,
(5.85)
where M1 is independent of k. The second statement of the theorem is proved as the second statement of Theorem 4. Proof. 1. Since 4dk<.uk - a < µk - a < 48k and ID7(AaaXk)(v)I M2 dk171, where M2 is independent of v and k, by (2.10) we have sup vER^-"
Ivi7I(D' 'k)(v)I = max
{g
sup
IvI171I(D7(Ak .Xk)(v)I,
by+,_Ivi<16w+,
sup
Ivl171I(D7(AXk)(v)I} < M3,
:5105 14 JA;
19 By Lemma 13 from (5.84) it follows directly that TglR'" = g.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
234
where M3 is independent of k. Hence IIIvII7I-(n-m)
l
96k (D7iPk)(v)IIL,(Rn-m) G M3 II IvI-(n-m)IIL1( 6k+1<-Ivl<_76k)
= M3
f
Qn-m
-1
dp = M3 an-,n in
3ak bk+1
6k+1
and (5.85) is established with M1 = M3 an-m In 6.
2. If a = (#, -y), where /3 E IT, y E No" and /
0, then as in step 4 of
the proof of Theorem 5 II Iv I
IQI-(n-m)DQT9I1
L1(R. )
00
IVIIAI+IYI-(n-m)V)kIIL1(R^-m) bk lal
G M5
II
IIA6k,A.D$A91IL1(Rm)
k=1 00
G M6 E 11
W1(6k,9)1
k=1
M6M1 Ewl(bk,g)1 G M6MI119IIL1(Rm) k=1
The case a = (0, 'y) where y 96 0 is similar. 3. As in the second step of the proof of Theorem 4
(79)(u, v) - g(u) _ ''+Gk(v)
9(u)), 0 < IvI < {ul - 4
k=1
and
(T9) (u, v) - g(u) = W1(v) (A61,A.A9) (u) - 9(u),
µl - 4 G IvI G 1.
Hence by (5.42) II IvI-(n-m)((T9)(u, v) - 9(u))IIL1(RmxB1)
511 +11
00
IvI-(n-m)ok(V) ((A6k,A.A9)(u)
k=1
IvI-(n-m),pl(v)(A61,A.A9)(u)lJL1(R°) + II
- 9(u)) II
L1(R-)
IVI-(n-'n)9(u)IIL1(R^,x{
61gv1<1})
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
235
00
IvI-(n-m)V)k(v)IIL,(Rm)
<- E II
W1(bk,9)1 + II IvI-("-')'01(v)IIL,(Rm) II9IIL,(Rm)
k=1
+II
IvI-(n-m)
IIL,(;6,
< M7(II9IIL,(Rm)+EWI(bk,9)I) S 2M7II9IIL,(Rm), 00 k=I
where M7 is independent of g. 0 Remark 14 Here we give the proof of the second part of Theorem 8 of Chapter x E R" : x" > 0 }. First suppose that I > v and g E 2. Let 11 = R+
Bp ° (R"-1) \ Bo 5(R"-1). By Theorem 3 there exists a function f E W,(R" ) such that f IRn- = g. Suppose that there exist functions ,p, E C0D(R+) n WW(R"+), which satisfy property 4) and are such that II D°'p, x1°I-1-EIIL,(R+) < 00
for all a E FA satisfying Ial = m > 1 + E. By Lemma 13 from (2.86) it follows (R+), where m E N, m > I+E, that W,IRn = f IRn_I = g. Since W. E WP ,
1+E-1
by the trace theorem (5.68) g E Bp
' (R"- I) and we arrive at a contradiction.
If I = p = 1, the argument is similar: one should consider g E LI(R"-I) \ B1 (R"-1) and apply Theorem 5 instead of Theorem 3. Let 1 , m, n E I i i , a E I + ) o ' . Suppose that IaI < 1 - n Dm for 1 < p < oo and Ial < I - (n - m) for p = 1. By Theorem 6 of Chapter 4 and Theorem 2 it follows that Vf E Wy(R") there exist traces tram Dwf. We note that these traces are not independent. In fact, let a where Q E N", y E Pla-m.
Then20 tr5m D,(vfl'7) f = DO (trim Dw°'') f ). For this reason we consider only weak °derivatives Dw') f and introduce the total trace of a function f E W,(R") by
setting f = (tr1m Dw°''') f) and TTRm
f = trAm ( Dw(°,7) f)
,
1 < P:5 00,
(5.86)
I7I
p= I7I_!-("-m),
I.
(5.87)
20 If f E w; (R-) fC°°(R"), then this formula is clear. If f E WW(R"), it can be obtained by choosing a sequence of functions fk E W, (R") f l C°O (R"), which converges to f in (Wi)1oa(R"), and passing to the limit in the definition of the weak derivative.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
236
In particular, Tr.
,
1
f = (f
We also define the total trace space by setting
Trim Wp(R") = jlritm f, f E Wp(R")} Theorem 7 Let 1, m, n E N, m < n, 1 < p < oo. Then
fi
BP I7I-np(Rm), m
1
(5.88)
and
Tr.-
WW(R") =
Bi-17I-(n-m)(Rm) X
TT 171<+(n-m)
fj
L+(R-).
(5.89)
171=+-(n-m)
Idea of the proof. The direct trace theorem follows from the first part of Theorem 3. To prove the extension theorem (i.e., the inverse trace theorem), given
the functions g., where I7I < 1- "p' for 1 < p:5 oo and I7I < 1 - (n - m) for p = 1, lying in the appropriate spaces, set (T{g7})(u, v) _ 171<+- ^ Pm
7 (T1g7) (u, v), 1
(5.90)
where v7 = xm+1 ' ' ' xn", 7! = 7m++! .. 7,,! and the operator Tl is defined by (5.46) and (T {97})(u, v) _
F, 171<+-(n-m)
U, (T19-,) (U, v)
7
+ 171=+-(n-m)
(5.91) v+ 7. (T297)(u, v),
where Tl is defined by (5.46) while T2 is defined by (5.72). Apply (5.59), (5.64) and (5.83). and I7I, IuI < 1- n P If P r o o f . 1. Suppose that 1 < p:5 oo and let 7, µ E 7 < p, i.e., 7j < 1A I, j = m + 1, ..., n , then by Leibnitz' formula D.(°'") (v7Tlg7) is equal to 7! D.(°'"-7)(Tlg) plus a sum of the terms containing the factor v° where o 0. Otherwise Dw°")(v7Tig7) is a sum, each term of which contains
237
5.4. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRACES ON SUBSPACES
the factor V where a 54 0. Hence tr D.( ') (v7T1gg) is equal to -y! tr D.(0 A--Y) (Tlg)
if ry < p and is equal to 0 otherwise. So by (5.59)
trDD°'µ)(T{g.r}) _ E trDwc'"-7)(Tlg7) =9p 0<7
2. Since (Tig7)(u, v) = 0 if IvI > 1, by (5.54) we have
IIT{97}II4(R") < E IIT197IIL,(R") <_ M1 E lI97IIL,(Rm), 171
where M1 is independent of f .
3. Finally, let a = (#,p), where Q E T, p E t -m and lal = 10 1 + Ip = l
By Leibnitz' formula cd,7,pv7-p+vD(p,7)(T1g7)
D°(v°T197) _ 0
for certain cp,7,µ E N0. Hence by (5.64)
E
IID°(v°Ti97)IIL,(R") <_ M2
0
M3 119,11
--M
and, consequently,
IIT({97})Ilwo(R") <_ M4 E II97IIBP
(5.92)
P
I71<1--P
where M2, M3, M4 are independent of 9.,-
4. If p = 1, then IIT{97}IIw;(w )
< Ma H
(5.93) 171=1-(n-m)
Remark 15 As in Theorems 4 and 6, in addition to (5.92) and (5.93), we have the following estimates II Ivl1°1-tD°(T{g7})IIL,(1t") <_ a20
II97ll
s
(Rm),
(5.94)
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
238
where 1 < p< oo, Ial > (- npm, and Ivl1"1-1(D(0,1')(T{97})
II
- 9N)IILo(R") < C21
1197IIB
(Rm
(5.95)
171
where 1 < p < oo, Iul < I - " M. In (5.94) the exponent IaI - I can not be replaced by IaI - l - e for any e > 0 and for any extension operator T. We also note that by Lemma 13 from (5.95) it follows directly that D(0'µ)(T{g7})IRm = gp Similar statements hold for p = 1.
Remark 16 From the concluding statements of Theorems 4, 6 and Remark 15 it follows that the extension operators defined by (5.44), (5.72), (5.90) and (5.91) are in a certain sense the best possible extension operators, namely, in the sense that the derivatives of higher orders of Tg, T{g7} respectively, have the minimal possible growth on approaching R1.
Traces on smooth surfaces
5.5
Let fl C R" be an open set with a C1-boundary. We should like to extend Definition 1 to the case, in which W", IIi"" are replaced by (1, O) respectively.
We start with the case of a bounded elementary domain Sl C R" with a C1-boundary with the parameters d, D, M. Thus Q has the form
S2={xER":an <x"
Suppose that f E L1(f ). In the spirit of Definition 1 we say that the function g E L1(r), where r = {x E IIt" : x" = cp(s), 2 E W}, is a trace of the function f on r if there exists a function h equivalent to f on 12 such that
h( +tea) -1 g(.) in L1(r) as t - 0-,
(5.96)
where e" = (0,..., 0, 1). Since (&) dri (2) I < M, x E W, i = I,-, n - 1, we have (1 + (n - 1) M2)-#IIF(z,W(i))IIL,(w) <- IIFIIL,(r)
=
J w
d a < IIF(-,w(2))IIL,(w) IF(2,,p(2))I (1 +F ((a`p)(z))2)-' 8xi '=1
5.5. TRACES ON SMOOTH SURFACES
239
Consequently f(5.96) is equivalent to
J If (x, W(2) + t) - g(t, V(x))j dx -r 0 as t -a 0 - .
(5.97)
w
Let the transformation y = 4b(-t) be defined by
9=z, yn=xn-
(5.98)
then
t(it)={yE R"
<0,9EW}
and
I(I')_{yER' :yn=0,9EW}- W. g(V-1))
is a trace of f (V`)) on P(r). Next suppose that an open set it C R" is such that for a certain map
Relation (5.97) means that
A, which is a composition of rotations, reflections and translations, the set A(it) is a bounded elementary domain with a C'-boundary and I' is such that -t E W}. Then we say that g is a trace off on r A(r) = {x E IV : x" = if g(A(-1)) is a trace of f (A(-')) on A(r) in the above sense. Finally, suppose that it C R" is an arbitrary open set with a Cl-boundary with the parameters d, D, x and M, and let Vj be open parallelepipeds satisfying conditions 1) - 4) in the definition of Section 4.3. From the proof of Lemma 3 of Chapter 2 it follows that there exists an appropriate partition of unity, i.e.,
there exist functions 10j E C' (R) such that 0 < Vj < 1,supp' j C (6j) , j = a
T,-s, E Vj(x)=1onIland j=1
x E W, a E No, j= 1, s,
I (D°'1Gj)(x)1 5 c22 d-1Q1,
(5.99)
where c, > 0 is independent of x, j and d.
Definition 3 Let SZ C R be an open set with a Cl-boundary and f E L1(il f B) for each ball B C W1. Suppose that f =
fj, where supp fj C Vj j=1
and f j E L1(it n Vj ). If the functions gj are traces of the functions f j on a
V n m, j = 1, then the function E gj is said to be a trace of the function
f on M.
j=1
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
240
Remark 17 One can show that Definition 3 does not depend on the covering
{V; } and on the representation f = P_ fj and satisfy the requirements to the j=1
notion of the trace analogous to the requirements 1) - 4) at the beginning of Section 5.1.
Next we need to define the spaces Bp(8S2) where 1 > 0, 1 < p < oo. We follow the same scheme as in defining the notion of the trace. If f2 is a bounded
elementary domain with a C'-boundary and the function f is defined on r, we say that f E B,(r) if f (2, V(2)) E Bp(W) and set IIfIIBp(r) = IIf(4)(-1))IIBp(a(r)) Il s; (W) is defined as in Definition 2, where n is replaced by II n - 1, R" by W and, in (5.8), (5.9), Ilohf IILp(Rn) by IIonf IILp(W.,hi) If SZ is such that for a certain map A, which is a composition of rotations, reflections and translations, the set A(Q) is a bounded elementary domain with
a C'-boundary, then f E Bp(1') if f (A(-')) E BB(A(r)) and IllIIBp(r) = IIf(A(-'))lle;(a(r)) = Ilf(A(-'))IIaD(n(r)), where A = 4i(A).
Definition 4 Let l > 0, 1 < p < oo and let SZ be an open set with a C'-
t
boundary. We say that f E B,(81)) if f t; E BB(V1(l 8S2), j = T,-s, and IIfIIBp(en) _ 8
IIfo;IIB;(V;
))p
i p < oo.
(5.100)
;=1
Here A; = 4sj(A;) and 4i; is defined by (5.98), where W, W are replaced by Bpi, W; respectively.
Remark 18 In the case l = k - p, where k E N and 1 < p < oo, which will be of interest for us, from Theorem 8 below it will follow that, for open sets C having a C*-boundary, this definition is independent of {V;} and {iii}. As for the general case, see Remark 19.
5.5. TRACES ON SMOOTH SURFACES
241
For the function f defined on an open set 0 C R we write fo for its extension by 0 to R". If f E WP(SZ) and supp f C S2, then, by the additivity of the Lebesgue integral and the properties of weak derivatives, fo E Wp(R") and Ilfollw;(R.) = IIfIIwo(n) We shall need an analogue of this statement for the spaces B,(S2), which has the following form.
Lemma 14 Let 1 > 0, 1 < p:5 oo and b > 0. Then for each open set SZ C R" and V f E B' (Q) satisfying supp f C 06 (5.101)
IIfoIIB;(R") < C23 IIf IIB,(n)
where c23 > 0 is independent off and Q.
Idea of the proof. Note that for IhI < 2 p
IlohfOllL,(R") < I IOhpJ IIL,(fl0.
1) + IIOh JOIILy(`ltelhl) -
IIL9(S2nlhl)
0
Proof. From the definition of the spaces B,(c) we have IIfoIIb',(R") <
p dh (f (J (Ihl_`IIAhf IIL,(n,jhl)) Ihln)
n
R.
+( f
dh (IhI_'IIAhfOIILP(°sZe,hj))v I
hI
V
)
IhI? I&
S IIf IIb,,(n) + 2°IIf0IIL,(R^) (
f
Td h_ pi)'i
< M1 IIf IIB;(n)
Ihl?6
where Ml depends only on n, i, a, p and 6, and (5.101) follows.
Theorem 8 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and let SZ C R" be an open set with a C'-boundary. Then tr80Wp(S2) = Bp
(8S2),
l > p,
(5.102)
and
tre.W1(SZ) = Li(8Il).
(5.103)
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
242
Idea of the proof. 1. To prove the direct trace theorem establish, by Theorems 3 and 5, that the trace gj of f O, exists on Vj n&2, and gj E By ° (vi n an) if
l>1and g,EL1(Vn8f)if I=p=1. 2.
To prove the inverse trace (_- extension) theorem, given a function on W? , extend them by zero
g E B,, ° (8SI), consider the functions
to R"'' preserving the same notation, and set d
T9 = E
(5.104)
(Aj),
j=1
where To is a modification of the extension operator (5.46) for I > 1, respec-
0
tively (5.72) for I = p = 1. Namely, the sum E in (5.46), (5.72) must be k=1
00
replaced by E , where ko is such that k=ko
supp Toh C (supp h)a x B(0, d). 0
(5.105)
Proof. 1. By Corollary 18 of Chapter 4 f tljj E WW(Vj n 11) and by Lemma 16 of Chapter 4 (f1/ij)(A 1)) E WI (A,(Vj n ()). Since supp (ft/ij)(A(-1)) C Aj(Vj n n), the extension 21 by 0 to R" of the function (fiPj)(A(71)) is such that E W,(R"). Hence by Theorem 2 there exists a trace hj of this function on R"-1 and therefore on Wj* = Aj(Vj n 80). This means that
gj = hj(Aj) is a trace of ft/ij on V n BSI. So by Definition 3 g = E gj is a j=1
trace of f on 852. Moreover, if I > 1, then by Theorem 3 1101 ,-1
BP P(Vjn0n)
-1(Re-1)<- M1 llhjIl BP
= Ilhjll ,-1
BP P(Wj)
P
Finally, since gj = gt/ij, by Definition 4, Corollary 18 of Chapter 4, (5.99), Minkowski's inequality for sums and (2.59), we have 11911By ;(OA) - ( 11 j=1
< Ml
P 11
v)P
B`a P jnacl)
Mz 1=1
IIfIIWi(Vj j=1
21 We preserve the same notation for the extended function.
))P
5.5. TRACES ON SMOOTH SURFACES
243
'P ' + E (tIIDwIILp(V,nn)) P) < Mp x1II f II w;(a)
<M2 i=1
1a1=1
t=1
where M1 and M2 are independent of f. If l = p = 1, then, by Theorem 5, in the above argument Bp P should be replaced by L1. 2. If To is defined by (5.72), then by (1.4) supp Toh C (supp h)2-k0 x B(0, 2-10+ ').Hence (5.105) follows if 2-k0+1 < d. If To is defined by (5.72), then supp Toh C (supp h)36''o and (5.105) follows if, say, 45ko < d.
Since by Lemma (5.105) supp(Togi)(A,) C Vi n fI Let gi = and supp Tog, C Ai (Vi n fl), by Lemma 16 of Chapter 4 we have II(To9i)(Ai)IIWp(R°) = II(To9i)(Ai)IIwL(Vjnn)
< M3
IITo9jIIwy(Aj(Vjnn)) = M3 IITo9,Ilwp(Rn),
where M3 is independent of g and j. By the proofs of the Theorems 3 and 5 gi is a trace of Tog, on R"-' , hence (g0i)(Aj(-1)) is a trace of To((gtii)(Aj(-1))) onWj* = A,(Vifl8f ). Consequently, gtpi is a trace of To((gt/ii)(AJ-')))(Ai) on vi n 8t and, by Definition 3, g =
P, gii is a trace of Tg on 8f2. j=1
Suppose that I > 1, the case I = p = 1 being similar. By Theorem 3 and Lemma 14 we get IITo9jIIww(R") < M4II9tIIay 1
P(R^-1)
< Ms II (9Di)(A
1
J
)II ,-1 BP P(W;)
= Ms
-1 8P P(vjnen)
where M4 and M5 are independent of g and j. So s
a
IIT9IIww(R-) = II t(To9i)(Ai)II ww(R^) < M3 t IITo9JIIww(Rn) i=1
i=1 a
< M3 Ms t II90iII 1-1 i=1
BP P(Vjn8n)
= M3 MsII9II ,-i
.0
8P P(8n)
Remark 19 We note that in Theorem 8 the coverings IV-1 and the partitions of unity {iii} could be different in the first and the second parts of the proof.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
244
1- 1
From this fact it follows that Definition 4 of the spaces Bp ' (60), l E N, I >
p, does not depend on {Vj} and {Oj} for the open sets with a C'-boundary. Consider two coverings {V,k} and partitions of unity {1Pj,k}, k = 1,2, and be the norms defined with the help of {Vj,k}, {',j,k}. Then by let II ' II(" i Bp '(8n) (5.102) 'f E Wp(Q)
IIfII('i-1
_< M1 IIT2f llwo(n) :5 M2 IIf ii(2;-i
Bp '(80)
,
(5.106)
Bp '(8n)
where T2 is defined by (5.104) for {Vj,2} and {0j,2} and M1, M2 are independent
of f. Similarly we estimate (I II
'
II
By '(8n)
' II(1;_i
Bp '(8n)
Hence the norms
are equivalent. and II ' (I(2_i Bp '(8n) By this scheme it is also possible to prove, applying the trace theorem (5.68), Bp '(8n)
the independence of Definition 4 of {Vj} and {7ij} for the spaces B,(a1l) with an arbitrary l > 0. In this case one should verify that an analogue of (5.68) and Theorem 8 holds for the spaces Wp,Q, (1l), where e(x) = dist (x, 09S1), and replace (5.106) by Ill IB,(en) < M2 IIT2fIIw;,,(n) <_
whererEN,r>1+1,s=r-l-1 and8S2EC'. For an open set Q C Rn with a C'-boundary let v(x) be the unit vector of the outer normal at the point x E Oft Hence v(x) = where yj are the angles between v(x) and the unit coordinate vectors ej. For f E W, (11) the traces of the weak derivatives D,f exist on asp if Ial < 1- 1. We define the weak normal derivatives by
a'f aLs w
E COS
COS -Yj, (ax 7i
j...... j,=1
a'f ... axj.
The total trace and the total trace space are defined by
respectively J
Tree W (1l) = Tren f, f E
WW(Q)}.
245
5.5. TRACES ON SMOOTH SURFACES
Theorem 9 Let 1 E N,1 < p < oo and let 0 C R" be an open set with a CI-boundary. Then 1-1
Tr80 WW (1l)
1-a- , ° (852),
= 11 Bp
1 < p< coo,
(5.107)
a=0
and l1-2
(5.108)
menW1(1l)=flap s-1(OC) x L,(852). 1
8=0
Idea of the proof. Combine the proofs of Theorems 7 and 8. 0
Remark 20 If p > 1, then as in Remark 15 one may state that there exists a bounded linear extension operator 1-1
T:flBp' °(852)-,Wp())nC°°(52), a=0
satisfying the inequalities
II
`
18k(T{9a}) II 8Uk
C c24 1-1 Lo(ft)
119a11B,,
k > 1,
(5.109)
3=0
and
8't(T {k'}) IIPfc-1(
8s,
- 9k) II
1-' Lp(f1)
S 025E 119311 1-.-1 By °(on) 8=0
0 < k < 1,
(5.110)
where e(x) = dist (x, 8f2) and c24, c25 > 0 are independent of ga.
In (5.109) the exponent k - l cannot be replaced by k - l - e for any e > 0. If p = 1, then a similar statement holds. (We recall that in this case the extension operator T is nonlinear.)
Remark 21 The problem of the traces on smooth m-dimensional manifolds where m < n - 1 may be treated similarly, though technically this is more n-1
complicated. Suppose that 52 C R" is an open set such that SZ = U Fm, m=0
where Fm are m-dimensional manifolds in the class C' and rm n r1, = 0 if m & p. (Some of I'm may be absent.) Let, for example, 1 < p < oo. If m < n - pl, then, by Theorem 2, the traces on rm of functions f E Wp (52) may
not exist. If m > n - pl, then for each f E W, (1) the trace off on rm exists.
CHAPTER 5. TRACE THEOREMS
246
Moreover, the traces of the weak derivatives Daf also exist if dal < l - npm. For this reason the total trace and the total trace space are defined by
(
n-pl<m
Tra, Wp(0) = {Tre., f E Wp(f2)} respectively. Here D ,w =
-
w
are weak derivatives with respect
to an orthonormal set of the normals u1 i ..., vn_m to rm. The appropriate generalization of (5.107) has the form Tre.Wp!1G (l)
=
rj rl
n -1 m=0
Bp
p (O).
I0'I<1- n-m
P
Similarly one may generalize (5.108).
This statement plays an important role in the theory of boundary-value problems for elliptic partial differential equations, because it explains what boundary values must be given and to which spaces they can belong.
Chapter 6 Extension theorems The main aim of this chapter is to prove that under sertain assumptions on an open set S2 C R" there exists an extension i operator T : Wp(SZ) -+ Wp(R"),
which is linear and bounded. The existence of such an operator ensures that a number of properties of the space WI (R") are inherited by the space Wp(fl). Examples have been given in Section 4.2 (Remark 11 and the proof of Theorem 3) and Section 4.7 (Corollaries 20, 24 and the second proof of Theorem 13).
6.1
The one-dimensional case
We start with the simplest case of Sobolev spaces W, (a, b), in which it is possible to give sharp two-sided estimates of the minimal norm of an extension operator
T : WI(a, b) - W,'(-oo, oo). Lemma 1 Let -oo < a < b < oo. If f is defined on [a, c) and is absolutely continuous on [a, b] and [b, c], then f is absolutely continuous on [a, c].
Idea of the proof. Derive the statement directly from the definition of absolute continuity on [a, b) and [c, b]. Proof. Given e > 0, there exists b > 0 such that for any finite system of disjoint
intervals (a;l), f3;1)) C [a, b] and (a;2), (2)) C [b, c] satisfying the inequalities E(p;') a;')) < d, j = 1, 2, the inequalities E If (a;')) - f (Q;f))I < 2, j = 1, 2,
-
i This means that (T f)(z) = f (z), if z e i2.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
248
hold. Now let (ai, Qi) C [a, b] be a finite system of disjoint intervals satisfying ai) < J. If one of them contains b, denote it by (a*, Then
If(ai) - f(Qi)I 5 +I f (b)
If(ai) - f(Qi)I + If(a") - f(b)I
- f (,6*) l +
If (ai) - f (Qi) I < e.
(If there is no such interval (a', Q'), then the summands If (a') - f (0*) 1 and If (b) - f (,Q')I must be omitted.)
Lemma 2 Let I E N,1 < p < oo, -oo < a < b < oo, f E 14, (a, b) and g E WP(b, c). Then the pasted function
h=
on (a, b), l9 on (b, c).
belongs to WP (a, c) if, and only if,
f (3)(b-) = g.(') (b+), s = 0, 1, ..., l - 1, where f,(,,')(b-) and gw')(b+) are boundary values of of Chapter 1). If (6.2) is satisfied, then
(6.2)
and gw") (see Remark 6
IIhIIWW(a,c) 5 IIf II W,(a,b) + 11911Wp(b,c)
(6.3)
Idea of the proof. Starting from Definition 4 and Remark 6 of Chapter 1, apply Lemma 1. Proof. Let f, and gi be the functions, equivalent to f and g, whose derivatives exist and are absolutely continuous on [a, b], [b, c] respectively.
Then f;') (b) =
and g( )(b) = g.(') (b+), s = 0,1, ...,1 - 1. If (6.2) is
satisfied, then the function on [a, b], on [b, c]
is such that h('-1) exists and is absolutely continuous on [a, b]. Consequently, the weak derivative h;;) exists on (a, b) and 1 If 92) (1)
hw
on (a, b), on (b, c).
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
249
Hence, inequality (6.3) follows. If (6.2) is not satisfied, then for any function h2 defined on [a, b], coinciding with fl on [a, b) and with gl on (b, c], the ordinary derivative h(21-1)(b) does not 4-1) does not exist on (a, c) and h is not in exist. Hence, the weak derivative Wy1)(a,c).
Lemma 3 Let I E N, 1 < p < oc. Then there exists a linear extension operator T : W, (oo, 0) -+ WW(-oo, coo), such that (6.4)
IITIIw;(-.,u)-,wa(-...) < 81.
Idea of the proof. If l = 1, it is enough to consider the reflection operator, i.e., to set (6.5) (T1f)(x) = f (-x), X>0. If l > 2, define (T2)(x) for x > 0 as a linear combination of reflection and
dilations: (T2f)(x)
_
(6.6)
ak(TIf)(Qkx) = E akf(-Qkx), k=1
k=1
where Qk > 0 and ak are chosen in such a way that (T2f )(W8) (0+) = As) (04
3 = 0,1, ---,l - 1.
Verify that IIT2jIwl(oo,o)-.wW(_c ,ao) < oo and choose Qk
(6.7)
k = 1, ...,1, in
order to prove (6.1). Proof. Equalities (6.7) are equivalent to
Eak(-Qk)' = 1, s = 0, 1, ..., l - 1.
(6.8)
k=1
Consequently, by Cramer's rule and the formula for Van-der-Monde's determinant, 11 (Qi - Qj) I
1
11 (Qi + 1) 11 (-1 - Qj)
la (Qi - Qj)
1
fl
k<j
(Qk - Qj)
1
1<jS1,j*k Q, - Qk'
k = 1, ..., 1.
(6.9)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
250
If Nk = k, k = 1, ...,1, then ak = (-1)k-lk
l+k
(1) 21) k
\i
and
I«kl411(k). Therefore, setting y = -f3kx, we have IIT2fIIWp(0,oo) =
IIT2fIILp(0,aa) + II(T2f)(ti)IILD(O,ao)
k=1
k=1
k=1
k=1
< (8' -1)IIfIIWp(-oo,0)-
Hence, inequality (6.4) follows if we take into account Lemma 2 and, in particular, inequality (6.3).
Remark 1 It follows from the above proof that the inequalities IIT2IIw; (-oo,o)_,wo (-oo,oo)
81, m E N0, m < 1,
also hold.
Corollary 1 Let I E N,1 < p < oo, -oo < a < oo. Then there exists a linear extension operator T : W,(a, b) -+ Wp(2a - b, 2b - a), such that IITIIwp(a,b).ww(2a-b,2b-a) 5 2.8'.
(6.10)
Idea of the proof. Define
Eakf(a+Qk(a-x)) forxE(2a-b,a), (T3f)(x) =
k=1 f(x)
for x E (a,b),
(6.11)
1
E ak f (b + 13k(b - x))
for x E (b, 2b - a),
k=1
where ak and Qk are the same as in (6.6), observe that T3f is defined on (2a - b, 2b - a) since 0 < Qk < 1, and apply the proof of Lemma 3.
251
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
Corollary 2 Let I E N,1 < p < oo, -oo < a < b < oo. Then there exists a linear extension operator T : W'(a, b) -r W'(a - 1, b + 1) such that IITIIw,(a,b)_w,(a-1,b+1) <_ 2.8'(1 + (b - a)-'+7).
(6.12)
Idea of the proof. Let 6 = min{1, b - a} and define !
(T4f)(x) =
ak,6f(a+6,3k(a-x)) forxE (a- 1, a),
k=1 1(x)
(6.13)
for x E (a.b),
t
iE ak,6 f (b + b,3k (b - x))
for x E (b, b + 1),
k=1
l
ak,6(-al3k)' = 1.
where (3k are the same as in (6.11) and ak,6 are such that k=1
1. Observe that by (6.9) Iak,6I < (b - a)-'+' Iak I and apply the proof of Lemma 3. Proof. As in the proof of Lemma 3
IIT4fIIWw(b,b+1) 5
i Iak,61. IIf(b+6,3k(b-x))IILp(b,b+1) k=1
+ Iak.6I00k)1IIf,(`)(b+S0k(b - .C))IIL,(b.b+l) k=1
< ( Iak,61(6#k) °) IIf IIWI(b-6pk,b) k=1
<
1)11fllW,(a,b) <-
(8'b-l'
-1)IIf!Iw
(.,b)
and
IIT4f IIw;(a-1,b+1) 5 IIT4f IIww(a-1,a) + IIT4f IIw;(a,b) + IIT4f
IIw;(b,b+1)
< 2.8'6-'+ 111 II W, (a,b).
In order to estimate the norm of an extension operator T : WP(-oo, 0) -+ WP(-oo, oo) from below we prove the following statement, which reduces this problem to a certain type of extremal boundary-value problems.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
252
For given ao, ..., al_1 E R let
GP1(ao,...,al_)) =
inf
I e wp(O.-I:
IIfIIwy(o,oo)
(6.14)
)
Gp,l (ao, ..., al-1)
is defined in a similar way with (-oo, 0) replacing (0, oo). Let Qp1 =
Gpl(ao,at,...,aj_j)
sup
laol+...+la,_,I>o Gp,l(ao, at, ..., al-1)
sup
+
G,+,, (ao, a,)
... at-,)
(6.15)
loot+...+la,_,I>o Gp 1(ao, -a), ..., (-1)1-1at-1)
The latter equality follows if the argument x is replaced by -x in the definition of GN,1. Moreover, it follows from (6.15) that for 1 < p < 00 Qp,: > 1, 1 E N,
Qp,) = 1.
(6.16)
Lemma 4 Let I E Nl,1 < p < oo. Then i
/
1 1+ Qv t11 p< if IITIIwy(-oo,0).,wW(-00,00) < 1+ Qp,a.
(6.17)
(If p = 00, then (1 + QP 1) o must be replaced by Qo,1.)
Idea of the proof. Apply the inequality 1
(Ilf Ilwo(_oo,o) + IITf Illpvo(o,o.)) p <- IITf Ilw;(-00,00) <- Ilfllwn(-oo,o) + IITf Ilwo(o,oo)
(6.18)
In order to prove the first inequality (6.17) apply also the inequality IITf IIw;(o,oo) > Ga 1(ao, ...) at_,),
(6.19)
which, by the definition of G+,, holds for all ao, ..., a1_1 and for each extension operator T. In order to prove the second inequality (6.17) define, Ve > 0, the extension operator Te setting TE f = g£ for x E (0, oo), where gE E Wp(0, 00) is any function, which is such that ffk)(0-), k = 0,..., l - 1, and II9EIIw;(0,oo) 5
Gp 1(f (0-), ..., f( .1-1)(0-)) + e 11f Ilwo(-oo,o)
(6.20)
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
253
Proof. 1. The second inequality (6.18) is trivial since IIh11L°(-00,00) <_ IIh11L°(-ao,o) +
IIhIIL°(o,00)
The first inequality (6.18) follows from Minkowski's inequality for finite sums, because IIhIIL°(-o0,0) + IIhIIL°(0,oo))
+{Ilhu')IIL°(-00,0)
+
Ilh(w)IIL°(0.c)) ° >_ { (IIh11L°(-o,o) +
Ilh(')IIL°(-oO,0))p
p
+(Ilhllr,°(o,.) +
(Ilhllwp(-,,,,,o)
+
2. It follows from (6.18) and (6.19) that for each ao, ..., a(_) E R such that Iaol + ... + Ia(-) I > 0
IITIIwp(-.,o)-.w;(-.,.) =
> (1+
IIT!
sup
t
IIJ
IlWp(-00,00)
IIWp(-.,O)
(IITfllwp(o,oo)\\p
sup JEWp(-06.0):
> 1+ G+p,(ao,...,a(_,)) p
IIf IIwp(-oo,o )
J 1
sup
°
°(-00,0)
/EWp(-W-0)'
1lfllwl
(G-( ao, ... , ai_t Y) and we arrive at the first inequality (6.17). 3. Given e > 0 by (6.18) and (6.20) we have I19eIIWp(0,oo)
sup
IITehI <_ 1 +
fEW;(-oo,o),/'w Ilf II Wp(-oo,o)
<1+e+
sup
a0,...,o1-1ER:
sup
v,t (ao, ... , a->' )
/EWW(-m,0):
and the second inequality of (6.17) follows. 0
IIf II
Wp(-00,0)
=1+Qpi+e
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
254
Corollary 3 Let 1 < p < oo. Then inf IITOwg-,,,o)-+wo(-oo,oo) = 20. T
I Idea of the proof. By (6.15) and (6.16) IITIIw;(-00,0)-+w;(-00,aQ) >- 20 for each
extension operator T. On the other hand it is clear that for the extension i operator T, defined by (6.5) IITi IIw;(-oo,o)-+wo(-oo,oo) = 2' .
Remark 2 Note also that if the norm in the space W,(a, b) is defined by b
v
IIfDwp(a,b) = (f
(If(x)IP+Ifw')(x)I")dx)
a
(see Remark 8 of Section 1.3), then
inf
(1 + (QPI) )P)o,
where QI; P is defined by (6.14) - (6.15) with II . II') replacing II - II. This follows from the proof of Lemma 4 and the equality IITillw;(-oa,ao) =
((IITf Ilyvo(,,,o))P + (IITillwo(o.00))P)'.
Lemma 5 Let I E N, 1 < p:5 oo and f E Wp(0, oo). Then IlfIlw (o,00)
-
Il
k=0
f
(6.21)
(0+) k.
xkilL,(o,a,).
Idea of the proof. Apply Taylor's formula and Holder's inequality. Proof. Let f E Wp(0, co). Then for almost every x E (0, oo) !-1
f (x) = E ka0
(k) fW
xk
(k±)
+ (1 11)! f(x -
u)'-1
du,
0
k = 0, 1, ... ,1 - 1, are the boundary values of the weak where the derivatives f). (See formula (3.10) and comments on it in Section 3.1). Hence, by the triangle inequality for each a > 0
II
k=0
< IIf IIL f (k)(°+) k! xk ll Lp(o,a) -
+
( 1 1 1)!
ill (x-u)'-'f.() (u) dull L,(O,a)' 0
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
255
By Holder's inequality x
.
(lx-1)P
f (x - u)1-' f (()(u) du IILP(O,a)
IIJW''ll/.P(0,2)IILP(O.a)
< II (I - 1)p' + 1 /
0
<((1-1)p'+1) '11X' = a`(lp) P((1 -1)p' + 1)
P PIILP(0,a)IIfW`'IILP(0.a)
allfw''IILP(O.a) <_
Ilfw`'IILP(o,a)
Consequently, 1-1 II
k=O
f k,(k! )xk IIL
ro.a)
<- 11f 11L,(0,.) +
Setting a = ' 1!, we get (6.21).
Corollary 4 For all I E N,1 < p:5 oo, ao,... , at_1 E R
> E k!Lxk 1-1
Gp j (ao, ... , at_1)
k=O
(6.22) LP(O,. !)
Lemma 6 Let I E N,1 < p < oo. Then for every extension operator T
Wp,(-00, 0) -+ WP' (-00, 00) (6.23)
IITIIW;(-aa.0).wa(-oo,oo) ? 2'-21-p.
Idea of the proof. For 1 = 1, 2 inequality (6.23) is trivial since IITII ? 1 for each extension operator T. Assume that I > 3 and set
f1(x) _
0
for-oo<x<-a,
(x + a)1
for -a < x < 0,
where a = Y11
Proof. By (6.14), (6.15), (6.22) and the triangle inequality we have 11-1 U,1nik
/1 `CP,1
______1(0), ... , f1(1-1'(0)) IIfIIIW;(-oo,0)
>
II
k=0
k!
IILP(0,a)
IIhIIWW(-oo,0)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
256
= II(x+a)'- x1jjL,(o,.) > II(x+a)'IIL,(o,a) - IIX'IIL,(o,a) II (x + a)' II w;(-a,o)
_
(21p+1-1)a-1 ,
1 + (!p+ 1)p
>
Ilx' I I wa(o,a)
2'-1 1
,
2'-1 _z 1 0>2
>
1
2
1
3
1a(1-° ,+(P+1) °)
s P.
Hence by (6.17) inequality (6.23) follows.
Remark 3 Note also that there exists a constant cl > 1 such that 2 IITIIw;(-ao,o)_*w,,(-o,.) >- c1, l > 2,
1 < p < oo,
(6.24)
for every extension operator T. For cl = 7 this follows from the inequality
1
(a-e,b+E) and 117(k) (x) I < (41)ke-k,
x E R, k = 0, ... ,1.
(6.25)
Idea of the proof. Set *w
77 _
* ... * w
*X(a- ,b+ ),
(6.26)
1 times
where X(a-j,b+j) is the characteristic function of the interval (a - 2, b + w(x) = 1 - Ixl if Ixl < 1, w(x) = 0 if Ix) > 1, w is any nonnegative infinitely differentiable kernel of mollification (see Section 1.1) and y is a sufficiently small positive number. Apply Young's inequality (4.138) and the equality 2),
II (w
*
Ilw
+, IIL,o(R).
(6.27)
Proof. Leta=L(l+4)(1+y)-1. By Section 1.1nECo (R),0
* X(a-I,b+j))wk)IIL (R)
2 Inequailty (6.24) does not hold Vl E N because of Corollary 4 for p = oo.
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
= II (W) * ... * (w +7
+1
) #W
+7
11k-1
`
+,
*(w2+
(R) 2 2 , * X(a--,b+-)YIIL
+, IIL_(R) < 2.4k-'
IIWIIL,(R) IIW2
11W
J
E
* ... *W
c
I - k times
k - 1 -times
< (2(1+7))k-1
257
Choose -y > 0 satisfying e7 < 2, then (1 + y)k < ek(l + e obtain (6.25). Finally we note that (6.27) follows from
(1 + Y)kE-k
< 2 lk and so
b+ 12
W
e
#
x
e
x - 'dy
W
a-i z-b-1
-(
r
J
E
2
+,(z)dz =W, (x-b-2)-low,+
E)l 2
--a-3
since the terms of the right-hand side have disjoint supports.
Corollary 5 In the one-dimensional case `dl E N there exists a nonnegative infinitely differentiable kernel of mollification p satisfying (1.1) such that I1(k)(x)I < (41)k, x E R, k = 0, ...,1.
(6.28)
Idea of the proof. Define q by (6.26), where a = b = 0 and E = 1, and apply the equality If *9IIL,(R) =IIfIIL,(R) - II9IIL,(R) for non-negative f,g E L1(R).
Lemma 8 There exists c2 > 0 such that for all 1, m E N, m < 1,1 <_ p, q < oo, -oo < a < b < oo and V f E W, (a, b) a)1-m Ilfwm)IILq(a,b) < c12(b-a)4 P((b
a)mIIfIIL,(a,b) + (b (6.29)
Idea of the proof. Apply the integral representation (3.17) with (a,,0) = (a, b) and w(x) = b µ (2(b o b)) , where the function µ is a function constructed in Corollary 5. Proof. The numbers oaf,,, defined by (3.20) satisfy the following inequality 1
IQa ,mI
1-1
(s-m)!k=O` (
l-1 k
21-1
)
(s-m)!
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
258
Consequently, taking into account (3.5) and Remark 5 in Chapter 3, we have that for almost all x E [a, b] 1-1
b
IA-) (x) I
(b
+(
<- f (E (32
a i '"-1 )
'
),
(b -
b
f If( .1)Idy < (b-
a)'-m (41)'
a)'+1(41)')
b
8--m _
< (16e)' (b -
f
a)-m-116t1m C`
a
+(b -
If I dy
\b ?
a)1-m-1 IM-1-1 (
f
IfI dy
b
11 m-1
\
(1-m-1)!
l
Ifwj)I dy
0
a)1-m
a)-p
Ilfllt,(ab) + (b
((b a)m
l
Ilfw`)IIL,cab)
(6.30)
and inequality (6.29) follows with c2 = 16 e. 0
Remark 4 Inequality (6.29) is an improved version of inequality (4.55). 0
Corollary 6 If, in addition to the assumptions of Lemma 8, b - a < 1, then Ilf,v
IIL,(a,b) <- C11' (b - a) m+o p IlfIIwW(a,b)'
(6.31)
If, in addition to the assuptions of Lemma 8, b - a > 1 and q > p, then II W'-(0)-
(6.32)
Idea of the proof. Inequality (6.31) is a direct corollary of (6.29). In order to prove (6.32) apply (6.29) and Lemma 7 of Chapter 4. 0 P r o o f . Let b - a > 1 and q > p. Choose intervals (ak, bk), k = 1, ... , s, in such a way that bk - at = 1, (a, b) = U (ak, bk) and the multiplicity of the covering k=1
{(ak, bk)}k=1 is equal to 2. By (6.29) IIfwm)IIL,(a.,b.) <- 01 (1m IIfIIL,(ar,b.) + lm-`
Hence, by Lemma 7 of Chapter 4 2a 021 (1m IIfIIL,(a,b) + 1--1 IIf,(°)IIL,(a.b))
and (6.32) follows. 0
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
259
Lemma 9 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo, - oo < a < b < oo, b - a < 1. There exists a linear operator T : W, (a, b) - W, (-oo, oo), such that
c'l'
IITIIw;(a.b),w;(-oo,aa) <_
3
!_ ,
(6.33)
,
(b - a) V
where c3 is a constant greater than 1. Idea of the proof. Consider the operator (Ts f) (X) = (T4 f)(x)rl(x), x E R,
(6.34)
where r) is the function constructed in Lemma 7 for e = 1 and T4 is defined by (6.13), assuming that (T5 f)(x) = 0 for x (a - 1, b + 1) and apply Corollary 6. Proof. It follows from the Leibnitz formula, (6.25), (6.32) and (6.12) that IITsfIIWw(-aa,aa) = IIrlT4fIILp(a-1,b+1) + II(17T4f)(w)IILp(a-l,b+l)
(m)
<- IITafIILp(a-l,b+l) +
II(T4f)('')IILp(a-1,b+1)
m-0
<
IIT4fIILp(a-1,b+1) + ( (MI ) (41)' m(2C2)'lm) IIT4f II W;(a-1,b+1) m=0
< (1 + (16c21)') IIT4f IIww(a-l,b+l) <- 4 (1 + (16c2l)') 81 (b - a)-'+a IIf IIw;(a,b)
< c'3 l' (b - a)-'+7
Ill I I WW(a,b) ,
where c3 = 32 (1 + 16 c2). Hence we obtain (6.33). 0
Lemma 10 Let I E N,1 < p < oo, -oo < a < b < oc, b - a > 1. There exists a linear extension operator T : WI (a, b) -+ WI(-oo, oo) such that IITII WW(a,b)-,w;(-oo,oo) <
where c4 is a constant greater than 1.
L14 (1
+
It
(b - a)
!
-
)
(6.35)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
260
Idea of the proof. Consider the operator
(T6f)(x) = (T3f)(x) i(x),
(6.36)
where i is the function constructed in Lemma 7 for e = b - a and T3 is defined by (6.11), and apply Lemma 8. Proof. It follows from the Leibnitz formula, (6.25), (6.29) and (6.10) that IIT6fIIW,(-oo,oo) =
IInT3fIILp(2a-b,2b-a) + II(77T3f)(w)IILp(2a-b,2b-a)
(m)
< IIT3fIILp(2a-b,2b-a) + M=0 :5
+
(41)1--(b mF,
(m)
II(T3f)(w)IILp(2a-b,2b-a))
l IILp(2a-b,2b-a) +
- a)m-1 C2-((b t a) m IIT3f IILp(2a-b,2b-a)
a)f m
+(b IIT3f
IIT3fIILp(2a-6,2b-a)
(1)rn) (b - a)-' IIT3f IILp(2a-b,2b-a)
(4l)1 (u
l (m) Cam` II(T3f)W(I)IILp(2a-b,2b-a)
+4' M=0
< (1 + (4 (1 + c2))' (1 + 1'(b - a)-')IIT3f IIWo(2a-b,2b-a)
5 2(1+(4(1+c2))181(1+1'(b-a)-')IIfIIw;(a,b) 5 c'4(1+1'(b-a)-')IIfIIww(a,b) <- c'4 (1+1'(b-a)-'+t)IIlIIW (a,b) where c4 = 16 (1 + 4 (1 + c2)). Hence we obtain (6.35).
Remark 5 It follows from the proofs of Lemmas 9 and 10 that for all -oo < a < b < oo there exists an extension operator T such that IITIIWa (a,b)-Wo (-oo,oo) < C5 (1 +
m
(b - a)
where c5 is a constant greater than 1.
m_
)+ m E Np, m<-1,
(6.37)
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
261
Now we consider estimates from below for the minimal norm of an extension operator.
Lemma 11 Let 1 E N,1 < p < oo, oo < a < b < oo. Then for every extension operator T : W,(a, b) - Wp(-oo, oo)
(e)'l'(b-(6.38)
IITllwo(a,b)-/W,1(-oo,.) >_ 8I
Remark 6 We shall give two proofs of Lemma 11. The first of them is a direct one: as in the proof of Lemma 6 it is based on the choice of a function f E W,(a, b), which is the "worst" for extension. The second one is based on Lemma 12 below, in which a lower bound for the norm of an arbitrary extension operator via the best constants in the inequalities for the norms of intermediate derivatives is given. In both proofs the polynomials Qt-);p of degree 1-1 closest to zero in Lp(0,1) are involved, i.e., Q1-1;P = xt-1 + a1_2x1-2 + ... + ao and IIQ1-1;pIIL°(o,1) =
inf
b0.....bl_2ER
Ilx'-' + b1_2x1-2 + ... + boIIL°(o,)).
2-1+1R(_1(2x - 1), where R,,,, is the Chebyshev
We recall that
polynomial of the 1-st type: Rm(x) = 2-m+1 cos(m arccos x). Moreover, IIQ1-1;ooIILoo(0.1) = 8.4-'.
IIQ1-1;pIILp(o,1) 5 IIQi-1roolILp(0,1)
(6.39)
Idea of the first proof of Lemma 11. In the inequality IITII = IITIIw°,(a,b)-,wi(°_oo,ao) > set
_
!
1)1
11TfIIw°(-oo,oo) (6.40)
IIfIIW;(a,b)
(
1
ll
(6.41)
IIhllw;(-oo,a) >- 1. 0
(6.42)
Q1-1,P b-a), apply inequality (4.50) and the relation inf
he Wj (-oo.a): h(a-)=I
First proof. It follows from (6.40), (6.41) and (6.39) that IITII
- (I
II9IIw;(-oo,oo)
IIQt 1;PIILo(,1)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
262
2 41-1(1 - 1)! (b -
a)-1+-,
II9IIw;(-oo,oo)
where g = T f . By inequality (4.50) 2 II9IIL,II9w`'IILp(Too,oo) < 2 II9IIWW(-oo,oo)
II9w`-1)IILP(-oo,oo)
Consequently (1-1)
II9w
ir
(1)
2 +1
IIL,(-oo,oo) + II9w IILp(-oo,oo) 5
(-oo,oo) = II9w
II W,
II9II W;(-oo,oo)
and
IITII
-
4 ' -7' ( 1+ r
21)1 II9w)-1)IIW, (-oo,oo)
Since fw1-1) = 1 and g E Wp(-oo, oo), by Lemma 2, gw-1)(a-) = 1. Hence by (6.42) II9w(-))Ilwp(-oo,oo)
t
AEwvnf
IIhlIww(-oo,a)
1
h(.-)=l
Thus by Stirling's formula
IITII?
41_I (1- 1)! (b
- a)-1+
21r(l - 1) 4 1-1 t
e
4(7r+2) l >
2,
(e)
it+2
+2
J-1(1- I
(e
(4)111(b-a)-'+p >
4(7r+2)f e
l1(
(l-1) 1-1 (b-a)- '+
ba )-1+
0.12(4)111(b-a)-1+ 1
e
and we obtain (6.38) with 0.12 replacing Finally we note that (6.42), by Holder's inequality, follows from (3.8): 0+1
a+1
1 = Ih(a-)I 5 f IhI dy + f IhwI dy 5 IIhhIwp(-oo,oo) 13 o
a
Now for 1, n E N and 1 < p < oo we shall denote by M1,,,,p the set of q, Q satisfying 1 < q < 00, Q E N, which are such that for some A > 0 and of E Wp(R")
IILg(R") < A If II W (R') II Dmf
(6.43)
6.1. THE ONE-DIMENSIONAL CASE
263
It follows from Chapter 4 that p < q < oo and 1,61 < l - n(I - 1) or
q=ooandl6I <1for p=oo, I/3I <1-p fort
(6.44)
Lemma 12 Let 1, n E N, 1 < p < oo, (q, /3) E M,,,,,,, and let Il C R" be an open set. Then for every extension operator T : WP(Q) -a L4,(R" ) 11TII W0(n )-+Wp(R "
) >-
C' (Q, p, g,1.0)
sun
(6.45)
(9.Q)Ebf+.n.v C'(R", p, q, 1, l3)
Idea of the proof. Prove (6.44) by applying an arbitrary extension operator T and inequality (6.43) where A = C' (R", p, q,1, (t). Proof. For all (q, /3) E Mt,n,a IIDWfIIL,(n) 5 IID1(Tf)IIL,(R-) s C'(R, p, q, 1,13) IITfIIw/(Rn) < C'(R", p, q,1,13) IITIIw;(n)-,wo(Rn) Ilf II WW(n)-
Hence, C'(S1,p,q,1,/3) <_ C*(R", p, q,1,Q) IITIIwp(n)-.w1(R")
and (6.45) follows. Idea of the second proof of Lemma 11. Apply Lemma 12 with /3 = 1 -1, q = 00
and inequality (4.53). Use the function f, defined by (6.41) to obtain a lower bound for C* ((a, b), p, oo,1- 1,1). Second proof. By (6.45) for every extension operator T : W,(a, b) -* W, (- 00, oo) C* ((a, b), p, oo,1,1-1)
IITII = IITIIwa+(n,b).w+(p-.,.)
C ((-oo,oo),p,oo,1,1-1).
It follows from (6.44), with f defined by (6.41), and (6.39) that C' ((a, b), p, oo,1,1- 1) > b-a _+
= (l - 1)! (b -
a)-1+iT
QQ1-1;ehIL,(o,1)
>
1
8
II
b)
41(1- 1)! (b - a)-i+
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
264
From (4.53) C'((-oo, oo), p, 00, 1, l - 1) < 2ar. Hence, applying Stirling's formula as in the first proof of Lemma 12 , we get IITII ?
41
2(127r 1)1(b - a)-1+7
? 8 f ()111(b e
-
O
Finally, we give a formulation of the main result of Section 6.1.
Theorem 1 There exist constants c6, c7 > 0 such that for all 1 E N, 1 < p < 00
and -oo < a < b < oo it 1+
cs
(1+
iTf IITII wo(o.a),wp(-oo.oo)
(b - a)
11
(b
a)
'_
).
(6.46)
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemmas 3, 6, 9, 10 and 11.
Proof. If b - a = oo, then (6.47) follows from (6.4) and (6.24). If b - a < oo, then (6.47) follows from (6.33), (6.35) and (6.38).
Remark 7 If p = oo, then the statement of the Theorem is also valid for the spaces C 1(a, b), i.e., there exist c8, c9 > 0 such that
( c8 (1
l1
+ (b -
a)1-1
l) < if
c1s (1 + (b
ll
l
- a)1-1) .
(6.47)
The estimate from below is proved in the same manner as for the space W.(a, b). When proving estimates from above, the operator T2 defined by (6.6) must be replaced by T2 defined by (T2 f) (0) = f (O-) and (T2 f) (x) _ 1+1
1+1
k=1
k=1
E ak f (-,9kx), x > 0 , where ,Bk > 0 and E ak(-Qk)' = 1, s = 0,1, ... ,1.
In that case (T2 f)(')(0+) = f (')(0-), s = 0,1, ... ,1, which ensures that T2 f E C1(-oo, oo) for each f E G 1(-0o, 0). Moreover, (IT2IIUi(_00 o)iZ!l(_. .l < 161. The rest of the proof is the same as for the space WW (a, b).
6.2
Pasting local extensions
We pass to the multidimensional case and start by reducing the problem of extensions to the problem of local extensions.
6.2. PASTING LOCAL EXTENSIONS
265
Lemma 13 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo and let 0 C R" be an open set with a , , where s E N or quasi-resolved boundary. Moreover, let Uj C R", j = 1s s = oo , be open sets such that S2 C
6(uj)j
for some b > 0. If s = oo, suppose, in addition, that the multiplicity of the covering x - x({Uj};=1) is finite. Suppose that for all j = !-,s there exist bounded extension operators
T; : Wp(Sa n U,) -> WP(L(6.48) where Wp(S2 n U,) _ (f E Wp(S2 n Uj) : supp f c S2 n U,}. Ifs = oo, suppose also that sup IIT, 11 < oo. Then there exists a bounded extension operator jEN
T : Wp(S2) -* W,(R" ).
(6.49)
'
Moreover, (6.50)
1ITh 5 cIo sup IITifl,
j=
where c10 > 0 depends only on n, 1, 6 and x.
If all the T, are linear, then T is also linear.
Idea of the proof. Assuming, without loss of generality, that (U,)5 n 11 0 0 construct functions Oj E C°°(R"), j = !-,s such that the collection { ?}'=1 is a partition of unity corresponding to the covering {Uj)J=1, i.e., the following s
properties hold: 0 < '0j < 1, supp zlij C Uj, t O2 = 1 on S2 and Va E No j=1
satisfying jal < 1,
M1, where M1 depends only on n, l and 6.
For f E Wp(SZ) set
Tf = > ej Tj(f+,j)
on W.
(6.51)
j=1
(Assume that OjTj(fOj) = 0 on c(U,)). 0 Proof. 1. Let rlj E C°°(R") be "cap-shaped" functions satisfying 0 < ri, < 1, nj = 1 on (U,)s, rj = 0 on °((Uj)g) and ID°r)j(x)h 5 M26-1°1, a E No, a
where M2 depends only on n and a. (See Section 1.1.) Then 1 < E rl? < x j=1
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
266
a
a
on U (U;)
Further, let
E C6 (R"),
1 on 12, 77 = 0 on `(U (Uj) s ). One
1=1
7=1
can construct functions tkj by setting iOi _ ?7t t) & 77j2) - on U (U,)1 assuming
that O, = 0 on c(U(U;)1). :=1
2. The operator T defined by (6.51) is an extension operator. For, let x E Q. If X E supp V)j for some j, then 1,b (x)(Tj(f 1G1))(x) = OJ2 (x) f (x). If x 0 supp le,, e
then -0,(x)(T,(f-G;))(x) = 0 = 1,,(x)f(x). So (Tf)(x) = E'+GJ2 (x)f(x) _ j=1
f(x). 3. Let a E No and Ia1=1. If s E N, then
Do(Tf) _ ED.(?PjTi(f ik1)) on It".
(6.52)
i=1
If s = oo, then (6.52) still holds, because on `(U (U;)¢) both sides of (6.52)
are equal to 0 and dx E U (U;)1 the number of sets (Uj) j intersecting the i=1
ball B(x, 1) is finite. Otherwise there exists a countable set of Uj,, s E N, satisfying (UJ,)t n B(x, z) 36 0. Hence x E U,i,, and we arrive to a contradiction since x({U1},q0=1) < oo. Consequently, there exists S. E N such that supp (1G,T,(ftli,)) n B(x, z) 54 0 for j > sy. So OiTT(fOj) on B(x,1).
Tf 7=1
Hence, 00
Dm(Tf) _ E Dw(1G1Ti(f ,Oi)) _ E D"('O;T;(f O,)) i=1
on B(x,
2).
i=1
Therefore by the appropriate properties of weak derivatives (see Section 1.2) (6.52) with s = oo follows.
4. Let aENi, and a=0orjal=1. In (6.51),for all xEW1,and in (6.52), for almost all x E R", the number of nonzero summands does not exceed x. Hence, by Holder's inequality for finite sums,
ID."(Tf)IP < W-' t IDw(0tT, (f1, ))IP j=1
6.2. PASTING LOCAL EXTENSIONS
267
almost everywhere on R" and
f IDD(Tf)I°dx < W- > f ID°('jTj(fbj)) IPdx.
R.
i=1 Rn
Therefore, taking into account Remark 8 of Chapter 1, we have
IITfIIW;(Rn) < M3 t II P Ti(fuj)
flwp(R')
j=1
where M3 depends only on n, l and x. Since supp u'j C U, applying Corollary 18 of Chapter 4, we have IIVGjTj(ftj) IIwp(si) <_ M 4 I I T?(fps) IIwp(u,) _ < M 4 I I Tj II IIf Vj IIWP(snU )
< Ms IITiII III IIwp(nnu,),
where M4 and M5 depend only on n, l and 6. Now it follows, by (2.59), that , v
IITf Ilw;(Rn) < M6 sup IIT,II (E IllIIW (nnu,)) j=1
i
<M7sup IIT;II( f (IfI + E JDWfIP)dx ?=1 nnu,
l01=1
< M8 SUP IlTill If IIww(n),
i
where M6, M? and M8 depend only on n, 1, 6 and x.
Remark 8 Suppose that in Lemma 13 the operators Ti satisfy the additional condition
fEfVlpnUj)==> suppT,fcUj.
(6.53)
In this case the operator T may be constructed in a simpler way with the help
J=1, i.e., E of = 1 on ). We assume that
of a standard partition of unity
3=1
T,(f p1)(x)=0ifxEUj and set
Tf
T,(f,,i) on R. j=1
(6.54)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
268
The operator T is an extension operator. For, let x E 1. If x E Uj, then (T.i(f Vi))(x) = b1(x) f(x), and if x V Uj, then (T,(f'j))(x) = 0 =O9(x) f(x). Thus (T f)(x) = E Oj(x) f (x) = f (x). Note also that for f E Wy(0), because i=1
of (6.53), we have T,(fiP) E Wp(Rn) and II Ti(f'Pi)
11 2' (f0,) Ilwp(u,).
Further we consider a bounded elementary domain H C R" with a C1- or Lipschitz boundary with the parameters 0 < d < D < oo, 0 < M < oo, which by Section 4.3 means that
H={xEitt":an<xn
(6.55)
where 2 = (xi,...,xn_1), W = {2 E Rn-1, ai < xi < bi, i = 1,...,n - 11, -oc < a, < b, < oc, diam H < D, x E W,
(6.56)
IID°Wllc(w) < M
(6.57)
an + d < ;p(2),
and 1m°aa or (6.58) 2,9 E W, respectively. Moreover, let V = {x E Rn : ai < xi < bi, i = 1,... , n - 1, an <
I(v(2) - W(g)1 <- M 12 - 91,
xn < oo}.
Lemma 14 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo. Suppose that for each bounded elementary domain H C Rn with a Cl- or Lipschitz boundary with the parameters d, D and M there exists a bounded linear extension operator
T : Wp(H) -* WP(V),
(6.59)
where W,(H) = If E W, (0): supp f c Fn V} and 1IT11 < c11, where c11 > 0 depends only on n, 1, p, d, D and M. Then for each open set Q C Rn with a C1-, Lipschitz respectively, boundary there exists a bounded linear extension operator (6.49).
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemma 13 with Uj = Vj, where Vj, j = 1, s are open parallelepipeds as in the definition of an open set with a Cl- or a Lipschitz boundary.
6.3. EXTENSIONS FOR SUFFICIENTLY SMOOTH BOUNDARIES
269
Proof. By the assumptions of the lemma for all j = 1, s there exist bounded extension operators T; : WP(.\i(I n V;)) -> WP(aj(ti's))
Let (A, f)(x) = f ()19(x)) and define T(1)
=Aj1TA9.
It follows from the proof of Lemma 16 of Chapter 4 that A9 : W,
n 17) ->
Wp(A(Sl n V9)), A;1 : Wp(a9(V9)) -a Wo(LJ) and II A, II, II A9 II-I do not exceed
some quantity depending only on n and 1. Hence.
Tj1i i (sl n l;) -+ WI(V ) :
and
II 2 ') II <_ II A-'
T'. II ' IIA3 II S M1 II T, II,
where M1 depends only on n and 1.
If 11 is bounded, then s E N and by Lemma 13 there exists a bounded extension operator (6.49). If 1 is unbounded, then s = oo and by the definition
of an open set with a Cl- or Lipschitz boundary each bounded elementary domain a9(SZnV9) has the same parameters d, D, M. Hence, by the assumptions of the lemma II T.i II 5 c11. Moreover, in this case the multiplicity of the covering { V? 1,9_1 is finite. Thus Lemma 13 is applicable, which ensures the existence of a bounded linear operator (6.49).
6.3
Extensions for sufficiently smooth boundaries
Lemma 15LetlEN,1
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemmas 9-10 n times.
Lemma 16 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo. Then for each bounded elementary domain H C R" with a C'-boundary with the parameters d, D and M there exists a bounded linear extension operator (6.59), which is such that IITII 5 c1$i where C12 > 0 depends only on n, I and M.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
270
Idea of the proof. Let H- _ {x E R"; -00 < x, < tp(x), x E W}, (Tof)(x) = f (x) for x E H, (Tof)(x) = 0 for x E H-\H. Moreover, let (Af)(x) = f(a(x)), where (a(x))k = xk, k = 1, ... , n - 1, (a(x))" = xn + W(r) and (T2 f) (x) = 1
i akf (x, -Qkxn) for I E W, xn > 0, where flk > 0 and ak are defined by k=1 (6.8). Set
T = A-' T2 A To
(6.60)
and apply Lemma 16 and Remark 25 of Chapter 4. Proof. If f E W,(H), then Tof E Wp(H-) and IITofIIww(H-) = IIfUIww(H) Hence,
IIToIIIVP(H)4wp(H-) = 1. Since A(H-) = Q- = {x E Rn : x E W, xn <
0) and o= (x) - 1, by (4.126) and (4.148) we have IIAIIw;(H-)_wp(Q-) <- M1 Max II D°,II c(w) 5 M1 M,
where M1 depends only on n and 1.
Since (a(-')(x))k = xk, k = 1, ... , n - 1, (a(-')(x))n = x" - cp(x) , the same estimate holds for IIA-'IIw.(q)-,w;(q) where Q = W x R. Finally by Lemma 3, IIT2IIwa(Q-)-.wg4) <- 81. Thus, IITIIWO(H)-.Wy(V) < IIA-'II IIT2II' IIAII II2'oll <_ C12,
where C12 depends only on n, I and M.
Remark 9 Note that 1
(T2Af)(x) = E akf (x, xn - (1 + fk)lxn - V(x)))
(6.61)
k=1
onH+= {xERn: IEW,xn> w(z)}, where 1k>0andaksatisfy (6.8). Theorem 2 Let I E N,1 < p < oo and let 11 C Rn be an open set with a C(-boundary. Then there exists a bounded linear extension operator (6.49).
Idea of the proof Apply Lemmas 14 and 17.
Remark 10 If p = oo then Lemmas 13 -16 and Theorem 2 are also valid for the space C'(0). Thus, for each open set with a C'-boundary there exists a bounded linear extension operator T : ?71(fl) -+ ?7'(R'). (See also Remark 7.)
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
271
Extensions for Lipschitz boundaries
6.4 Let
Q = {x E Rn : X. < V(:i), x E K'-'), where V satisfies a Lipschitz condition on
(6.62)
IIt1-1:
IV(z) - V(9)I < MIA - yI,
(6.63)
x, y E lW"-'.
Lemma 17 Let ! E N,1 < p:5 oo. Suppose that for each domain S2 defined by (6.62) - (6.63) there exists a bounded linear extension operator T : t4p(S2) --> 14'p (R"),
(6.64)
where
y(1) = (f E W1(11) : suppf is compact in Iltn } and IITII <_ c13, where c13 > 0 depends only on n, p, l and M. Then for each open set 1 with a Lipshitz boundary there exists a bounded linear extension operator (6.49).
Idea of the proof. Prove that for each bounded elementary domain H C Rn with a Lipschitz boundary there exists a bounded linear extension operator (6.59) such that IITII < C13 and apply Lemma 14.13 Proof. 1. Let H be defined by (6.55), (6.56) and (6.58). Denote by following extension of the function W in (6.55):
'0(x1) x29...,xn-1) _
'P(al, x2, ..., xn_1) W(x1,x2,...,xn_1) P(bl, X2,..., xn_ 1)
for x1 < at, for al < xl < b1,
the
(6.65)
for b1 < x1.
Then 10 satisfies a Lipschitz condition on Wl = {x E fly"-1 : oo < xl < oo, a, < xi < b;, i = 2,..., n -1 } with the same constant M as the function W. For,
if, sayxEW,yEW1 andyl >b1, we have I'(xl,x2,...,xn-1)- '(y1,y2,...,yn-1)I = IW(xl,x2,...,xn-1)-V(bi,y2,...,yn-1)I :5 I W(xl, x2, ..., xn_1)-p(b1, x2, ..., xn-1)I+IW(b1, x2, ..., xn-1)-co(bt, y2, ..., tin-1) I a
< M(y1 - x1) + M((x2 - y2)2 + ... + (xn-1 - yn_1)2)' < MIx - 91. Repeating this procedure with respect to the variables x2i ..., xn we obtain a function, which coincides with cp on W and satisfies a Lipschitz condition on
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
272
with the same constant M as the function cp. We denote it also by W and consider the domain Il defined by (6.62) and the operatorT satisfying (6.64). 2. For f E WW(H) let To f be the extension of f by zero to Q. Since suppf \ H (1 V, we have To f E W, (Q) and IIToIIw;(n) = II!Ilwp(H) Hence IIToIIww;(H)-.wp(n) = 1. Next we observe that TTo : 4' (H) -* Wp(R") and IITT011rVP(H)-,WP(V) :5 IITIIWo(n)- w (R^) < C13.
Thus Lemma 14 is applicable and the statement of Lemma 17 follows. 0 Our next aim is to construct a bounded linear extension operator (6.64) for 9 defined by (6.62), (6.63).
LetG=R"\S2={xEl(t":xn>cp(x)}. We set Gk = {x E G: 2-k-' < en(x) < 2-k},
k E Z,
where N(x) = xn - V(x)
is the distance from x E G to 8G = 8SZ in the direction of the axis Oxn. First we need an appropriate partition of unity. 3 Lemma 18 There exists a sequence of nonnegative functions 10k satisfying the following conditions: 00 1 1)
k=-oo
forxEG,
(6.66)
for x V G,
(6.67)
2) G = U suPP''k k=-oo
and the multiplicity of the covering {supptpk}kEZ is equal to 2,
3) Gk csupp'Ok c Gk_, U Gk u Gk+,, 4)
ID°lPk(x)I 5
C14(a)2k1a1,
k E Z,
x E R' , k E Z, a E K,
(6.68) (6.69)
where C14 (a) > 0 depends only on a. 3 In Lemmas 18- 25 below fl is always a domain defined by (6.62) - (6.63) and G = Ir \1I.
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
273
Idea of the proof. Apply the proof of Lemma 5 of Chapter 2.
With the help of the partition of unity constructed in Lemma 18 we define an extension operator in the following way: f (x)
E
for x E S2,
00
(T f)(x) _
k=-oo
'Pk(x) fk(x)
for x E G,
(6.70)
where w(z)dz
f(x - 2-k2,x, -
fk(x) =
J Q1^
= A-12kn f w(2k(t - y), A-12k(xn - yn))f (y) dy.
(6.71)
it.
Here a
A=16(M+1)
(6.72)
and w E Co (R") is a kernel of mollification satisfying
suppwC{xEB(0,1):xn>2}
(6.73)
and
f B(0,1)
w(z) dz = 1;
f
w(z)z° dz = 0, a E Non, 0 < jal < 1.
(6.74)
B(0,1)
Now let us show that the operator T is well defined. First, we assume that Ok(x)fk(x) = 0 for x V supplik even if fk(x) is not defined. On the other hand, if x E suppok, fk(x) is defined. This is a consequence of the following inequality, which holds for x E supp ik and z E supp w since by (6.68) Bn(x) < 2-k+1 and by (6.73) IzI < 1,zn >- 1
:
xn - A2-kzn -1V(x - 2-kz) = xn -'P(x) + 1P(s - 2-kz) - A2-kzn < 2-k+1 +M2 -k121- A2-kzn2-k+1 + M2-k I zj -A2 -kZ" < 2-k 2+M-A) 2<0.
(This means that the point (a - 2-kz, xn - A2-kzn) E ft) 4 One can choose any larger fixed quantity depending only on M.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
274
Furthermore, by Lemma 18, Vx E G the sum in (6.70) is in fact finite: for each x E G it contains at most two nonzero terms. Moreover, m+1
Tf = E V)kfk
on Gm.
(6.75)
k=m-1
Thus T is a linear extension operator defined for functions f E Lt0c(Sl).
If x E 811 the values (Tf)(x) are not defined by (6.70). When considering the spaces W.' (RI) this is of no importance, because measn 8Sl = 0. In those cases, in which the functions f are defined and continuous in Sl, we shall naturally assume that (T f)(x) = f (x) for x E U. Remark 11 Because of the factor A in (6.71), fk is an inhomogeneous mollification of f with the steps 2-k, ...,2-1,A2-* .., 2-k, A2-k with respect to the variables X't, , xn-1, xn. For x E R, r > O, h > 0 consider an open cylinder centered at the point x of radius r and height h C (x, r, h) _ (y E lr : y E B(2, r), I xn - y, ,l < Al. 2
Because of (6.73) the value fk(x) is determined by the values f (y) for y belonging to the cylinder Cyk = /r((a,x" - 4A2-k),2-k, 'A2-k),
which is centered at the point (2, xn- A2-k) translated with respect to x in the a in (6.71) w(2k(2 - y), A-12k(xn - yn)) direction of the set Q. This follows since
can be nonzero only if 2k1 - yI < 1 and .1 < A-'2k(xn - yn) < 1. For this reason (T f)(x), x E G, can be looked at as an inhomogeneous mollification of the function f, for which both the step and the translation are variable. Thus the extension operator T is closely related to the mollifiers with variable steps considered in Chapter 2. Note also that on G the operator T is an integral operator:
(Tf)(x) =
J
K(x, y)f(y) dy, x E G,
n
with kernel
K(x, y) =A-' 00E k=-ao
1Pk(x)2knw(2k(2 A-'2k(xn
(6.76)
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
xn -
Lemma 19 Let f E L, °°(Q), x E G and x'
275 4A[!n(x)). Then the
value (T f)(x) is determined by the values f (y) for y belonging to the cylinder Cx = C(x*, 4Bn(x), 4APn(x))) C CZ C Q.
(6.77)
Idea of the proof. Apply (6.76) and Remark 11. Proof. Let x E G. Choose the unique m E N such that x E G,n. Then zkk(x) = 0
if k V {m - 1, m, m + 1} and the value (T f)(x) is determined by the values fk(x) where k = m - 1, m, m + 1. By Remark 11 those values are determined m+I
by the values f (y) for y E U C=,k. Hence J .,t - JI < 2-' k=m-I A2-m-2
gAPn(x) <
< xn - yn
< 4e,, (r). and
<.42-m+I < 4A 71(.,r)
Consequently Ixn - aen (x) - N1 < 2APn (x) and y E C?. Moreover. Vy E C,
Ay) - yn = 4P(y) -'A-t) +V(z) - xn + xn - .4 (x) - y,, + (-4M - 1 + q)en(x) > 39n(x)
(6.78)
because of (6.72). Therefore CZ C Q. Note also that similarly jo(y) - yn < 10A[Jn(x).
(6.79)
Lemma 20 Let f E L;°c(11). Then T f E COO (G) and Vc E 1%j 00
a!
D°(Tf)(x) _
I
0<8<0
.
I
(a - a) k=_oo
(D°-a,i,k)(x)(D3fk)(x).
(6.80)
Idea of the proof. Apply Remark 11 and Lemma 18.
Proof. By Remark 11 Vk E Z and Vx E supp ?k we have Cz,k C 0. Consequently, by the properties of mollifiers (see Section 1.1) fk E C°°(H). By Lemma 18 Vx E G there exists a ball, centered at x, which is contained in no more than 3 sets supp Ik. Hence the series (6.70) can be differentiated term
by term any number of times, and by the Leibnitz formula equality (6.80) follows.
Lemma21 LetlEN,1
S2k = {x E f : 2-k-2 < Ig (x)I < b2-k+I}
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
276
where b = 10A. Then Va E Wo satisfying Ial < I IID°fkIIL,(Gk)
Cl6IIDwf lILp(nk)
(6.81)
where c15 > 0 depends only on n, l and M. Moreover, Va E l there exists a function 6 g0, independent of k, such that IID*fk-gullLp(Gk)
(6.82)
where e16 > 0 depend only on n, 1, M and a.
Remark 12 It is important for the sequel that g, should be independent of k and the multiplicities x(; and xn of both coverings {Gk}kEz and {Qk}kE2 he finite and bounded from above by quantities, which depend only on M. This follows since these mulitlicities coincide with the multiplicities of the one{(2-k-22-k+l)}kE2, ((2-k-2 b2-k+l)}kEz respectively, dimensional coverings {(p2-k-1 v2-k+1)}kez, where 0 < and because the multiplicity of the covering (p2-k-2 v2-k+l) is p < v, does not exceed loge For, the inclusion x E equivalent to - loge x - loge p < k < - loge x - loge v. Hence the length loge of this interval is greater than or equal to the number of those k, for whirl (p2-k-2v2-k+l). Thus xG < 3 and xn < log2(8b). 1 7E
Idea of the proof. Observe that Yx E Gk
C=,kCC.CS2k.
(6.83)
To prove (6.81) for a = 0 apply Minkowski's inequality, the substitution x 2-k2 = y, x - Az = y,, and (6.83). To prove (6.82), in addition, expand the function f (2 - 2-12, x,, - A2-kz,,) under the integral sign, applying the integral representation (3.38). Taking into account Remark 12 of Section 3.4, replace in (3.38) the ball B by the ball B., = B(x', C C= and w by
w.(y) = (4Pn(x)) °p((4Qn(x))-'(x - y)),
(6.84)
where p is any fixed kernel of mollification satisfying (1.1). Apply also an analogue of inequality (3.56). O Proof. 1.The first inclusion (6.83) follows since for y E Cx,k we have Ix - yl < 2-1 < 4 e,,(x) and A2_k+'
a
5 If jal > 1, (6.82) holds for g, = 0.
< x - y,, < A2-k < 4Agn(x).
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
277
Consequently, as in the proof of Lemma 20, Ix. - a A e(x) - y"I < 2 A e" (x). The second inclusion (6.83) follows since inequalities (6.78) and (6.79) hold VyEC=. 2. First let a = 0. By Minkowski's inequality
< f 11f (.t - 2-k2, x,, - A2-kz")IIL,.,(d,) Iw(z)I dz IIfkIIL,(d,)
B(0,1)
IIf
Cr.k)
Iw(z)Idz
suppw
since by Remark 11 (x - 2-k2, x,, - A2-kz") E CZ,k for z E suppw. Hence, by (6.83) IIfkIILP(ck) < C151'f
where c15 = IIwIIL,(R-) and we have established (6.81) for a = 0.
3. Let E R" and let us consider the polynomial in than or equal to l - 1
P(e, x) = f B.
of order less
(E,(_1)171Dy, f( - y)7 wx(y)]) f (y) dy, 171<1
which is closely related to the first summand in the integral representation
(3.51), where B, u) are replaced by B=, w= respectively. Writing u(z) for (x 2-kz,x - A2-kz"), by (3.51) we have f(2 - 2-k2, x" - A2-kz") = f(u(z)) = P(u(z),x)
(Dwf)(y) w7,.(u(z), y) dy = P(u(z), x) + y)n_1
+ 171= V, (s)
Iu(z)
-
r.r(u(z), x). 171=i
Note that by (6.83) u(z) E Cz and hence Vu(s) C C. Furthermore,
fk(x) = f P(u(z), x) w(z) dz + E f r.1(u(z), x) w(z) dz B(0,1)
171=18(0,1)
R0,k(x) + E R,,k(x). 171=1
(6.85)
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
278
4. The function P(u(z), x) is a polynomial in the variables degree less than or equal to l - 1:
of
P(u(z), X) = P(x, x) + > cO(x) z'o, o
where co(x) are independent of z. Note that by (6.74) Ro,k(x) = ro(x, x) and set
go (x) = P(x, x).
(6.86)
5. Since w= is defined by (6.84), from inequality (3.57) we get that Vy E Vu(Z)
(,)n-1, I w.
(u(z), y) I < M'
d
7I =1,
where M, depends only on n and 1, d = diam B., = 8 e (x) and by (6.77)
D < diam C= < 10 A Lyn(x). Hence, Vy E V.(,)
Iw7..(u(z),y)I < M2,
where M2 depends only on n, l and M. Consequently, I r7(u(z), x) I G
M2
f
I (Dwf)(y) I Iu(z) -
vIt n dy
cc
Let Xnk be the characteristic function of 1 k and c7(y) = I R n.
Xnk(y), y E
(We assume that '7(y) = 0 for y V ft) Then IRr.k(x)I < M2
f (f t '(Y) I u(z) - yI'-n dy) Iw(z) dz. B(0,1) C.
We set 77 = u(z) - y. Since both u(z),y E C., we have Ii7I < diam C. 10 A o (x) < 20A2-*. Hence, I Rr.k (x) I
< M2 f (
f
It7(x - 2-kz - f , X. - A2-kzn - r!n) IiI` nd77) Iw(z)I dz.
B(0,1) B(0,20A2-k)
(6.87) Since,
II,t7(' - h)II Lo(ck) <_ II07(' - h)IIL,(R") = II'D7IIL,(R") = 11D-7f IIL,(nk),
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
279
applying Minkowski's inequality, we get ,kIILv(ck) <- M3 II D of IILp(nk)
II
f
11711 -n d77
M4 2-k! II Dwf IILP(nk),
B(0,20 A 2-k )
(6.88)
where M3 = M2 IIwllL,(R") and M4 > 0 depends only on n, I and M. Inequality (6.82) with a = 0 follows from (6.85), (6.86) and (6.88). 6.
Now let IaI > 0. Taking into account Lemma 3 of Chapter 1, we
differentiate (6.71) and get
(D°fk)(x) = f (Dwf)(x - 2-kz, x - A2-kzn) w(z) dz B(0,1)
=
A-°"2klal f f ( - 2-kx, xn - A2-'Z,,) (D°w)(z) dz. B(0,1)
Inequality (6.81) with IaI > 0 follows from the first equality and inequality (6.81) with a = 0. Next let P. (C x)=
f
c
(_1)Ia1+171
By (3.52), as in steps 3-4, it follows from the second equality for D°fk that
(D°fk)(x) = ga(x) + L, A-a"2kIOIRry (x), 171=1-la1
where A-a"2klal
ga(x) =
f
P.(u(z),x)(D°w)(z)dz
B(0,1)
and R(°k (x) is obtained from R7,k(x) by replacing Dw f, I by D°+7 f, I - IaI respectively. By (6.74) f zO(D°w)(z) dz = 0 if IaI > I, or IaI < l and ,0 O a. B(0,1)
If IaI < l and Q = a, then
f z°(D°w)(z) dz
Hence g° = 0 for
B(0,1)
IaI>Iand ga(x) =
A-Q"2k1*1Ds (Pa(u(z),x))I:.O
= Pa(x,x)
(6.89)
for IaI < 1. With this choice of ga inequality (6.82) with IaI > 0 follows as in step 5. O
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
280
Remark 13 In the above proof the functions g° defined for a = 0 by (6.86) and for 0 < Jai < l - 1 by (6.89) are the first summands in the integral representations (3.51), (3.52) respectively, where B, w are replaced by Bz, w= respec-
tively. Since Vx E Gk we have B(x'(k), M12'k) C B= = B(x'(k), 4 C B(x' (k), M2 2-k), where x' (k) _ (x, x" - 2 A 2-k) and Ml, M2 > 0 depend only on n. These inclusions explain why one may expect estimate (6.82) to hold with appropriate g°,k. The choice of the ball B(x',4pf,(x)), independent of k and "compatible" with B(x'(k), M2 2-1*), allows us to construct a function g°, for which inequality (6.82) holds and which is independent of k.
Remark 14 In the proof of Lemma 22 (Section 4) we have applied property
(6.73) for Jal < l - 1. The fact that it holds also for Jai = l allows us to prove the following local variant of (6.82) for p = oo : dx E Gk and Va E N satisfying lal < I
J(D°fk)(x) - ga(x) 1 <
C172-k(1+1-I°U
IIf1IC1+1(nknB(x,a2-k))'
(6.90)
where c17 > 0 and a > 0 depend only on n, l and M. Here gO is independent of k and is defined by (6.89) with I + 1 replacing 1. Estimate (6.90) follows from (6.87), where I is replaced by I + 1 and 17I _ I + 1, if to observe that Vz E supp w and do E Ck the point (2 - 2-k2 - q, x 2-kx" A - i,,) E B(x, a2-k) where a = 22A . Lemma 22 Let I E N, a E P)al, jai < l and 6 f E C°°(Si). Then the derivatives D°(T f) exist and are continuous on R".
Idea of the proof. By Lemma 7 T f E C°°(R" \ lin). Let x E 80. First show, by applying (6.90), that lim
y-+:,yEG
D°(Tf)(y) = (D°fl)(x), Jal < 1.
(6.91)
Applying (6.91) and the definition of a derivative prove that (D°(T f))(x) _ (D0fl)(x) first for Jai = 1 and then, by induction, for all a E Ni,' satisfying
Jai
D°-Ot,ik DO fk. Then by (6.80) k=-oo
al
D°(Tf)(y) = E #!(a 61.e., there exists a domain Al
1
1°a(y), y E G,
(6.92)
17 and a function f, E C00(01) such that f, = f on f2.
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
281
where 4j = E D°-p?,kD,9fk. Let x E O 1, i.e., x 00
First we
k-oo study the difference
1°°(y) - D°.f1(x) m+1
E 'Ok(y) f ((D°f1)(9-2-kz, k=m-1
(D°f1)(±, co(x))]w(z)dz,
B(I,1)
where m is such that y E G. (m is defined uniquely). Let it = (y - 2-k4. y -
.42-kzn). then lu - 2-1 :5 I:r - yl + 2-k + .42-A < Ix - yl + (A + 1) 2" < Ix - yl + 4 (A + 1) Since on(y) = y" - (s) = Y. - X. + i0ft) - (J) < (11 + 1) Ix - yl we have lu - xl < M, ly - TI, where M1 depends only on M. Consequently,
11.°(y) - (D°f1)(x)1 <_ 312
sup lu-zl
I(D°f1)(u) - (D°.f1)(.r)I -4 0
as y - .r. y E G. (Here 1112 depends only on tl and .11.) W
Furthermore, when 0 0 ct we have E (D°-,1tjk)(y) = 0 and k=-oo 00
I°a(y) = E
g9(y))
m+1
(Do-8? k)(y)((Dafk)(y) - gv(y)).
((;.931
k=m-1
where gp is the function constructed in Lemma 21 (see (6.89)). Applying (6.901 we get II°p(Y)I <-
11132-m(J+1--I°uIlfllCI+i(fZnB(x,o.2-m+'))
< M4 Ix - yll+1-I°I IIfIIC'+'(nnB(=,Arslx-yI))
where M3, M4, M5 depend only on n,l and M. Therefore 1°p(y) -+ 0 as y -+ x, y E G, and this proves (6.91). 2. It follows from what has been proved in step 1 that the function Tf is continuous in R" and (T f) (x) = f 1(x), x E O. Now we shall prove that (x) for x E 852. (T azi) (x) =
8
Consider the one-dimensional set ex = 0 fl lr1), where l=1) is a straight line passing through the point x and parallel to the axis Ox1. Let x2, ..., x,, be fixed
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
282
and W(x,) = Consider
(Tf)(xl,...,xn), xi E R, W,(x,) = fl(x1,x2,...,x"),xl E F.--
a(Tf)(x) = lim '+G(y1) - 0(x,) = lim '(yi) - 01(x1) ax, Yi - x, yl_xi y1-x1 y1 - x, Note that lim
CY0 - 01 (XI) = lim wl(yl) - 01 (XI) = Of, fx). y, - xi ax, l y,-+x,
Yi - XI Let y, V ex. Denote by yl the point in F. lying between x, and y,, which is closest to y, . We obtain ' y, -4x, ,yl EG
P(y1) - V41) + t'1(yi) - i1(xl)
V'(yl) --01(x1) _ afl (x) ax, Yi - XI
Y1 - xi
-
Of, 8x, (x)
yi - Y, + V'1(Yi) - 01(x1) yi - xi afl (x) Yi - xl Yi - xi yl - xl ) Yi -Yi _ (a(Tf) F1, ..., (x,,x2, . . ., x" )J (. x2, x,,) ax, Yi - xi W,(SI)
ax,
afl
ax,
+(101(yl) - 101 (XI)
yi - x,
- ofax,1 (x))y1yi -- x1xi
.
If y, - x1 the first summand tends to zero because of (6.91) since (c,, x2, ... , x") E G and l;, lies between x, and y,, and the second summand tends to zero because (yl, x2i ..., x") E S2. This proves that 2M (x) = a (x). The continuity of 2 F.
follows again from (6.91).
Similarly one can prove the existence and continuity of the derivatives , i = 2,..., n (when i = n, the situation is simpler since n fl ii") is a halfline), and, by induction, of the derivatives of higher orders. 0
a"
Lemma 23 Let 1 E N, 1 < p < oo, f E COO (? ). Then IITfIIL5(Rn) -< C18IIfIIL,(n),
(6.94)
IITfIIwy(Rw) <- C19IIfIIwy(n),
(6.95)
where cis, c1g > 0 depend only on n, l and M, and II(x"
2OIIfII-P(1)),
IaI > 1,
(6.96)
where c2o > 0 depend only on n, 1, M and a. "If any neighbourhood of x contains infinitely many interval components of es, then yl # x. Otherwise, for a point yi, which is sufficiently dose to x, we have yj = x,, and the argument becomes much simpler.
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
283
Idea of the proof. 1. To prove (6.94) first observe that, as in the proof of Lemma 13 of Chapter 2,
IIT!IIL,(n) 5 2(
(6.97)
IIfkIIL,(ak))
k=-oo
then apply inequality (6.81) and the fact that the multiplicity of the covering {Stk}kEZ is finite.
2. To prove (6.95) apply (6.92) and (6.93). Estimate I. as in step 1. To estimate I,# where Q 34 a apply inequalities (6.69) and (6.82). In the case of inequality (6.96) use also the inequality x - cp(a) < M, 2-k on Gk where M1 is independent of.k. 0 Proof. 1. Since the sum (6.70) for each x E G contains at most two nonzero terms by Holder's inequality
x IITf 11%(G) 5 2P-' f (E I kfklP) dx. C
f=f=
k=-x
Furthermore,
x
G k.-x
x
m+l
k=-xGm k=m-1
m+1
m=-xk=m-lGm
x
k+1
f=j
k=-xm=k-1GT
x
k=-xC
k
and inequality (6.97) follows since 0 < 1'k < 1. Consequently, by (6.81)
IITf IIL,(G) 5 2 c1s (E If IILn(nk))
2 clam Ilf IIL,(n),
k=-x where xn is the multiplicity of the covering {Stk}kEz. which, by Remark 12, does not exceed log2(8b).
2. Suppose that a E No satisfies Ial = 1. Then we consider equality (6.92). As in step 1 IIIaaIIL,(G) <- c21IID.*fIIL,(n)
To estimate IIIoBIIL,(G) where fl # a we can apply (6.93). First of all IIIaaIIL,(G) <_
2IID°-00k(D8fk 00
k=-oo
- g9)IIPLP(6k))
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
284
Furthermore, it follows, by (6.69), (6.82) and Remark 13, that IIIaf hIL,(G) S M2 (
(2kla-ol 2-k(!-Ipu 00
IIf Ilwp(nk))p)
k=-oo 00
=
S
M2( IIfIIwY k=-oo
< M3 E (
IIDwf IILP(?ik)) ° < M4 xx E IID*f IIL,(n) <- M5 11f I0I=1 Ial= k=-oo where t112, ..., M5 > 0 depend only on n, l and M, and inequality (6.95) follows.
The proof of inequality (6.96) is similar. Let Ial > 1. Since ga = 0, for all satisfying 0 < /3 < a we have II(xn -
P(t))Ial-'IasIIL,(c)
00
1
< 21 > 11(x. -
p(z))Ial-'Da-d'0k
k=-oo
(D' fk - 9s)IIpLp(ak) ) °
00
1
< M6 ( E (2-k(lal-')2kla-sl 2-k(1-IaI)
Illllwp(nk))') " 5 M7 11f
k=-oo
where M6, M7 depend only on n, 1, M and a.
Lemma 24 For each polynomial pt of degree less than or equal to 1, Tp1 = pi.
Idea of the proof. Expand the polynomial pi(z - 2-k2, x -
in (6.71)
and apply 8 (6.74) and (6.66). O
Lemma 25 Let I E N, 1 < p < oo, f E Wn(Q). Then there exists a sequence of functions fk E C00(S2) such that
fk -+ f in WP' (9), 1 < p < 00
(6.98)
and
fk -+ f in WW'(SZ),
IIfkIIw-,(n) -4 IIf Ilw-,(n)
(6.99)
as k -+ oo. 8 If in (6.74) jai < m, then Lemma 25 is valid for polynomials of degree less than or equal to m. This lemma is similar to Lemma 15 of Chapter 2.
285
is. 1. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
Idea of the proof. By Lemma 2 and Remark 2 of Chapter 2 it is enough to assume that supp f is compact in R". Set fk = A6k (f (. + k en)),
where en = (0, ..., 0, 1) and A6k is a mollifier with a non-negative kernel defined
in Section 1.1 with step bk, which is such that dk < dist (supp f. 0Q + and apply the properties of mollifiers (see Sections 1.1 and 1.2).
Theorem 3 Let I E N,1 < p < cc and let S2 C R" be an open set with a Lipschitz boundary. Then there exists a bounded linear extension operator T : lVP(1l) - ii P(Rn) n c- cm
(6.100)
such that IIe'°I-'D°(Tf)IILp(`n) < X21 IIfIIW,(n),
Ial > 1,
(6.101)
where e(x) = dist (x, 8SZ) and c21 > 0 is independent of f . There exists an open set S2 having a Lipschitz boundary such that in (6.101)
the exponent at - I cannot be replaced by lal - I - e for any e > 0 and for any extension operator (6.100).
Idea of the proof. Apply Lemmas 17, 23, 25 and note that for a domain S1 defined by (6.62), (6.63) e X.
- c(x) < P(x) -< X. 1+M
(6.102)
To prove the last statement consider 11 = It = {x E R : x" < 0) and argue as in Remark 12 of Chapter 5. 0 Proof. First let fl be a domain defined by (6.62), (6.63) and f E V (St). By Lemma 25 there exists a sequence of factions fk E C°°(SZ) satisfying (6.97), (6.98). Consequently, by Lemma 23 IITfkllwp(Rn) < MI llfkllwy(fl),
where Ml depends only on n, l and M. Passing to the limit as k -; oo we establish this inequality with f replacing fk. Applying Lemma 17 we get (6.100). 6 The second inequality is obvious. To prove the first one we note that p(x) > UK (x), where UK = dist (x, 8K) and K C G is the infinite cone defined by yn > op(z) + MI± - gl, y E R". The desired inequality follows since B(x, (1 + M)-I (x,, - V(:t))) C K, which is clear because
by E B(z, (1+M)-'(xn-w(2))) we have yn-W(s)-Ml2-gl = yn-xn+xn-iv(y)-Ml2-gl > -(1 + M)Iz - yl + (xn -,'(2))) > 0.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
286
In the case of inequality (6.101) the argument is similar. One should only take into consideration (6.102) and (6.96) and note that the appropriate weighted analogue of Lemma 17 is also valid. Finally, let S2 = R°- and suppose that for some e > 0 and for some extension operator (6.100) we have IIx;,°1-1-`D°(T f)IIL,(R .) < oo for all f E Wp(R"-) and for all a E l satisfying Ial = m > I + e. First suppose that l > 1. Let
q E Bp ° (R"-') \ BB ` ' (R`). By Theorem 3 of Chapter 5 there exists a function f E 4i'p(R")such that f g. By Lemma 2 T f *_ = f g. I
R
R
R
(R+), by the trace theorem (5.68), g E ° (R"-1) and Since T f E W' n.=n we have arrived at a contradiction. If I = p = 1, the argument is similar: one should consider g E L1 (R"`') \ Bi (R"-') and apply Theorem 5 of Chapter 5 instead of Theorem 3 of that chapter. Remark 15 The extension operator constructed in the proof of Theorem 3 satisfies (6.100) and (6.101). So, by the last statement of that theorem, it is the best possible extension operator in the sense that the derivatives of higher BB1+E
orders of T f on `S2 have the minimal possible growth on approaching 011.
Remark 16 The extension operator constructed in the proof of Theorem 3 is such that for all m E 1 satisfying m < 1 we have T : WD (11) -* WD (R"). Remark 17 Now we describe an alternative way of proving of the first statement of Theorem 3. Let 0 be defined by (6.62) and (6.63). It is possible to get an extension operator (6.100) by "improving" the extension operator (6.61) . To do this we replace x" - p(2), which in general is only a Lipschitz function, by the infinitely differentiable function A(x) = 2(1 + M)ej (x), where p# is the regularized distance constructed in Theorem 10 of Section 2.6. By (6.102) we have
x" - W(2) < A(x) < 2 (1 + M)(x" - cp(z))
(6.103)
and
a E K.
(6.104)
(Tf)(x) = Eakf(x,x" - (1 +Qk)o(x)),
(6.105)
ID°0(x)I S c, (x" So we set 1+1
k=1 1+1
1+1
k=1
k=1
where ,8k > 0 and E ak(-008 = 1, s = 0, ...,1. (Hence E ak(1 + ,Qk)' _ 0, s = 1, ...,1.) By using formula (4.127), expanding for f E Cc0(i) the derivative Dsf(x,x" - (1 + 6k)A(x)) by Taylor's formula with respect to the point
6.4. EXTENSIONS FOR LIPSCHITZ BOUNDARIES
287
(I, cy(I)) E OcI and applying (6.103), one can prove that Lemmas 22 and inequalities (6.94) and (6.95) are valid for this extension operator as well. The rest is the same as in the proof of Theorem 3. The extension operator (6.105) cannot be "the best possible" because, in general, T f V C°°(`1Z). On the other hand in (6.105) it is possible to replace 00
1+1
the sum E by the sum E and 10 choose 13k > 0 and ak in such a way that k=1
k=1 00
00
E IakI II3kl' < oo and E ak(-13k)' = 1 for all s E N0. This gives an operator k=1
k=1
(independent of 1) such that (6.100) is satisfied for all 1 E N.
Remark 18 The extension operator (6.29) -- (6.30) in contrast to the extension operator described in Remark 17, is also applicable to the spaces defined in Remark 26 of Chapter 4, i.e., for I E N, 1 < p < oo and an open set S2 C R" with a Lipschitz boundary T : Wy.....(l) -4
W,.....f(IItn).
(6.106)
To prove this for n defined by (6.62) - (6.63), following the same scheme, one needs to prove an analogue of (6.95) for wP 1(Sl). This can be established with the help of an integral representation, which involve only unmixed derivatives e , j = 1, ..., n. W
Remark 19 The supposition "0 has a Lipschitz boundary" in Theorem 3 is sharp in the following sense: for each 0 < ry < 1 there exists an open set SZ with a boundary of the class 11 Lip-1, which is such that the extension operator (6.100) does not exist, as the following example shows.
Example1 Letn>1,IEN, 1
E Lip y, but 8l 0 Lipl. Suppose that
there exists an extension operator (6.100), even nonlinear or unbounded. Then Vf E W,(11,) we have T f E WP(R"). It follows, by the embedding theorems
for WW(R ), that Tf E Lq(R"), hence f E
where q = "P if I < p, 00
to Or by an appropriate integral. In that case (T f)(x) = f f (2, x" -
A,
1
00
where 0 E C°°([1,oo)) satisfies f Itb(a)IA'dA < oo for all a E No, 1
00
f t,b(A)da = 1 and 1
00
f 9P(A)A'da=0forall$E N. 1
11 To obtain the definition of such sets one should replace in (4.89) It - 9I by 12 - 9I''.
CHAPTER 6. EXTENSION THEOREMS
288
qE(1,oo)isarbitrary ifl=p,p>1andq=ooifl>D,p>1orl>n,p=1. Consider the function f6(x) = xn where 5 E R \ N0. Then f6 E W,(C1) if, and only if, 6 > l - v + np 1(1 - y because 1
1
II.f6IIWo(l.,) < 00 b
r/ J
I
(6-l)p+n-1
jtj<sn xn6-1)P dt) dxn = vn_1
xn
dxn < 00.
0
0
(This is also true for l = 0, i.e., for Lp(54).) Let I < p, the cases l = a and l > v
being similar. If-v+"p1(1-ry) =l-a+np1(1-,-y) <8 < -v+"q1 then f6 E Wp(O,) but f6 f LQ(SZ7), and we have arrived at a contradiction.
Remark 20 If Sl has a boundary of the class Lip y, where 0 < y < 1, then it is possible to construct an extension operator T : Wp(SZ) -+ Wpf(R"),
(6.107)
where for noninteger yl Wnf(R") - Bp1(R"). The exponent -fl is sharp. So the extension (6.107) is an extension with the minimal possible deterioration of smoothness. Moreover, if a bounded open set 0 C R" has a continuous boundary, then there exists an extension operator, which preserve some smoothness, i.e., for some
T : Wp(Sl) -+
(6.108)
Here BPU)(R") is the space with the generalized smoothness, defined with the which is positive, continuous, nondecreasing on (0, oo) help of a function
and can tend to 0 arbitrarily slowly. To obtain the definition of the spaces Bp(,o(R") one should replace Ihi' by \(Ihl) in (5.8)-(5.9) with 0 = oo and
suppose that lim \(t)t-' = 00. t 40+
Chapter 7 Comments The first exposition of the theory of Sobolev spaces was given by S.L. Sobolev himself in his book [134) and later in his other book [135]. There are several books dedicated directly to different aspects of the the-
ory of Sobolev spaces: R.A. Adams [2], V.G. Maz'ya [97], A. Kufner [85], S.V. Uspenskii, G.V. Demidenko & V.G. Perepelkin [150]. V.G. Maz'ya &. S.V. Poborchii (100). In some other books the theory of Sobolev spaces is included into a more general framework of the theory of function spaces: S.M. Nikol'skii,[114], O.V. Besov, V.P. Il'in & S.M. Nikol'skil [16], A. Kufner, O. John & S. Fucik [86], E.M. Stein [138], H. Trielel [144], (145]. Moreover, in many other books, especially on the theory of partial differential equations, there are chapters containing exposition of different topics of the theory of Sobolev spaces, adjusted to the aims of those books. We name some of them: L.V. Kantorovich & G.P. Akilov [76], V.I. Smirnov [128], M. Nagumo [107), O.A. Ladyzhenskaya & N.N. Ural'tseva [88], C.B. Morrey [105], J. NeL'as [108], J: L. Lions & E. Magenes [92], V.M. Goldshtein & Yu.G. Reshetnyak [64], D.E. Edmunds & W.D. Evans [56], V.N. Maslennikova [96], E.H. Lieb & M. Loss [91].
Throughout the years several survey papers were published, containing exposition of the results on the theory of Sobolev spaces: S.L. Sobolev & S.M. Nikol'skiT [136), S.M. Nikol'skii [113], V.I. Burenkov [20], O.V. Besov, V.P. Il'in, L.D. Kudryavtsev, P.I. Lizorkin & S.M. Nikol'skii [15], S.K. Vodop'yanov, V.M. Gol'dshtein & Yu.G. Reshetnyak [152], L.D. Kudryavtsev & S.M. Nikol'skii [84],
V.G. Maz'ya [98]. We especially recommend the last two surveys containing updated information on Sobolev spaces. We do not aim here to give a detailed survey of results on the theory of Sobolev spaces and their numerous generalizations, and we shall give only brief comments tightly connected with the material of Chapters 1-6.
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
290
Chapter 1 Section 1.1 The proofs of the properties of mollifiers Aa can be found in the books S.L. Sobolev [134], S.M. Nikol'skii [112] and E.M. Stein (138]. Section 1.2 The notion of the weak derivative plays a very important role in analysis. It ensures that function spaces of Sobolev type constructed on its base
are complete. Many mathematicians arrived at this concept, friequently independently from their predessors. One can find it in investigations of B. Levi [89] at the beginning of the century. See also L. Tonelli [142], G.C. Evans [55], O.M. Nikodym [109].
S.L. Sobolev [131], [132] came to the definition of the weak derivative from
the point of view of the concept of generalised function (distribution) introduced by him in (129], (130] and of the generalized solution of a differential equation. An approach to this notion, based on absolute continuity, was developed by J.W. Calkin [52], C.B. Morrey [104] and S.M. Nikol'skii [112]. See the book S.M. Nikol'skii [114] (Section 4.1) for details. Lemma 3 is taken from [24]. Lemma 4 is due to S.L. Sobolev [134]. Section 1.3 S.L. Sobolev has introduced the spaces W,(S1) in (131], (132]
and studied their different properties in those and later papers. (Some facts concerning these spaces, for particular values of parameters, were known earlier. See, for example, the papers B.Levi [89] and O.M. Nikodym [109].) In his book [134] S.L. Sobolev has pointed out that these spaces are essentially important for applications to various problems in mathematical physics. This book has given start to an intensive study of these and similar spaces, and to a wide usage of them in the theory of partial differential equations. Nowadays Sobolev spaces have become a standard tool in many topics of partial differential equations and analysis. S.L. Sobolev himself worked out deep applications of the spaces Wp(11) and their discrete analogues to numerical analysis. (See his book [135] on the theory of cubatures.)
Chapter 2 Section 2.2 Nonlinear mollifiers with variable step were first considered by H. Whitney [153] (their form is different from the mollifiers considered in Chapter 2), and later by J. Deny & J.-P. L. Lions [53] (the mollifiers B8) and N. Meyers & J. Serrin [102] (the mollifiers Ca). For a general lemma on partitions of unity, including Lemmas 3-5 see V.I. Burenkov [28]. That lemma is proved in the way which differs from the proofs
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
291
of Lemmas 3-5 in Chapter 2. The idea of constructing the functions ?Pk by equality (2.10) has its own advantages: it is essentially used in the construction of the partition of unity in the proof of Theorem 5 of Chapter 5 satisfying inequality (5.71).
Section 2.3 For the spaces C'(S2) Theorem 1 was proved by H. Whitney [153], for the spaces Wp(1l) where 1 < p < oo - by J. Deny & J: P. L. Lions [53] and N. Meyers & J. Serrin [102]. The case of the spaces WW(Q) is new. Theorem 2 was proved by the author [24]. The statement mentioned in Remark 12 is proved in the same paper. Section 2.4 For the spaces Cf(Sl) Theorem 3 was proved in [153]. Theorem 3 (for 1 < p < oo) and Theorem 4 were proved by the author 124], [30]. Section 2.5 The linear mollifiers E6 were introduced by the author [22]. In the case SZ = R" \R n the linear mollifiers H6 with variable step (see Remark 26) for some special kernels w were considered and applied to the problem of extension of functions from R"' by A.A. Dezin [54] and L.D. Kudryavtsev [82], [83]. V.V. Shan'kov [126], [127] considered the linear mollifiers H6 with variable step
and applied them to investigation of the trace theorems for weighted Sobolev spaces. Theorems 5 - 9 are proved by the author [221, [30].
E.M. Popova [118] has proved that inequality (2.87) in Theorem 8 is sharp in a stronger sense, namely, the factor POI-I cannot be replaced by BI°I-Iv(p), where v is an arbitrary positive continuous nonincreasing function, satisfying some regularity conditions, such that lim v(u) = oo. 4-40+
Theorem 8 was generalized in different directions by the author [24], [30], V.V. Shan'kov [126], [1271, E.M. Popova [118]. See survey [35] for details. For a fixed e Theorem 10 was proved by A.P. Calderdn & A. Zygmund [51]
(see detailed exposition in the book E.M. Stein [138]). For an arbitrary e E (0, 1) a direct proof of Theorem 10, without application of Theorem 9, was given by the author [21]. Later L.E. Fraenkel [59] gave another proof and considered the question of the sharpness of inequality (2.96). For the domain 11 defined by (6.62) and (6.63) Yu.V. Kuznetsov (87] (see also O.V. Besov [11]) constructed a regularized distance pa, satisfying (2.93), (2.96) and, in addition, the inequality (e-) (x) < -b, x E S2, where b is a positive constant.
Chapter 3 Section 3.1 The idea of choosing the function w in the integral representation (3.17) in an optimal way, which has been discussed in the simplest case
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
292
in Remark 4, was used by the author in [29], [33], [34]. It gave possibility to establish a number of inequalities with sharp constants: for the norms of intermediate derivatives on a finite interval in [29], [33] and for the norms of polynomials in [34].
Section 3.2 In the case of bounded fl Lemma 4 was proved by V.P. Glushko [63].
Section 3.4 Theorem 4 is due to S.L. Sobolev [1311-[1331. However, in those papers the first summand in (3.38) has the form of some polynomial in x, , ..., x of order less than or equal to 1-1. The explicit form of that polynomial was found, and the tight connection of Sobolev's intergal representation to the multidimensional Taylor's formula was pointed out in O.V. Besov [9], [10], Yu.G. Reshetnyak [121] and V.I. Burenkov [23]. The proof in the text follows that of [23]. With the help of the integral representation (3.38) where I = 1 M.E. Bogovskii [17], [18] constructed an explicit formula for the solution v E Wp (Sl),1 < p < oc, of the Cauchy problem: div v = f , where f E Lp(Q), f f dx = 0, for n
bounded domains star-shaped with respect to a ball. The proof of the integral representation (3.67) on the base of (3.69) is given, for example, in the books M. Nagumo [107] and E.M. Stein [138]. For an arbitrary open set 1 an integral representation for functions f E wi(fl) nWi (Sl), where 2k > I has been established by V.G. Maz'ya [98]. Finally, we note that in many cases it is important to have an integral representation, which involve only unmixed derivatives (see, for example Remark 17 of Chapter 6). A representation of such type was first obtained by V.P. Il'in [73]. In other cases it is desirable to get an integral representation via differences. Integral representations of both types may be deduced, in the simplest case, a
starting from the elementary identity (Aj ) (x) = (Aa f) (x) - f (ei (At f) (x)) dt, e
where As is a mollifier considered in Section 1.1. Detailed exposition of this topic can be found in the book O.V. Besov, V.P. Il'in & S.M. Nikol'skil [16] (Sections 7-8).
Chapter 4 Section 4.1 Lemma 1 is a variant of Theorem 2 of Section 7.6 in the book S.M. Nikol'skii [114]. We discuss in more detail the case of semi-Banach spaces
(see Lemmas 2-3). Section 4.2 Inequality (4.49) for p = oo is due to A.N. Kolmogorov [77]. E.M. Stein (138] proved that ci,,,,,1 = cl,,,,,,o and ct,m,p < q,m,00 for p E (1, oo).
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
293
Theorem 4 and Corollaries 10, 11 contain all the cases, known to the author,
in which the constants are sharp. If (b - a) > (p' + 1)', in (4.57) the sharp value of the constant multiplying IIffIILD(a,b) is not known.
Section 4.4 For open sets with quasi-continuous boundaries inequalities (4.105) and (4.107) in Theorem 6 are proved in the book J. Netas [108]. The first proof and application of a theorem similar to Theorem 8 was given by R. Rellich [120]. In V.I. Burenkov & A.L. Gorbunov [43] it is proved that in inequality (4.112) c31 < M'1181, where M depends only on n.
Formula (4.127) for weak derivatives is proved, for example, in the book S.M. Nikol'skiT [114] (Section 4.4.9). One can find the detailed proof of the Marcinkiewicz multiplicator theorem,
formulated in footnote 21, in [114] (Sections 1.5.3-1.5.5). Section 4.5 Theorem 10 was proved by G.H. Hardy & J.E. Littlewood [66] for n = 1 and S.L. Sobolev [131], [132] for n > 1. The proof discussed in Section 4.5 is taken from L.I. Hedberg [68]. One can find proofs of the properties of the maximal functions, formulated in footnote 22, in the books E.M. Stein [138] and E.M. Stein & G. Weiss [140]. The proof of the Theorem 11 in the case < - is a modification of the proof given by L.I. Hedberg [68]. In the case Q= Theorem 11 was proved by D.R. Adams [1]. Counter-example in the case,6 > was constructed in J.A. Hempel, G.I. Morris & N.S. Trudinger [69]. Section 4.6 Theorem 12 is due to S.L. Sobolev [131], [132], [133]. The
f
statement of Remark 33 was established by V.I. Burenkov & V.A. Gusakov [44]. Section 4.7 Theorem 13 for p > 1 was proved by S.L. Sobolev [131], [132],
for p = 1 - by E. Gagliardo [61]. The case in which p = 1 and in (4.149) q. is replaced by q < q. was also considered in [131], [132], [133] (see Remark 36). The second proof of Theorem 13 is a modification of the proof given in [61]. For further modifications of this proof see V.I. Burenkov & N.B. Victorova [49]. The statement of Remark 38 was proved by V.G. Maz'ya [97] and H. Federer
& W.H. Fleming [58] for p = 1, and by E. Rodemich [123], T. Aubin [4] and G. Talenti [141] for p > 1. (For detailed exposition see [141].) The statement of Remark 39 was proved by V.I. Burenkov & V.A. Gusakov [45], [46]. The compactness of embedding (4.16), under assumptions (4.169), was proved by V.I. Kondrashov [78].
Theorem 15 was independently proved by V.I. Yudovit
[154],
S.I.
Pokhozhaev [117] and N.S. Trudinger [146]. The sharp value of ca~ in (4.170) for the case of the space W,, (Sl), was computed by J. Moser [106]. In Theorems 12 -13 sufficient conditions on (I weaker that the cone condition, and in some cases necessary and sufficient conditions on Q, in terms of
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
294
capacity were obtained by V.G. Maz'ya [97], [98], [99). The case of degenerated open sets St is investigated in detail in V.G. Maz'ya & S.V. PoborchiT [100).
Chapter 5 Section 5.1 Definition 1 is close to the definition of a trace given in the book S.M. Nikol'skii [114]. Theorem 1 is similar to Lemma 6.10.1 of that book and to Theorem 10.10 of the book O.V. Besov, V.P. II'in and S.M. Nikol'skii [16].
Section 5.2 Theorem 2 is an updated version of the theorem proved by S.L. Sobolev [133], [134].
Section 5.3 The spaces Bp.(R") - Hp (R") were introduced and studied by S.M. Nikol'skiT [110), the spaces B,9(lf"), where 1 < 0 < 00, - by O.V. Besov [7], [8]. Of possible equivalent norms we have chosen, as the main norm,
the norm (5.8), which contains only differences. This definition appeared to be convenient in the approach which is used in the proofs of the direct and inverse trace theorems in this book. In this section we prove only those properties of the spaces B,,e(R"), which are necessary in order to prove the trace theorems for Sobolev spaces. Detailed exposition of the theory of the spaces B,,e(R")
can be found in the books S.M. Nikol'skii [1141 (including the case I < 0), O.V. Besov, V.P. Il'in & S.M. Nikol'skiT [16] and H. Triebel [143], (144) (for
-00<1
In the one-dimensional case the proof of the inequality (5.19), based on an integral representation via differences, is given in [16] (Section 16.1). The identity (5.16) and the proof of (5.19) are taken from [36].
One can find the proofs of the facts stated in Remarks 5-8 in [114] and [16].
Section 5.4 Lemma 10 may be considered as one of possible generalizations
of Hardy's inequalities (5.13), (5.14). The proof of the direct trace theorem for Sobolev spaces (the first part of Theorem 3) is based on the identities for differences (5.31), (5.43) and (5.36) and Lemma 10. In the case l = 1, m = n-1 it is due to E. Gagliardo [60]. In the rest of the cases it seems to be new. Theorem 3 was proved by the efforts of many mathematicians: N. Aronszajn [3], V.M. BabiS & L.N. SlobodetskiT [6], E. Gagliardo [60], O.V.Besov [7], [8], P.I. Lizorkin [93], S.V. UspenskiT [147], [148], V.A. Solonnikov [137]. The final step was done by O.V. Besov (71,18). Theorem 3 was preceeded by a
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
295
similar theorem for the spaces Bp,,,(R") established by S.M. Nikol'skil [110]. The trace theorem (5.68) was proved by S.V. Uspenskii [1491. Theorem 5 is due to E. Gagliardo [60]. Nonexistence of a bounded linear extension operator was proved by J. Pe4tre [116]. Existence of a bounded linear
extension operator T : L1(R") -+ B"(W), where 0 > 1, was established in V.I. Burenkov & M.L. Gol'dman [41]. The extension operators constructed in the proofs of Theorems 4, 6 and Remark 15 in the case of Sobolev spaces WP(R") are the best possible (see Remark 16). In the case of Nikol'skii Besov spaces BP,Q(R") the best possible extension operators were constructed by L.D. Kudryavtsev [83], Ya.S. Bugrov [19] and S.V. Uspenskii [149]. Section 5.5 Detailed exposition of the trace theorem in the case of smooth m-dimentional manifolds, where m < n - 1, is given in the book O.V. Besov, V.P. Il'in & S.M. Nikol'skii [16] (Chapter 5). The trace theorem in the case of Lipschitz (n-1)-dimentional manifolds was proved by O.V. Besov [11], [121 (see also [16], Section 20). In more general case of the so-called d-sets, 0 < d < n the trace is studied in the book A. Jonsson & H. Wallin [75].
Chapter 6 Section 6.1 The idea of defining an extension operator by (6.6) is due to M.P. Hestenes [70]. Estimate (6.4) can be found in V.I. Burenkov & A.L. Gorbunov [43]. Lemmas 5-6 are proved by V.I. Burenkov & G.A. Kalyabin [471. Inequality (6.25) is taken from V.I. Burenkov A.L. Gorbunov [42], [43]. For b - a = 1 Theorem 1 is formulated in V.I. Burenkov [31], in the general case it is proved in V.I. Burenkov & A.L. Gorbunov [43].
Section 6.3 Theorem 2 is proved independently by V.M. BabR [5] and S.M. Nikol'skil [111].
Section 6.4 If 1 < p < oo, then the existence of an extension operator (6.100) for Lipschitz boundaries was proved by A.P. Calder6n [52]. His extension operator makes use of an integral representation of functions. (In the simplest case this possibility was discussed in Remark 2 of Chapter 3.) To prove (6.100) LP estimates of singular integrals are used, which is possible only
if1
296
CHAPTER 7. COMMENTS
of an extension operator T, independent of I and satisfying (4.100) for every 1 E No, follows from earlier papers by B.S. Mityagin [103] and R.T. Seeley [125].
The best possible extension operator, satisfying inequality (6.101), is constructed by the author [25], [26]. It satisfies also (6.106). Further generalizations of the methods and results of Section 6.4 for anisotropic Sobolev spaces are given in V.I. Burenkov & B.L. Fain [39], [40]. There is an alternative way of constructing the best possible extension operator. One may start from an arbitrary extension operator T (6.100) and improve it by applying the linear mollifier ES with variable step of Chapter 2, constructed for `Q, i.e., by considering the extension operator defined by EST on `S2. See V.I. Burenkov & E.M. Popova [48] and E.M. Popova [119]. For open sets f with a Lipschitz boundary the multidimensional analogue of Theorem 1 is proved in V.I. Burenkov & A.L. Gorbunov [42], [43]. The problem of extension with preservation of Sobolev semi-norm II ' ]Iw,(n) is considered in [27], [28]. The condition 8S2 E Lip 1 in Theorem 3 is essential, as Example 1 shows,
but it is not necessary. For a wider class of open sets satisfying the so-called E - 6 condition the existence of an extension operator (6.100) was proved for I = 1, n = 2 by V.M. Gol'dshtein [65] and in the general case by P.W. Jones [74]. We emphasize that the important problem of finding necessary and sufficient conditions on 0 for the existence of an extension operator (6.100) is still open.
Answers are known only in some particular cases. If fl is a siply connected domain, then for I = 1, n = 2, p = 2 in S.K. Vodop'yanov, V.M. Gol'dshtein & T.G. Latfullin [151] and V.M. Gol'dshtein & S.K. Vodop'yanov [65] it is proved that the e - 6 condition is necessary and sufficient. In the case 1 E N, n = 2 and p = oo necessary and sufficient conditions for simply connected domains are found by V.N. Konovalov [80], [81].
The existence of an extension operator (6.107) is proved by the author [25], [26]. The fact that for bounded open sets fl with continuous boundaries the extension by zero from 11 to R" satisfies (6.108) for some M() is proved in V.I. Burenkov [32].
Another types of extensions with deterioration of the class in the case 8) E Lip'y into Wq(R") where q < p and into a weighted space Wpm(R°)) were obtained by B.L. Fawn [57], V.G. Maz'ya & S.V. Poborchil [100].
Finally, we note that the idea of constructing extension operators with the help of appropriate partitions of unity, which is used in [25], [26], [39], [40], [74] and in Section 6.4, goes back to H. Whitney [153).
Bibliography [1] D.R. ADAMS, A sharp inequality of J. Moser for higher order derivatives, Ann. Math. 79 (1978), 385-398. [2] R.A. ADAMS, Sobolev spaces, Academic Press, 1975.
[3] N. ARONSZAJN, Boundary values of functions with finite Dirichlet integral, Conference on Partial Differential Equations, Studies in Eigenvalue Problems, University of Kansas (1956).
[4] T. AUBIN, Problemes isoperimetrique et espaces de Sobolev, C. R. Acad. Sci. Ser. A. 280 (1975), 279-281.
[5] V.M. BA]3I1 On the extension of functions, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1953), 111-113 (Russian).
[6] V.M. BABIe & L.N. SLOBODETSKIL, On boundness of the Dirichlet integral, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 106 (1956), 604-607 (Russian).
[7] O.V. BESOV, On a certain family of function spaces. Embedding and extension theorems, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 126 (1959), 1163-1165 (Russian).
[8] O.V. BESOV, Investigation of a certain family of function spaces in connection with embedding and extension theorems, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 60 (1961), 42-81 (Russian); English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 40 (1964). [9] O.V. BESOV, Extension of functions in Lp and Wn, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 89 (1967), 5-17 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 89 (1967).
298
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[10] O.V. BESOV, The behaviour of differentiable functions at infinity and the density of functions with compact support, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 105 (1969), 3-14 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 105 (1969). [11] O.V. BESOV, Behaviour of differentiable functions on a nonsmooth surface, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 117 (1972), 3-10 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 117 (1972). [12] O.V. BESOV, On traces on a nonsmooth serface of classes of differentiable functions, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 117 (1972), 11-21 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 117 (1972).
[13] O.V. BESOV, On the density of functions with compact support in the weighted space of S.L. Sobolev, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 161 (1983), 29-47 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 161 (1983).
[14] O.V. BESOV, Integral representations of functions and embedding theorems for a domain with the flexible horn condition, Trudy Mat. Inst.
Steklov 170 (1984), 12-30 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 170 (1984).
[15] O.V. BESOV, V.P. IL'IN, L.D. KUDRYAVTSEV, P.I. LIZORKIN & S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Embedding theory for classes of differentiable functions of several variables, Proc. Sympos. in honour of the 60th birthday of academician S.L.Sobolev, Inst. Mat. Sibirsk. Otdel. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, "Nauka", Moscow, 1970, 38-63 (Russian).
[16] O.V. BESOV, V.P. IL'IN & S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Integral representation of functions and embedding theorems, 1-st ed. - "Nauka", Moscow, 1975 (Russian); 2-nd ed. -"Nauka", Moscow, 1996 (Russian); English transl. of 1-st ed., Vols. 1, 2, Wiley, 1979.
[17] M.E. BOGOVSKII, Solution of the first boundary value problem for the equation of continuity of an incompressible medium, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 248 (1979), 1037-1040 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 20 (1979). [18] M.E. BOGOVSKII, Solution of some vector analysis problems connected with operators div and grad, Trudy Sem. S.L.Sobolev, Novosibirsk 1 (80) (1980), 5-40 (Russian).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
299
[19] YA.S. BUGROV, Differential properties of solutions of a certain class of differenital equations of higher order, Mat. Sb. 63 (1963), 69-121.
[20] V.I. BURENKOV, Embedding and extension theorems for classes of differentiable functions of several variables defined on the whole space, Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki: Mat. Anal. 1965, VINITI, Moscow, 1966, 71155 (Russian); English transl. in Progress in Math. 2, Plenum Press. 1968.
[21] V.I. BURENKOV, On regularized distance, Trudy N1IREA. Issue 67. Mathematics (1973), 113-117 (Russian).
[22] V.I. BURENKOV, On the density of infinitely differentiable functions in Sobolev spaces for an arbitrary open set, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 131 (1974), 39-50 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 131 (1974). [23] V.I. BURENKOV, The Sobolev integral representation and the Taylor formula, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 131 (1974), 33-38 (Russian): English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 131 (1975). [24] V.I. BURENKOV, On the density of infinitely differentiable functions in spaces of functions defined on an arbitrary open set, In: "Theory of cubatures and applications of functional analysis to problems in mathematical physics", Novosibirsk, 1975, 9-22 (Russian).
[25] V.I. BURENKOV, On the extension of functions with preservation and with deterioration of the differential properties, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 224 (1975), 269-272 (Russian); English transi. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 16 (1975).
[26] V.I. BURENKOV, On a certain method for extending differentiable functions, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 140 (1976), 27-67 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 140 (1976).
[27] V.I. BURENKOV, On the extension of functions with preservation of semi-norm, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 228 (1976), 779-782 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 17 (1976).
[28] V.I. BURENKOV, On partitions of unity, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 150 (1979), 24-30 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 150 (1979).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
300
[29] V.I. BURENKOV, On sharp constants in the inequalities for the norms of intermediate deriavtives on a finite inteval, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 156 (1980), 23-29 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 156 (1980).
[30] V.I. BURENKOV, Mollifying operators with variable step and their applications to approximation by infintely differentiable functions, In: "Nonlinear analysis, function spaces and applications", Teubner-Texte zur Mathematik, Leipzig, 49 (1982), 5-37. [31] V.I. BURENKOV, On estimates of the norms of extension operators, 9-th All-Union school on the theory of operators in function spaces. Ternopol. Abstracts (1984), 19-20 (Russian).
[32] V.I. BURENKOV, Extension of functions with preservation of Sobolev semi-norm, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 172 (1985), 81-95 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 172 (1985).
[33] V.I. BURENKOV, On sharp constants in the inequalities for the norms of intermediate derivatives on a finite inteval. II, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 173 (1986), 38-49 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 173 (1986).
[34] V.I. BURENKOV, On sharp constants in the inequalities of different metrics for polynomials, In: "Theory of approximation of functions." Proc. of international conference on approximation of functions. "Nauka", Moscow (1987), 79 (Russian).
[35] V.I. BURENKOV, Approximation of functions, defined on an arbitrary open set in R", by infintely differentiable functions with preservation of boundary values, In: "Methods of functional analysis in mathematical physics". Peoples' Friendship University of Russia, Moscow (1987), 20-43 (Russian).
[36] V.I. BURENKOV, On an equality for differences and on an estimate of the norm of the difference via its average value, 13-th All-Union school on the theory of operators in function spaces. Kuibyshev. Abstracts (1988), 37 (Russian). [37] V.I. BURENKOV, Compactness of embeddings for Sobolev and more general spaces and extensions with preservation of some smoothness (to appear).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
301
[38] V.I. BURENKOV & P.M. BADJRACHARIA, Approximation by infinitely differentiable vector-functions with preservation of image for different function spaces, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 201 (1992), 152-164 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 201 (1992).
[39] V.I. BURENKOV & B.L. FAIN, On the extension of functions in anisotropic spaces with preservation of class, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 228 (1976), 525-528 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 17 (1976).
[40] V.I. BURENKOV & B.L. FAIN, On the extension of functions in anisotropic classes with preservation of the class, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 150 (1979), 52-66 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 150 (1979).
[41] V.I. BURENKOV & M.L. GOL'DMAN, On the extension of functions in Lp, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 150 (1979), 31-51 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 150 (1979).
[42] V.I. BURENKOV & A.L. GORBUNOV, Sharp estimates for the minimal norm of an extension operator for Sobolev spaces, Dokl. Akad.
Nauk SSSR 330 (1993), 680-682 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 47 (1993).
[431 V.I. BURENKOV & A.L. GORBUNOV, Sharp estimates for the minimal norm of an extension operator for Sobolev spaces, Izvestiya Ross. Akad. Nauk 61 (1997), 1-44 (Russian).
[44] V.I. BURENKOV & V.A. GUSAKOV, On sharp constants in Sobolev embedding theorems, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 294 (1987), 1293-1297 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 35 (1987).
[451 V.I. BURENKOV & V.A. GUSAKOV, On sharp constants in Sobolev embedding theorems. II, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 324 (1992), 505-510 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 45 (1992).
[461 V.I. BURENKOV & V.A. GUSAKOV, On sharp constants in Sobolev embedding theorems. III, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 204 (1993), 68-80 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 204 (1993).
[471 V.I. BURENKOV & G.A. KALYABIN, Lower estimates of the norms of extension operators for Sobolev spaces on the halfiine (to appear).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
302
[48] V.I. BURENKOV & E.M. POPOVA, On improving extension operators with the help of the operators of approximation with preservation of the boundary values, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 173 (1986), 50-54 (Russian); English transl. in Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 173 (1986).
[49] V.I. BURENKOV & N.B. VICTOROVA, On an embedding theorem for Sobolev spaces with mixed norm for limiting exponents, Mat. Zametki 59 (1996), 62-72 (Russian).
[50] A.P. CALDERON, Lebesgue spaces of differentiable functions and distributions, Proc. Symp. Pure Math. IV (1961), 33-49. [51] A.P. CALDERON, A. ZYGMUND, Local properties of solutions of elliptic partial differential equations, Studia Math. 20 (1961), 171-225. [52) J.W. CALKIN, Functions of several variables and absolute continuity. I, Duke Math. J. 6 (1940), 176-186.
[53] J. DENY & J.L. LIONS, Les espaces du type de Beppo Levi, Ann. Inst. Fourier, Grenoble 5 (1953-54), 305-370.
[54] A.A. DEZIN, On embedding theorems and the extension problem, Doki. Akad. Nauk SSSR 88 (1953), 741-743 (Russian).
[55) G.C. EVANS, Complements of potential theory. II, Amer. J. Math 55 (1933), 29-49.
[56] D.E. EDMUNDS & W.D. EVANS, Spectral theory and differential operators, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987. [57] B.L. FAIN, On extension of functions in Sobolev spaces for irregular domains with preservation of the smoothness exponent, Doki. Akad. Nauk SSSR 285 (1985), 296-301 (Russian); English transi. in Soviet Math. DokI. 30 (1985).
[58] H. FEDERER & W.H. FLEMING, Normal and integral currents, Ann. Math. 72 (1960), 458-520.
[59] L.E. FRAENKEL, On regularized distance and related functions, Proc. Royal Soc. Edinburg 83a (1979), 115-122.
[60] E. GAGLIARDO, Caratterizzazione delle tracce sulla frontiera relative ad alcune classi di funzioni in n variabili, Rend. Sem. Mat. Univ. Padova 27 (1957), 284-305.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
303
[61] E. GAGLIARDO, Propriety di alcune classi di funzioni in piu variabili, Ricerche Mat. 7 (1958), 102-137.
[62] E. GAGLIARDO, Ulteriori propriety di alcune classi di funzioni in piu variabili, Ricerche. Mat. 8 (1959), 24-51.
[63] V.P. GLUSHKO, On domains starlike with respect to a ball, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 144 (1962), 1215-1216 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 3 (1962).
[64] V.M. GOL'DSHTEIN & YU.G. RESHETNYAK, Foundations of the theory of functions with generalized derivatives and quasiconformal mappings, "Nauka", Moscow, 1983 (Russian); English transi. , Reidel, Dordrecht, 1989.
[65] V.M. GOL'DSHTEIN & S.K. VODOP'YANOV, Prolongement des fonctions de classe Lp et applications quasiconformes, C. R. Acad sci. Ser. A 290 (1983), 453-456.
[66] G.H. HARDY & J.L. LITTLEWOOD, Some properties of fractional integrals. I, Math. Zeit. 27 (1928), 565-606.
[67] G.H. HARDY & J.L. LITTLEWOOD & G. POLYA, Inequalities, Cambridge, 1934.
[68] L. HEDBERG, On certain convolution inequalities, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1972), 505-510.
[69] J.A. HEMPEL, G.P. MORRIS & N.S. TRUDINGER, On the sharpness of a limiting case of the Sobolev imbedding theorem, Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 3 (1970), 369-373. [70] M.R. HESTENES, Extension of the range of a differentiable function, Duke Math. J. 8 (1941), 183-192.
[71] V.P. IL'IN, On an embedding theorem for a limiting exponent, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 96 (1954), 905-908 (Russian).
[72] V.P. IL'IN, On a theorem due to G.H. Hardy and J.L. Littlewood, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 53 (1959), 128-144 (Russian).
[73] V.P. IL'IN, Properties of some classes of diffrentiable functions of several variables defined in n-dimensional regions, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 66 (1962), 227-363 (Russian).
304
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[74] P.W. JONES, Quasiconformal mappings and extendability of functions in Sobolev spaces, Acta Math. 147 (1981), 71-88.
[75] A. JONSSON & H. WALLIN, Function spaces on subsets of R", Mathematical Reports. Harwood Acad. Publ. New York. V. 2, 1984.
[76] L.V. KANTOROVICH & G.P. AKILOV, Functional analysis in normed spaces, 2-nd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1977 (Russian); 3-rd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1985 (Russian); English transi. of 2-nd ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1982.
[77] A.N. KOLMOGOROV, On inequalities for upper bounds of successive derivatives of an arbitrary function on an infinite interval, Uchenye Zapiski MGU. Mathematics 30 (1939), Vol. 3, 3-16 (Russian).
[78] V.I. KONDRASHOV, On certain estimates of families of functions satisfying integral inequalities, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 48 (1938), 235239 (Russian).
[79] V.I. KONDRASHOV, Behaviour of functions in LP on the manifolds of different dimensions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 72 (1950), 1009-1012 (Russian).
[80] V.N. KONOVALOV, Description of traces for some classes of functions of several variables, Preprint 84.21. Math. Inst. Ac. sci. Ukraine. Kiev, 1984 (Russian). [81] V.N. KONOVALOV, A criterion for extension of Sobolev spaces W.(") on bounded planar domains, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 289 (1986), 36-39 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 33 (1986).
[82] L.D. KUDRYAVTSEV, On extention and embedding of certain classes of functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 107 (1956), 501-505 (Russian).
[83] L.D. KUDRYAVTSEV, Direct and inverse embedding theorems. Applications to the solution of elliptic equations by the variational method, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 48 (1959), 1-181 (Russian); English transl. , Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1974.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
305
[84] L.D. KUDRYAVTSEV & S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Spaces of differentiable functions of several variables and the embedding theorems, Contemprorary problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. V. 26 (1988). Analysis - 3. VINITI, Moscow, 5-157 (Russian).
[85] A. KUFNER, Weighted Sobolev spaces, John Wiley and Sons, 1983.
[86] A. KUFNER, O. JOHN & S. FUeIK, Function spaces, Academia, Prague, 1977.
[87] YU.V. KUZNETSOV, On regularized distance for one class of domains, VINITI, Moscow, No 2582-74 Dep (1974), 1-12 (Russian).
[88] O.A. LADYZHENSKAYA & N.N. URAL'TSEVA, Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, "Nauka", Moscow, 1964 (Russian); English transl. , Academic Press, 1968.
[89] B. LEVI, Sul principio di Dirichlet, Rend. Ciec. Mat. Palermo 22 (1906), 293-359.
[90] E.H. LIEB, Sharp constants in the Hardy-Littlewood-Sobolev and related inequalities, Ann. of Math., 118 (1963), 349-374.
[91] E.H. LIEB & M. LOSS, Analysis, Amer. Math. Soc., 1997.
[92] J.-L. LIONS & E. MAGENES, Probli mes aux limites non homog6nes et applications, vol. I, Dunod, Paris (1968). [93] P.I. LIZORKIN, Boundary properties of functions in weighted classes,
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 132 (1960), 514-517 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960).
[94] P.I. LIZORKIN, Generalized Liouville differentiation and the funcEmbedding theorems, Mat. Sb. 60 (102) (1963), tion spaces 325-353 (Russian).
[95] A. MARCHOUD, Sur les deriv6 s et sur les differences des fonctions de variables rdelles, J. Math. pures et appl. 6 (1927), 337-425. [96] V.N. MASLENNIKOVA, Partial differential equations, Peoples' Friendship University of Russia, Moscow, 1996 (Russian).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
306
[97] V.G. MAZ'YA, Classes of domains and embedding theorems for function spaces, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 133 (1960), 527-530 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960).
[98] V.G. MAZ'YA, Sobolevspaces, LGU, Leningrad, 1984 (Russian); English transl. , Springer-Verlag, Springer Series in Soviet Mathematics, 1985.
[99] V.G. MAZ'YA, Classes of domains, measures and capacities in the theory of spaces of differentiable functions, Contemprorary problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. V. 26. (1988) Analysis - 3. VINITI, Moscow, 158-228 (Russian).
[100] V.G. MAZ'YA & S.V. POBORCHII, On extension of functions in Sobolev spaces to the exterior of a domain with a peak vertex on the boundary, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 275 (1984), 1066-1069 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 29 (1984).
[101] V.G. MAZ'YA & S.V. POBORCHII, Differentiable functions on bad domains, World Scientific Publishing, 1997.
[102] N. MEYERS & J. SERRIN, H = W, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 51 (1964), 1055-1056.
[103] B.S. MITYAGIN, Approximative dimension and bases in nuclear spaces, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk, 164 (1961), 63-132 (Russian).
[104] S.B. MORREY, JR., Functions of several variables and absolute continuity. II, Duke Math. J. 6 (1940), 187-215.
[105] S.B. MORREY, JR., Multiple integrals in the calculus of variations, Springer-Verlag, 1966.
[106] J. MOSER, A sharp form of an inequality by N. Trudinger, Ind. Univ. Math. J., 20 (1971), 1077-1092.
[107] M. NAGUMO, Lectures on contemprorary theory of partial differential equations, Kyoritsu Suppan, Tokyo (1957) (Japanese). [108] J. NEInAS, Les mcthodes directes en thdorie des equations a lliptiques, Academia, Prague, 1967.
[109] O.M. NIKODYM, Sur une classe de fonctions considdree dans le probltme de Dirichlet, Fund. Math. 21 (1933), 129-150.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
307
[110] S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Inequalities for entire functions of exponential type and their applications in the theory of differentiable functions of several variables, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 38 (1951), 244-278 (Russian); English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 80 (1969). [111] S.M. NIKOL'SKII, On the solutions of the polyharmonic equation by a variational method, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 88 (1953), 409-411 (Russian).
[112] S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Properties of some classes of functions of several variables on differentiable manifolds, Mat. Sb. 33 (75) (1953), 261-326 (Russian). [113] S.M. NIKOL'SKII, On embedding, extension and approximation theorems for differentiable functions of several variables, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 16 (1961), 63-114 (Russian); English transl. in Russian Math. Surveys 16 (1961).
[114] S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Approximation of functions of several variables and embedding theorems, 1-st ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1969 (Russian); 2-nd ed., "Nauka", Moscow, 1977 (Russian); English transl. of 1-st ed., Springer-Verlag, 1975.
[115] J. PEETRE, The trace of Besov spaces - a limiting case. Technical Report. Lund (1975), 1-32.
[116] J. PEETRE, A counter-example connected with Gagliardo's trace theorem, Comment Math. Prace Mat. 2 (1979), 277-282. [117] S.I. POKHOZHAEV, On the Sobolev embedding theorem in the case pt = n, In: "Reports of scientific-technical conference of ME)", Moscow, 1965, 158-170 (Russian). [118] E.M. POPOVA, Supplements to theorem of V.I. Burenkov on approximation of functions in Sobolev spaces with preservation of boundary values, In: "Differential equations and functional analysis". Peoples' Friendship University of Russia, Moscow (1985), 86-98 (Russian).
[119] E.M. POPOVA, On improving extension operators with the help of the operators of approximation with preservation of the boundary values, In: "Function spaces and applications to differential equations", Peoples' Friendship University of Russia, Moscow (1992), 154-165 (Russian).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
308
[120] R. RELLICH, Ein Satz uber mittlere Konvergenz, Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Gottingen, Math.-Phys. Ki., (1930), 30-35.
[121] YU.G. RESHETNYAK, Estimates for certain differential operators with finite-dimensional kernel, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 11 (1970), 414-428 (Russian); English transl. in Siberian Math. J. 11 (1970).
[122] YU.G. RESHETNYAK, Certain integral representations of differentiable functions, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 12 (1971), 420-432 (Russian); English transl. in Siberian Math. J. 12 (1971).
[123] E. RODEMICH, The Sobolev inequalities with best possible constants, In: "Analysis Seminar at California Institute of Technology' (1966).
[124] V.S. RYCHKOV, On restrictions and extensions ofBesov and TriebelLizorkin spaces with respect to Lipschitz domains (to appear). [125] R.T. SEELEY, Extention of COO-functions defined in halfspace, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964), 625-626.
[126] V.V. SHAN'KOV, An averaging operator with variable radius and the inverse trace theorem, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 273 (1983), 307310 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 27 (1983). [127] V.V. SHAN'KOV, An averaging operator with variable radius and the inverse trace theorem, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 6 (1985) (Russian); English transl. in Siberian Math. J. 6 (1985).
[128] V.I. SMIRNOV, Course in higher mathematics, Vol. 5 rev. ed., Fizmatgiz, Moscow, 1959 (Russian); English transl. , Pergamon Press, Oxford and Eddison-Wesley, Reading, Mass., 1964.
[129] S.L. SOBOLEV, Le probleme de Cauchy dans l'espace des fonctionelles, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 3 (1935), 291-294.
[130] S.L. SOBOLEV, Metode nouvelle A resourdre le probli me de Cauchy pour les equations linedaires hyperboliques normales, Mat. Sb., 1 (43) (1936), 39-72.
[131] S.L. SOBOLEV, On certain estimates relating to families of functions having derivatives that are square integrable, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1 (1936), 267-270. (Russian).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
309
[132] S.L. SOBOLEV, On a theorem of functional analysis, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 20 (1938), 5-10, (Russian).
[133] S.L. SOBOLEV, On a theorem of functional analysis,. Mat. Sb. 46 (1938), 471-497, (Russian). English translation: Amer. Math. Soc. Translations, 2(34) (1963), 39-68.
[134] S.L. SOBOLEV, Applications of functional analysis in mathematical physics, 1-st ed.: LGU, Leningrad, 1950 (Russian). 2-nd ed.: NGU, Novosibirsk, 1963 (Russian). 3-rd ed.: "Nauka", Moscow, 1988 (Russian). English translation of 3-rd ed.: Translations of Mathematical Monographs, Amer. Math. Soc., 90, 1991.
[135] S.L. SOBOLEV, Introduction to the theory of cubature formulae, "Nauka", Moscow, 1974 (Russian).
[136] S.L. SOBOLEV & S.M. NIKOL'SKII, Embedding theorems, Vol. 1, Proc. Fourth All-Union Math. Congress, 1961, "Nauka", Leningrad, 1963, 227-242 (Russian); English transl. in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 87 (1970).
[137] V.A. SOLONNIKOV, On some properties of the spaces My of fractional order, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 134 (1960), 282-285 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960).
[138] E.M. STEIN, Functions of exponential type, Ann. Math 65 (1957), 582-592.
[139] E.M. STEIN, Singular integrals and differentiability properties of functions, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.
[140] E.M. STEIN & G. WEISS, Introduction to Fourier analysis on Euclidean spaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1971.
[141] G. TALENTI, Best constant in Sobolev inequality, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl., 110 (1976), 353-372.
[142] L. TONELLI, Sulla quadrature delta superficie, Rend. R. Accad. Lincei 6 (1926), 633-638. [143] H. TRIEBEL, Interpolation theory, function spaces, differential operators, Berlin, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften 1978, Amsterdam, North-Holland, 1978.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
310
[144] H. TRIEBEL, Theory of function spaces, Birkhauser-Verlag, Basel, Boston, Stuttgart, 1983; and Akad. Verlagsges. Geest & Portig, Leipzig, 1983.
[145] H. TRIEBEL, Theory of function spaces. II, Birkhauser-Verlag, Basel, Boston, Stuttgart, 1992.
[146] N.S. TRUDINGER, On imbeddings into Orlicz spaces and some applications, J. Math. Mech. 17 (1967), 473-483.
[147] S.V. USPENSKII, An embedding theorem for the fractional order classes of S.L. Sobolev, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 130 (1960), 992-993 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960).
[148] S.V. USPENSKII, Properties of the classes Wpr) with fractional derivatives on differentiable manifods, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 132 (1960), 60-62 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960).
[149] S.V. USPENSKII, On embedding theorems for weighted classes, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 50 (1961), 282-303 (Russian).
[150] S.V. USPENSKII, G.V. DEMIDENKO & V.G. PEREPELKIN, Embedding theorems and their applications to differential equations, "Nauka", Novosibirsk, 1984 (Russian).
[151] S.K. VODOP'YANOV, V.M. GOL'DSHTEIN & T.G. LATFULLIN, A criterion for extension of functions in class LZ from unbounded planar domains, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 34 (1979), 416-419 (Russian); English transl. in Siberian Math. J. 34 (1979).
[152] S.K. VODOP'YANOV, V.M. GOL'DSHTEIN & YU.G. RESHETNYAK, On geometric properties of functions with first generalized derivatives, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 34 (1979), no. 1 (205), 3-74 (Russian); English transl. in Russian Math. Surveys 20 (1985). [153] H. WHITNEY, Analyticic extension of differentiable functions defined in closed sets, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1934), 63-89.
[154] V.I. YUDOVIG, On certain estimates related to integral operators and solutions of elliptic equations, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 138 (1961), 805-808 (Russian); English transl. in Soviet Math. Doki. 2 (1961).
Index Absolute continuity 20 local 20 Arcela's theorem 136 Boundary continuous 149
semi-norms 123 Extension operator 216, 247 theorems 216, 226, 230, 233, 241, 245, 264, 270, 285
Lipschitz (Lip 1)149-150
Fourier transform 33 Function of "cap-shaped type" 17.
Lip -y 288
256
0- 149 -150 quasi-continuous 150 quasi-resolved 150 resolved 149
Cone condition 93 Conic body 93 Continuity with respect to translation
Hardy's inequality 205 Hardy-Littlewood-Sobolev inequality 178 Holders inequality 14, 141, 188 for mixed norms 188 Kernel of mollification 15
for LP spaces 37
for Sobolev spaces 38 Differential dimension 32
Embedding 119 compact 135 continuous 119 operator 119 theorems 137-138, 146, 181, 186, 194, 196
sharp constants 137-138, 184-185, 191-192 Equivalence of norms 30
Lipschitz condition 17 Marcinkiewisz multiplicator theorem 177 Maximal function 178 Minkowski's inequality 14 for integrals 14, 49 for Sobolev spaces 35 Modulus of continuity 16, 51 Mollifier (A6) 15 linear, with variable step (E6, H,, R,) 64, 79 - 80 nonlinear, with variable step (Bj, Ca) 45, 47
312
INDEX
Multidimensional Taylor's formula
L,,. (0) 12
100
Ll(S2) 30 w,( S2) 13, 29 WW(Q) 13, 28-29 (W')i°c(12) 49
Nikol'skii-Besov spaces 203, 240
Parseval's equality 33 Partition of unity 42-44, 222, 230, 272
Potential logarithmic 116 Newton 116 Rearrangement of a function 190 Regularized distance 78 Sobolev space 28 - 29 semi-normed 29 Sobolev's integral representation 83, 104, 109, 111-112, 114 -116 Space BP,B(P") 203 By(O l) 240 C(Sl) 11 C6(1) 11
C(c) 12 C'(1) 12 C6(c) 12
& (0)13 C°°(S2) 13 C°°(S2) 280 CO -(n) 13 L9(S2) 12 LP (S2) 12
Wp(f2) 13, 51 (W 1)o(Q) 13 LVp(S2) 13
(Re) 228 WP", (S2) 244 W1,--'(S2) 176
Star-shapedness with respect to a point 92 ball 92
Trace
of a function 197-198, 239 total 235, 244 space 202 total 235, 244 theorems 216, 230, 241, 245 direct 216, 230, 241, 245 inverse 216, 226, 230, 233, 241, 245
Weak differentiation 19, 22 closedness 23, commutation with mollifiers 24 under the integral sign 23
Young's inequality for convolutions 166, 192
http://www. teubnerde ISR\ 3-8S.-,C68-'
B. G. Teubner Stuttgart Leipzig
v
8